openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90562 - trunk/lcn/ja/po
by belphegor＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: belphegor Date: 2014-10-30 23:51:32 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90562 Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po Log: updated Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) +++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po 2014-10-30 22:51:32 UTC (rev 90562) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-29 08:09+0900\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-31 07:51+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ja\n" @@ -54,13 +54,11 @@ msgstr "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" #: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) を利用して起動するシステムに openSUSE をインストールする場合、事前に製造元が推奨するファームウエア更新を必ずチェックし、可能であればインストールしておくことを強くお勧めします。 Windows 8 がプレインストールされているマシンの場合、お使いのシステムが UEFI である可能性が高いものと思われます。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "<emphasis>背景:</emphasis> UEFI のファームウエアによっては、 UEFI のストレージ領域に多くのデータが書き込まれることで、起動に失敗してしまうバグを抱えています。もちろんこれはバグであるため、どれだけ \"多くの\"データを書き込むことで問題を発生させるのかは、誰にもわかりません。 openSUSE では、 OS を起動するのに最低限必要となるデータ (UEFI に対して、 openSUSE のブートローダの場所を示すための情報) しか書き込まないようにすることで、このバグの発生を最小化しています。 Linux カーネルのオリジナル版では、 UEFI のストレージ領域に起動やクラッシュに関する情報を書き込む機能 (<literal>pstore</literal>) がありますが、openSUSE の既定では無効化しています。ただし、バグである都合上、ハードウエアの製造元が推奨する� �ァームウエア更新については、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。" @@ -71,13 +69,11 @@ msgstr "UEFI, GPT, MS-DOS の各パーティションについて" #: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." msgstr "EFI/UEFI の仕様には、新しい形式のパーティションテーブル GPT (GUID パーティションテーブル) が定義されています。この新しい方式では、ユニークな GUID (識別子; 32 桁の 16 進数で表わされる 128 ビットの値) を利用してデバイスとパーティション種別を識別します。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgstr "これに加えて、 UEFI の仕様では古い MBR (MS-DOS) 形式のパーティションテーブルにも対応しています。 Linux のブートローダ (ELILO, GRUB2) では、これらの古い形式のパーティションに対して、自動的に GUID を割り当ててファームウエア内に書き込もうとします。この場合、 GUID は頻繁に変更されるものであるため、ファームウエアへの再書き込みも頻繁に発生することになります。この再書き込みには 2 つの操作、具体的には古い項目の削除と、それを置き換える新しい項目の作成を行ないます。" @@ -100,10 +96,9 @@ msgstr "この問題は、 Secure Boot が有効化された UEFI モードのマシンにのみ影響があります。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgstr "shim ローダの新しいバージョンでは、 openSUSE 12.3 で提供されていたものより多くのマシンで、 Secure Boot を利用できるようになっています。今回のバージョンでも起動に問題がある場合は、まずお使いのマシンの BIOS を、最新バージョンに更新してみてください。 BIOS の更新でもうまく動作しない場合は、お使いのマシンの型式を wiki (http://ja.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) にご報告ください。これにより、対応可否がわかるようになります。" +msgstr "shim ローダの新しいバージョンでは、 openSUSE 13.1 で提供されていたものより多くのマシンで、 Secure Boot を利用できるようになっています。今回のバージョンでも起動に問題がある場合は、まずお使いのマシンの BIOS を、最新バージョンに更新してみてください。 BIOS の更新でもうまく動作しない場合は、お使いのマシンの型式を wiki (http://ja.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) にご報告ください。これにより、対応可否がわかるようになります。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" @@ -129,27 +124,34 @@ #. bnc#902947 #: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 以前からの cifstab の移行" #: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" +"<filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> ファイルを利用した、システム起動時の cifs 共有のマウントは" +"廃止されました。一般的に使用される <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> ファイルで設定してください。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "移行は下記 2 つの手順で行ないます:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"<filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> ファイルに書かれているマウントの設定を、" +"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> ファイルに追記します。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 内に追記した cifs マウントの各行に対して、行末に <literal>0 0</literal> を追記します。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" +"詳しい情報と設定例を知りたい場合は、インストール後のシステムで" +" <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> " +"ファイルをお読みください。" #. bnc#850058 #: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) @@ -157,10 +159,9 @@ msgstr "AppArmor とパーミッション (アクセス権) 設定について" #: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "AppArmor は既定で有効化されています。これによりセキュリティが強化されますが、場合によってはサービスなどがうまく動作しないことがあります。パーミッション関連の問題でおかしな動作を発見した場合は、まず対象のサービスに対して AppArmor を不平モードに切り替えてみることをお勧めします:" +msgstr "AppArmor は既定で有効化されています。これによりセキュリティが強化されますが、サービスを予期しない方法で起動しているような場合、それらがうまく動作しないことがあります。パーミッション関連の問題でおかしな動作を発見した場合は、まず対象のサービスに対して AppArmor を不平モードに切り替えてみることをお勧めします:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -172,10 +173,9 @@ msgstr "不平モードとは、全ての動作を許可するものの、許可するはずではない動作を記録するためのモードです。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." -msgstr "不平モードはバグを報告する際にも便利です。 AppArmor のプロファイルのうち、ごく稀に発生する問題についても修正を行ないたいと考えております。" +msgstr "なお、このようにして動作するようになった場合も、バグとして報告してください。 AppArmor のプロファイルのうち、ごく稀に発生する問題についても、修正を行ないたいと考えているためです。" #: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -246,80 +246,3 @@ "日本GNOMEユーザー会 http://www.gnome.gr.jp\n" "Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>" -#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" -#~ msgstr "インストールに関する詳細情報" - -#~ msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -#~ msgstr "インストールについて詳しくは、 <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/> をお読みください。" - -#~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation" -#~ msgstr "openSUSE ドキュメンテーション" - -#~ msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -#~ msgstr "<emphasis>スタートアップ</emphasis> では順を追ってインストール作業を読むことができるほか、 KDE や Gnome デスクトップ、そして LibreOffice スイートに関する紹介が書かれています。また、配置やソフトウエア管理などの基本的な管理作業のほか、 bash シェルの紹介などが書かれています。" - -#~ msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -#~ msgstr "ドキュメンテーションは、 <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem> パッケージをインストールすることで、 <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> から読むことができるほか、<ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/> にあるオンライン版を読むこともできます。" - -#~ msgid "CHECKIT:13.1" -#~ msgstr "CHECKIT:13.1" - -#~ msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)" -#~ msgstr "KMS を利用したグラフィックの初期化 (カーネルモード設定)" - -#~ msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command" -#~ msgstr "openSUSE 11.3 以降で Intel, ATI, NVIDIA の各グラフィックカードをご利用の場合、 KMS (Kernel Mode Setting; カーネルモード設定) を既定値として使用するようになっています。 KMS ドライバ (intel, radeon, nouveau) を使用するにあたって何らかの問題が発生した場合は、起動時に設定するカーネルのコマンドラインに <literal>nomodeset</literal> を追加することで、 KMS を無効化することができます。この設定を grub2 で恒久的に使用する場合は、 <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> というテキストファイル内にある<literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> という変数を編集してください。編集後は、" - -#~ msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" -#~ msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg" - -#~ msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled." -#~ msgstr "を実行することで、システムに反映させることができます。また、 grub legacy をお使いの場合は、 <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> ファイル内に書かれたカーネルのコマンドラインの場所に、上記を指定してください (こちらは root で行ないます)。なお、この設定を行なうと、対応するカーネルモジュール (intel, radeon, nouveau) が <filename>initrd</filename> 内から <literal>modeset=0</literal> のパラメータを付けて読み込まれます。これにより KMS が無効になります。" - -#~ msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine." -#~ msgstr "またごく稀なケースとして、 DRM モジュールを <filename>initrd</filename> から読み込む際に、何らかの一般的な (KMS に関係しない) 問題が発生する場合があります。この場合は <filename>initrd</filename> 内から DRM モジュールを完全に読み込まないように設定することもできます。この設定を行なうには、 YaST の sysconfig エディタを利用して <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> の変数を <literal>yes</literal> に設定したあと、 <filename>initrd</filename> を作り直してシステムを再起動してください。" - -#~ msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>." -#~ msgstr "Intel グラフィックカードをお使いの場合、 KMS を無効化すると X サーバが <literal>fbdev</literal> ドライバを利用するようになります (<literal>intel</literal> ドライバは KMS にしか対応していないため) 。その代わり、 UMS (ユーザモード設定;つまり KMS を無効化した状態) への対応として、 \"intellegacy\" ドライバ (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> パッケージ) があります。これを利用するには、 <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> ファイルを編集し、ドライバの項目で <literal>intellegacy</literal> を指定してください。" - -#~ msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter." -#~ msgstr "ATI グラフィックカードをお使いの場合、新しい GPU であれば KMS を無効化すると <literal>radeonhd</literal>ドライバを利用するようになります。また、 NVIDIA グラフィックカードの場合は KMS を無効化すると <literal>nv</literal>ドライバを利用するようになります (<literal>nouveau</literal> ドライバも KMS にしか対応していないため) 。なお、カーネルの起動パラメータとして <literal>nomodeset</literal> を指定すると、新しい ATI グラフィックカードの場合も、新しい NVIDIA のカードの場合も、 <literal>fbdev</literal> ドライバを利用するようになります。" - -#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1" -#~ msgstr "Samba バージョン 4.1" - -#~ msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos." -#~ msgstr "openSUSE 13.1 に同梱されている Samba バージョン 4.1 には、 Active Directory 形式のドメインコントローラとして動作するためのサポートが含まれていません。この機能は、システム全体に対する MIT Kerberos との統合機能が欠けていることにより、無効化されています。" - -#~ msgid "KDE and Bluetooth" -#~ msgstr "KDE と Bluetooth" - -#~ msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions." -#~ msgstr "本バージョンで提供されている Bluetooth スタックは、 Bluez 5 (メジャーバージョンで、後方互換性の無いバージョン) になっています。これは GNOME デスクトップをはじめ、その他のベースシステムコンポーネントで必要なアップグレードですが、現行バージョンの KDE ワークスペースは Bluez バージョン 4 までにしか対応していません。" - -#~ msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer." -#~ msgstr "そのため openSUSE KDE コミュニティでは、デバイスのペアリングや Bluetooth マウスなど、基本的な機能を提供する非公式のパッケージ Bluedevil を提供することになりました。その他の機能、たとえばファイル転送などの機能については、動作しないことが確認されています。" - -#~ msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing." -#~ msgstr "そのため、現時点では KDE 内での Bluetooth サポートについては、バグを報告しないようにお願いいたします。Bluedevil の Bluez 5 への対応は、現在作業中です。" - -#~ msgid "Skype" -#~ msgstr "Skype" - -#~ msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" -#~ msgstr "PulseAudio 4.0 で現在の Linux 版 Skype (v4.2) を使用すると、バグが発生することが分かっています。 Skype が修正されて更新されるまでの間、 <command>skype</command> は下記のようにして実行してください:" - -#~ msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -#~ msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" - -#~ msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "このバグについて、詳しくは <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/> (英語) をお読みください。" - -#~ msgid "AutoYaST" -#~ msgstr "AutoYaST" - -#~ msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations." -#~ msgstr "AutoYaST のプロファイル内に <literal><add-on></literal> セクションの項目が含まれている場合、プロファイル内の情報を第 1 ステージから第 2 ステージに受け渡す処理が失敗するバグに引っかかる可能性があります。そのため、この場合は第 2 ステージの全ての設定処理を飛ばす動作になりますので、そのまま行くとインストールが完了しても利用できないシステムになってしまいます。" - -#~ msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -#~ msgstr "一時的な回避策として、 openSUSE 13.1 では AutoYaST のプロファイルから <literal><add-on></literal> セクションを削除してください。" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90561 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2014-10-30 21:06:29 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90561 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/audit-laf.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 19:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -76,7 +76,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "Hoeveel records schrijven alvorens een schrijfactie naar de schijf wordt gedaan" +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel records schrijven alvorens een schrijfactie naar de schijf wordt " +"gedaan" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -106,7 +108,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" +msgstr "" +"Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -121,7 +124,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" +msgstr "" +"Vrije ruimte op de logpartitie (in MByte) wanneer deze als laag wordt gezien" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -131,12 +135,15 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als admin_space_left is bereikt" +msgstr "" +"Uit te voeren script (volledige padnaam) als admin_space_left is bereikt" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "E-mail wordt naar dit adres gestuurd (als actie bij te lage overgebleven ruimte is ingesteld op EMAIL)" +msgstr "" +"E-mail wordt naar dit adres gestuurd (als actie bij te lage overgebleven " +"ruimte is ingesteld op EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -243,7 +250,9 @@ #. Report error - error during reset #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "Kan de regels niet opnieuw instellen. De regels in /etc/audit/audit.rules controleren." +msgstr "" +"Kan de regels niet opnieuw instellen. De regels in /etc/audit/audit.rules " +"controleren." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -494,7 +503,8 @@ "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>De configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>De configuratie van het Linux Audit Framework wordt " +"geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -504,7 +514,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -532,22 +543,33 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " +"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " +"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " +"watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd logbestandconfiguratie</big> \n" -"De audit-daemon logt alle relevante audit-gebeurtenissen naar het standaard logbestand /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Gebeurtenissen kunnen van de apparmor kernelmodule komen , van applicaties\n" -"die libaudit gebruiken (e.g. PAM) of incidenten veroorzaakt door regels (e.g. bestandbewaking)." +"De audit-daemon logt alle relevante audit-gebeurtenissen naar het standaard " +"logbestand /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Gebeurtenissen kunnen van de apparmor kernelmodule komen , van " +"applicaties\n" +"die libaudit gebruiken (e.g. PAM) of incidenten veroorzaakt door " +"regels (e.g. bestandbewaking)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " +"and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Meer informatie over regels en de mogelijkheid om regels toe te voegen biedt de dialoog Regels voor auditctl.\n" -"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen van de logbestanden kunnen verkregen worden uit 'man auditd.conf'." +"Meer informatie over regels en de mogelijkheid om regels toe te voegen " +"biedt de dialoog Regels voor auditctl.\n" +"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen van de logbestanden kunnen " +"verkregen worden uit 'man auditd.conf'." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -561,64 +583,89 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " +"as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing " +"it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formaat: ingesteld op RAW om alle data te loggen (opgeslagen in een formaat zoals de kernel\n" -"het heeft verzonden) of NOLOG om alle audit-informatie weg te gooien in plaats van het naar schijf te\n" -"schrijven (heeft geen invloed op de data die naar het verdeelprogramma wordt gezonden). " +"Formaat: ingesteld op RAW om alle data te loggen (opgeslagen " +"in een formaat zoals de kernel\n" +"het heeft verzonden) of NOLOG om alle audit-informatie weg te gooien " +"in plaats van het naar schijf te\n" +"schrijven (heeft geen invloed op de data die naar het verdeelprogramma wordt " +"gezonden). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " +"INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " +"explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep " +"data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Leegmaken: (van buffer) beschrijft hoe de data naar schijf wordt geschreven. Als deze is ingesteld op\n" -"INCREMENTEEL dan geeft de Frequentie-parameter aan hoeveel records in de buffer te schrijven alvorens\n" +"Leegmaken: (van buffer) beschrijft hoe de data naar schijf wordt " +"geschreven. Als deze is ingesteld op\n" +"INCREMENTEEL dan geeft de Frequentie-parameter aan hoeveel " +"records in de buffer te schrijven alvorens\n" "deze expliciet leeg te maken naar schijf.\n" -"NONE betekent: geen speciale inspanning bij het leegmaken, DATA: houd het datagedeelte gesynchroniseerd,\n" +"NONE betekent: geen speciale inspanning bij het leegmaken, DATA" +": houd het datagedeelte gesynchroniseerd,\n" "SYNC: houd de data en de meta-data volledig gesynchroniseerd." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " +"when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configureer de maximum grootte van het logbestand en de te nemen actie als deze\n" +"Configureer de maximum grootte van het logbestand en de te nemen actie als " +"deze\n" "waarde is bereikt via Grootte en actie.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " +"specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " +"warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " +"to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de actie is ingesteld op ROTEREN dan specificeert Aantal logbestanden het aantal\n" -"te bewaren bestanden. Met SYSLOG zal de audit-daemon een waarschuwing schrijven naar\n" -"/var/log/messages, met SUSPEND stopt de daemon met schrijven van records naar schijf,\n" +"Als de actie is ingesteld op ROTEREN dan specificeert Aantal " +"logbestanden het aantal\n" +"te bewaren bestanden. Met SYSLOG zal de audit-daemon een waarschuwing " +"schrijven naar\n" +"/var/log/messages, met SUSPEND stopt de daemon met schrijven van " +"records naar schijf,\n" "IGNORE: betekent doe niets, KEEP_LOGS is hetzelfde\n" "als ROTEREN, maar logbestanden worden niet overschreven.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " +"the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " +"the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " +"qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmaak voor computernaam beschrijft hoe de computernaam naar het logbestand\n" -"geschreven moet worden. Als USER is ingesteld wordt de Gebruikergedefinieerde\n" -"naam gebruikt. NONE betekent dat er geen computernaam ingevoegd wordt,\n" +"Opmaak voor computernaam beschrijft hoe de computernaam naar het " +"logbestand\n" +"geschreven moet worden. Als USER is ingesteld wordt de " +"Gebruikergedefinieerde\n" +"naam gebruikt. NONE betekent dat er geen computernaam ingevoegd " +"wordt,\n" "HOSTNAME is de naam teruggeven door de 'gethostname'-systeemoproep,\n" "FQD: volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam\n" @@ -626,39 +673,50 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voor Auditd verdeelprogramma </big> \n" -"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen voor het verdeelprogramma kunnen verkregen worden met 'man auditd.conf'." +"Gedetailleerde informatie over de instellingen voor het verdeelprogramma " +"kunnen verkregen worden met 'man auditd.conf'." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " +"and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"Verdeelprogramma: Het verdeelprogramma wordt gestart door de audit-daemon en\n" +"Verdeelprogramma: Het verdeelprogramma wordt gestart door de " +"audit-daemon en\n" "krijgt alle audit-events op stdin." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " +"the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " +"dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a " +"blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Communicatie: Bestuurt de communicatie tussen de daemon en het verdeelprogramma.\n" -"Optie lossy (standaard) betekent dat gebeurtenissen die naar de verdeler gaan weggegooid\n" -"worden als deze wachtrij (128k buffer) vol is. Kies lossless als u een geblokkeerde\n" +"Communicatie: Bestuurt de communicatie tussen de daemon en het " +"verdeelprogramma.\n" +"Optie lossy (standaard) betekent dat gebeurtenissen die naar de " +"verdeler gaan weggegooid\n" +"worden als deze wachtrij (128k buffer) vol is. Kies lossless als u een " +"geblokkeerde\n" "communicatie wilt zonder verlies." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " +"audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "De verdeler 'audispd' is een audit-gebeurtenis-multiplexor\n" "(voor meer informatie zie 'man audispd' en 'man audispd.conf'." @@ -669,8 +727,10 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Het verdeelprogramma moet als eigenaar root hebben, moet '0750'\n" -" als bestandspermissies hebben en de volledige padnaam moet ingevoerd zijn.\n" +"Opmerking: Het verdeelprogramma moet als eigenaar root hebben, moet " +"'0750'\n" +" als bestandspermissies hebben en de volledige padnaam moet ingevoerd zijn.<" +"/p>\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 @@ -680,24 +740,34 @@ "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuratie voor de schijfruimte van auditd</big> \n" -"De instellingen die hier worden gemaakt verwijzen naar de schijfruimte op de logpartitie.\n" -"Voor gedetailleerde informatie wordt verwezen naar de man-pagina ('man auditd.conf').\n" +"De instellingen die hier worden gemaakt verwijzen naar de schijfruimte op de " +"logpartitie.\n" +"Voor gedetailleerde informatie wordt verwezen naar de man-pagina ('man " +"auditd.conf').\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an " +"Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." -msgstr "Overgebleven ruimte (in megabytes) vertelt de daemon wanneer een Actie uit te voeren omdat het systeem een laag niveau aan ruimte begint te krijgen." +msgstr "" +"Overgebleven ruimte (in megabytes) vertelt de daemon wanneer een " +"Actie uit te voeren omdat het systeem een laag niveau aan ruimte begint " +"te krijgen." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " +"system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action " +"will be performed." msgstr "" -"De waarde voor Administratieve overgebleven ruimte zou lager moeten zijn dan hierboven. Het systeem\n" -"begint te weinig schijfruimte te krijgen als deze waarde is bereikt en de gespecificeerde Actie zal worden uitgevoerd." +"De waarde voor Administratieve overgebleven ruimte zou lager moeten " +"zijn dan hierboven. Het systeem\n" +"begint te weinig schijfruimte te krijgen als deze waarde is bereikt en " +"de gespecificeerde Actie zal worden uitgevoerd." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 @@ -710,33 +780,47 @@ "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Als een actie is ingesteld op EMAIL dan wordt er een waarschuwing per\n" -"e-mail gestuurd naar het gespecificeerde adres in Actie e-mailadres. \n" -"SYSLOG betekent dat de schijfruimtewaarschuwing naar /var/log/messages\n" -"geschreven zal worden, IGNORE betekent doe niets, EXEC: voert het\n" -"script uit in Pad naar script, SUSPEND stopt met het schrijven van\n" -"records naar schijf, SINGLE: brengt het computersysteem in single-user-modus,\n" +"Als een actie is ingesteld op EMAIL dan wordt er een waarschuwing " +"per\n" +"e-mail gestuurd naar het gespecificeerde adres in Actie e-mailadres.<" +"br>\n" +"SYSLOG betekent dat de schijfruimtewaarschuwing naar " +"/var/log/messages\n" +"geschreven zal worden, IGNORE betekent doe niets, EXEC: voert " +"het\n" +"script uit in Pad naar script, SUSPEND stopt met het schrijven " +"van\n" +"records naar schijf, SINGLE: brengt het computersysteem in " +"single-user-modus,\n" "HALT: stop het systeem.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " +"already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " +"writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"U kunt ook een Actie volle schijf specificeren (schijf is reeds vol) en\n" -"een Fout op schijf-actie (wordt uitgevoerd als er een fout optreedt bij het schrijven naar een schijf).\n" -"Beschikbare acties zijn zoals hierboven beschreven (behalve voor EMAIL." +"U kunt ook een Actie volle schijf specificeren (schijf is reeds " +"vol) en\n" +"een Fout op schijf-actie (wordt uitgevoerd als er een fout optreedt " +"bij het schrijven naar een schijf).\n" +"Beschikbare acties zijn zoals hierboven beschreven (behalve voor EMAIL" +"." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " +"entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Opmerking: Alle scripts gespecificeerd voor Actie EXEC moeten als\n" -"eigenaar 'root' hebben, '0750' als bestandspermissie en de volledige padnaam moet zijn ingevoerd.\n" +"Opmerking: Alle scripts gespecificeerd voor Actie EXEC" +" moeten als\n" +"eigenaar 'root' hebben, '0750' als bestandspermissie en de volledige padnaam " +"moet zijn ingevoerd.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -747,37 +831,53 @@ "The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Regels voor auditctl</big> \n" -"Deze dialoog biedt de mogelijkheid om de syscall auditing in of uit te schaklen\n" +"Deze dialoog biedt de mogelijkheid om de syscall auditing in of uit te " +"schaklen\n" "alsook om de audit-configuratie te vergrendelen.\n" -"De geselecteerde vlag van Schakel 'Ingeschakelde vlag' in wordt toegevoegd aan de regels." +"De geselecteerde vlag van Schakel 'Ingeschakelde vlag' in wordt " +"toegevoegd aan de regels." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." -msgstr "Opmerling: De regels vergrendelen betekent dat zij niet gewijzigd kunnen worden tot de volgende systeemstart." +msgid "" +"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"Opmerling: De regels vergrendelen betekent dat zij niet " +"gewijzigd kunnen worden tot de volgende systeemstart." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Inschakelen van auditing zonder toegevoegde regels veroorzaakt dat de\n" -"applicaties die libaudit gebruiken, b.v. PAM, loggen naar /var/log/audit/audit.log (standaard). " +"applicaties die libaudit gebruiken, b.v. PAM, loggen naar " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (standaard). " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " +"advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt ook de regels handmatig bewerken, wat alleen is aanbevolen voor ervaren gebruikers. \n" +"U kunt ook de regels handmatig bewerken, wat alleen is aanbevolen voor " +"ervaren gebruikers. \n" "Voor meer informatie over alle opties zie 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "Controleer syntaxis zendt de regels via auditctl naar het audit-subsysteem en controleert de syntaxis. Terugzetten herstelt de instellingen uit /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "" +"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " +"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from " +"/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "" +"Controleer syntaxis zendt de regels via auditctl naar het " +"audit-subsysteem en controleert de syntaxis. Terugzetten herstelt " +"de instellingen uit /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -787,9 +887,12 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Klik op Herstellen en resetten om de voorgaande regels te herstellen\n" -"en te resetten (uit de voorgaande syntaxis controles) door auditctl hiermee aan te roepen. \n" -"Klik op Laden om een bestandsselectiedialoog te openen en daarna kunt u een voorbeeld\n" +"Klik op Herstellen en resetten om de voorgaande regels te " +"herstellen\n" +"en te resetten (uit de voorgaande syntaxis controles) door auditctl " +"hiermee aan te roepen. \n" +"Klik op Laden om een bestandsselectiedialoog te openen en daarna kunt " +"u een voorbeeld\n" "bestand met regels laden.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -821,8 +924,12 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." -msgstr "Om verder te gaan met Linux Auditing instellen, moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " +"must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Om verder te gaan met Linux Auditing instellen, moet het pakket %1 " +"worden geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -905,12 +1012,13 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" -msgstr "Wilt u het starten en starten inschakelen bij opstarten\n" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u het starten en starten inschakelen bij opstarten\n" +"of alleen nu de daemon starten?" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" @@ -918,7 +1026,6 @@ #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" #| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -932,7 +1039,6 @@ " De 'apparmor'-kernelmodule is geladen.\n" "Deze heeft de audit-daemon nodig om audit-gebeurtenissen\n" "te loggen naar /var/log/audit/audit.log (standaard). \n" -"Wilt u de daemon nu starten?" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. Headline of a popup @@ -1007,7 +1113,8 @@ "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "Wilt u de 'Ingeschakeld vlag' wijzigen?\n" -"Zo ja, de nieuwe regels zullen naar /etc/audit/audit.rules weggeschreven worden.\n" +"Zo ja, de nieuwe regels zullen naar /etc/audit/audit.rules weggeschreven " +"worden.\n" "Herstart het systeem, waarna de wijzigingen effectief zijn.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 21:01+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: André Kaper <andre.edith(a)concepts.nl>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:03+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -146,7 +146,8 @@ "Do you want to write this configuration?" msgstr "" "Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de sectie [sssd].\n" -"Sssd zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar zijn.\n" +"Sssd zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar " +"zijn.\n" "Wilt u deze configuratie opslaan?" #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for list of inactive domains @@ -186,10 +187,9 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Authenticated Clients" msgid "Authentication Client" -msgstr "Geauthenticeerde cliënten" +msgstr "Cliënt voor authenticatie" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:599 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:605 @@ -215,8 +215,44 @@ #. initialize GUI #: src/include/dialogs.rb:553 -msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. The default auth provider is the id_provider. " +msgid "" +"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and " +"authentication mechanisms. You have to confiugre at least one " +"authentication domain. The first you have to set for a authentication " +"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain. In the " +"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected " +"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected " +"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider: " +"proxy: Support a legacy NSS provider. local: SSSD internal " +"provider for local users. ldap: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for " +"more information on configuring LDAP. ipa: FreeIPA and Red Hat " +"Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad: Active Directory " +"provider. Supported auth providers are: ldap for native LDAP " +"authentication. krb5 for Kerberos authentication. ipa " +"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider. ad " +"Active Directory provider. proxy for relaying authentication to " +"some other PAM target. none disables authentication explicitly. " +"The default auth provider is the id_provider. " msgstr "" +"SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en " +"authenticatiemechanismen. U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein " +"instellen. De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een " +"authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en authenticatie " +"voor het domein. In de volgende stap moet u enige verplichte parameters " +"instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U kunt later alle parameters, " +"beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier van identificatie en " +"autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider: proxy: " +"ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier. local: SSSD interne " +"leverancier voor locale gebruikers. ldap: LDAP-leverancier. Zie " +"sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie over het instellen van LDAP. ipa: " +"FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier. ad: " +"Active Directory leverancier. Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn:<" +"br>ldap voor natuurlijke LDAP-authenticatie. krb5 voor " +"authenticatie met Kerberos. ipa FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise " +"Identity Management leverancier. ad Active Directory leverancier.<" +"br>proxy voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-target.<" +"br>none schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit. De standaard " +"leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider. " #. Define Global Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17 @@ -224,49 +260,94 @@ msgstr "Geeft aan wat de syntax is van het configuratie bestand" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start" +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven" +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van " +"een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet." +msgid "" +"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " +"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "" +"SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één " +"moetgeconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden afgevraagd." +msgid "" +"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " +"queried." +msgstr "" +"Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden " +"afgevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten" +msgid "" +"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " +"user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "" +"Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met " +"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " +"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende " +"lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt." +msgid "" +"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " +"its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "" +"SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de " +"interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt." +msgid "" +"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " +"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "" +"Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op het " +"iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden " +"gebruikt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." -msgstr "Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet opslaan." +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files." +msgstr "" +"Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet " +"opslaan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent" +msgid "" +"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " +"domain name component." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle " +"namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de meest uitgebreide modus." +msgid "" +"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " +"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " +"mode." +msgstr "" +"Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is " +"de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de " +"meest uitgebreide modus." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -281,49 +362,93 @@ msgstr "Timeout in seconden tussen heartbeats voor deze service." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " +"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk " +"geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten." +msgid "" +"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " +"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD " +"proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant te stoppen." +msgid "" +"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " +"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "" +"Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” optie), " +"zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant te " +"stoppen." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om informatie over alle gebruikers)?" +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om " +"informatie over alle gebruikers)?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein." +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de " +"achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de " +"entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " +"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " +"asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache " +"mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet " +"bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS database." +msgstr "" +"Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS " +"database." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS database." +msgstr "" +"Sluit bepaalde groepen uit zodat ze niet worden opgehaald uit de sss NSS " +"database." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze optie op onwaar." +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze " +"optie op onwaar." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute " +"waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein." +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die " +"niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -331,44 +456,77 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:143 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." -msgstr "Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden." +msgstr "" +"Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Vervang ieder exemplaar van deze shells door de shell_fallback" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is geïnstalleerd op de machine." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is " +"geïnstalleerd op de machine." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens het zoeken." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens " +"het zoeken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd " +"als geldig." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig zijn." +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig " +"zijn." #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)." +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins " +"toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is." +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " +"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts " +"is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens authenticatie." +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens " +"authenticatie." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente informatie." +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk " +"proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij " +"te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente " +"informatie." #. The kerberos domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691 @@ -378,80 +536,142 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " +"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die " +"tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen." #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen." +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in de " +"cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen." #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt " +"gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd." #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd." +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten " +"deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252 msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated." msgstr "Stelt vast of een domein kan worden genoemd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL." +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de " +"monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend " +"opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat " +"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de " +"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de " +"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de " +"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend " +"opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig " +"beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache." -msgstr "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden bewaard." +msgstr "" +"Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden " +"bewaard." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache." +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle " +"aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "De identificatie-leverancier die wordt gebruikt voor het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS." +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in full_name_format " +"van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker " +"gerapporteerd aan NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain." @@ -462,8 +682,11 @@ msgstr "De toegangscontrole leverancier gebruikt voor het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten handelen voor het domein." +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten " +"handelen voor het domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." @@ -471,11 +694,13 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." -msgstr "De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:354 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." @@ -483,31 +708,53 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:360 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." -msgstr "De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie." +msgstr "" +"De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten." +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met " +"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst (naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam voor dit domein." +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst " +"(naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam voor " +"dit domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten" +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor " +"gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is." +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS " +"resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385 msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname." msgstr "Gebruik het domeindeel van hostnaam van het systeem." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken." +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het " +"domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." @@ -518,55 +765,96 @@ msgstr "Behandel gebruikers- en groepnamen als hoofdlettergevoelig." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam." +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, " +"wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen " +"onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit domein." +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit " +"domein." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te melden. " +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te " +"melden. " #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. " +"Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein." +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit " +"is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." +msgstr "" +"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die als persoonlijke map." +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die " +"als persoonlijke map." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor nieuwe gebruikers." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor " +"nieuwe gebruikers." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor verwijderde gebruikers." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor " +"verwijderde gebruikers." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map." +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een " +"nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "" +"De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die " +"moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de " +"persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466 msgid "The mail spool directory." @@ -578,16 +866,27 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " +"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de gebruiker te veranderen." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " +"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de " +"gebruiker te veranderen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations." -msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op een LDAP gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op een " +"LDAP gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507 msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server." @@ -595,7 +894,9 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:511 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP bewerkingen." +msgstr "" +"De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP " +"bewerkingen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:517 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." @@ -611,7 +912,8 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:531 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:536 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." @@ -619,127 +921,246 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:561 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:566 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het bovenliggend object." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het " +"bovenliggend object." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van " +"de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum " +"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum " +"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger " +"(waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van " +"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode " +"dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account verloopt)." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt " +"gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt " +"met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account verloopt)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste " +"verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het huidige wachtwoord." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam " +"van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het huidige " +"wachtwoord." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het gebruikersaccount opslaat." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " +"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het " +"gebruikersaccount opslaat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt " +"deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast of " +"toegang is toegestaan of niet." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " +"tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren " +"van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van de gebruiker." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van de " +"gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de authenticatie kan mislukken." +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " +"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "" +"Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het " +"gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de " +"authenticatie kan mislukken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" +msgstr "" +"Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde records wordt ververst." +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde " +"records wordt ververst." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder " +"leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden " +"gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:676 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de " +"gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD de " +"aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de " +"gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de toegangsrechten vast te stellen." +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid " +"van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de " +"toegangsrechten vast te stellen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -766,20 +1187,42 @@ msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het objectSID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr " Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggend object." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +" Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van " +"het bovenliggend object." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste SSSD niveaus nog volgen." +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen " +"ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste " +"SSSD niveaus nog volgen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory " +"specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij " +"toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " +"with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory " +"specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het " +"omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." @@ -794,84 +1237,147 @@ msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van netgroep-leden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de poort bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "" +"Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." -msgstr "Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " +"for this attribute type." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " +"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming " +"hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache " +"worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar " +"gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en " +"de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt " +"gestart)." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd " +"door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP " +"API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden." +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de LDAP " +"server in stand zal worden gehouden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek af." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " +"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een " +"enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek af." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Schakel de LDAP-paging-controle uit." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt." +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de " +"verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om een " +"'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853 -msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." -msgstr "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS sessie, als die er zijn." +msgid "" +"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " +"any." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS " +"sessie, als die er zijn." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate " +"Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten " +"bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:871 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." @@ -882,12 +1388,22 @@ msgstr "Legt acceptabele cipher-suites vast." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal te beschermen." +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal " +"te beschermen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " +"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen " +"van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van " +"te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -902,8 +1418,12 @@ msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL gebied te gebruiken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op " +"IP-adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." @@ -911,39 +1431,65 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Geeft de levensduur in seconden van de TGT als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de kant van de client." +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de " +"kant van de client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." -msgstr "Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is " +"ingeschakeld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden " +"die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met " +"het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang tot deze host te verschaffen." +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden " +"gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium voor " +"het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang tot " +"deze host te verschaffen." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de client worden ingesteld." +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de " +"client worden ingesteld." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." @@ -951,23 +1497,37 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." +msgstr "" +"Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " +"the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor " +"servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de Kerberos " +"servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde van " +"voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002 msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm." msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos gebied." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " +"can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, " +"kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." @@ -978,36 +1538,65 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de cache met credential van de gebruiker." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr " Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " +"request is aborted." +msgstr "" +" Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot " +"verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is vervalst." +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is " +"vervalst." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, verkregen van KDC's." +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, " +"verkregen van KDC's." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik " +"dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een " +"geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal " +"onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." +msgstr "" +"De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-authenticatie van Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " +"pre-authentication." +msgstr "" +"Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor " +"pre-authenticatie van Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." @@ -1015,7 +1604,8 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081 @@ -1023,24 +1613,42 @@ msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het Active Directory domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "" +"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers " +"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." -msgstr "Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory domein om deze host mee te identificeren." +msgid "" +"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " +"host." +msgstr "" +"Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig " +"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory " +"domein om deze host mee te identificeren." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Gaat boven de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor " +"overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " +"Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor " +"overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." @@ -1055,8 +1663,12 @@ msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het standaard domein" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van " +"ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." #. The Active Directory domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145 @@ -1064,24 +1676,41 @@ msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het IPA-domein." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149 -msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." +msgid "" +"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " +"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers " +"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft." +msgid "" +"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " +"qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig " +"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch " +"bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken ervan." +msgstr "" +"De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken " +"ervan." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor " +"dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." #. end Export #. ################################################################ Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-21 10:49+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" @@ -89,7 +89,8 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "Database kan niet aangemaakt worden wanneer de service niet is ingeschakeld" +msgstr "" +"Database kan niet aangemaakt worden wanneer de service niet is ingeschakeld" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -100,8 +101,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen in het geïnstalleerde systeem." +msgid "" +"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " +"in the installed system." +msgstr "" +"De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen in " +"het geïnstalleerde systeem." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -113,8 +118,12 @@ msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een wachtwoord voor de LDAP-server in om door te gaan." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een wachtwoord " +"voor de LDAP-server in om door te gaan." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -207,8 +216,12 @@ "zonder de installatie van de benodigde pakketten." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." -msgstr "OpenLDAP instellen voor replicatie is mislukt. Opnieuw configureren na de installatie is gereed." +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " +"finished." +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP instellen voor replicatie is mislukt. Opnieuw configureren na de " +"installatie is gereed." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -230,8 +243,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " +"running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " +"you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" "U hebt een bestaande configuratie, maar de LDAP-server is nu niet actief.\n" @@ -319,8 +334,12 @@ msgstr "De LDAP-server is niet actief." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "Wilt u het nu starten om opnieuw zijn configuratiegegevens te lezen of wilt u een nieuwe configuratie vanaf het begin aanmaken?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " +"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u het nu starten om opnieuw zijn configuratiegegevens te lezen of wilt u " +"een nieuwe configuratie vanaf het begin aanmaken?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -349,7 +368,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd van een server op afstand." +msgstr "" +"Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd van een server op " +"afstand." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -532,15 +553,20 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Open de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de leverancier.\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " +"server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Open de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de " +"leverancier.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifieer dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen op afstand toestaat naar de \n" +"Verifieer dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen op afstand toestaat " +"naar de \n" "\"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt ingevoerd.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -549,7 +575,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij verifiëren van de instellingen voor TLS/SSL." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden bij verifiëren van de instellingen voor TLS/SSL." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" @@ -558,7 +585,8 @@ #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" -msgstr "De configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider ontbreekt.\n" +msgstr "" +"De configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider ontbreekt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." @@ -574,13 +602,19 @@ "gereed is om te werken als een consument voor replicatie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "Instellen van gestapelde replicatie van de cn=config is nu niet ondersteund." +msgid "" +"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "" +"Instellen van gestapelde replicatie van de cn=config is nu niet ondersteund." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "Controleren van de authenticatie credentials gedefinieerd in de configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider is mislukt.\n" +msgid "" +"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " +"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Controleren van de authenticatie credentials gedefinieerd in de configuratie " +"voor replicatie op de server van de provider is mislukt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -602,8 +636,10 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Om als een masterserver voor replicatie te fungeren, moet de configuratiedatabase\n" -"van afstand toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase.\n" +"Om als een masterserver voor replicatie te fungeren, moet de " +"configuratiedatabase\n" +"van afstand toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de " +"configuratiedatabase.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" @@ -612,7 +648,8 @@ "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(Toegang van afstand tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot versleutelde\n" +"(Toegang van afstand tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot " +"versleutelde\n" "LDAP verbindingen.)\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 @@ -628,7 +665,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "Bereid de MirrorMode replicatie voor (genereert het attribuut serverId)" +msgstr "" +"Bereid de MirrorMode replicatie voor (genereert het attribuut serverId)" #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 @@ -642,12 +680,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " +"started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart zou moeten worden \n" -"als onderdeel van het boot-proces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server niet gestart zou moeten worden. Opmerking:\n" -"Na selectie van Nee, kunt u de OpenLDAP-configuratie niet meer wijzigen.\n" +"Selecteer Ja als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart zou moeten " +"worden \n" +"als onderdeel van het boot-proces. Selecteer Nee als de LDAP-server " +"niet gestart zou moeten worden. Opmerking:\n" +"Na selectie van Nee, kunt u de OpenLDAP-configuratie niet meer " +"wijzigen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -655,23 +697,32 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "Schakel in en uit de verschillende luisteraars naar protocol van OpenLDAP." +msgstr "" +"Schakel in en uit de verschillende luisteraars naar protocol van " +"OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " +"communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " +"configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. Met TLS/SSL beveiligde communicatie\n" +"LDAP is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. Met TLS/SSL " +"beveiligde communicatie\n" "is mogelijk met StartTLS wanneer u een server-certificaat hebt ingesteld." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " +"protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " +"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS schakelt het interface \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" in voor met SSL beveiligde\n" -"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat hebt ingesteld (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS instelling\").\n" +"LDAPS schakelt het interface \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" in voor met " +"SSL beveiligde\n" +"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat hebt " +"ingesteld (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS instelling\").\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -702,21 +753,29 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " +"Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " +"and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library " +"to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " +"more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -"Maak een keuze voor de Database uit hdb, bdb en mdb. Hdb is een\n" -"variant van de backend bdb die een hiërarchische indeling van de database gebruikt en\n" +"Maak een keuze voor de Database uit hdb, bdb en " +"mdb. Hdb is een\n" +"variant van de backend bdb die een hiërarchische indeling van de " +"database gebruikt en\n" "subtree hernoemen gebruikt. Anders is het identiek met bdb. Een\n" "hdb-database heeft een grotere idlcachesize nodig dan een\n" "bdb-database voor een goed prestatie bij zoeken.\n" -"mdb-database gebruikt de bibliotheek OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) om gegevens op te slaan.\n" -"Het is vergelijkbaar met de hdb-backend maar het gaat efficiënter om met de ruimte en computerkracht.\n" +"mdb-database gebruikt de bibliotheek OpenLDAP's Lightning " +"Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) om gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"Het is vergelijkbaar met de hdb-backend maar het gaat efficiënter om " +"met de ruimte en computerkracht.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" @@ -728,28 +787,41 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" +" \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " +"other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " +"\n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" +"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " +"Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"De Administrator DN samen met een LDAP Administrator wachtwoord \n" -"specificeert een superuser-identiteit voor de database, voorbijgaand aan alle \n" -"ACL's en andere administratieve beperkingen. Activeren van Base DN toevoegen \n" -"voegt de boven toegevoegde Base DN toe, bijvoorbeeld, een base DN van \n" -"<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> en Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> zou samen een\n" -"effectieve Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> opleveren. " +"De Administrator DN samen met een LDAP Administrator wachtwoord<" +"/b> \n" +"specificeert een superuser-identiteit voor de database, voorbijgaand aan alle " +"\n" +"ACL's en andere administratieve beperkingen. Activeren van Base DN " +"toevoegen \n" +"voegt de boven toegevoegde Base DN toe, bijvoorbeeld, een base DN van " +"\n" +"<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> en Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> zou samen " +"een\n" +"effectieve Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> " +"opleveren. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " +"password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Als deze assistent is gestart gedurende de installatie, dan is het \n" -"Wachtwoord van de LDAP-administrator initieel ingesteld op het wachtwoord van root in het systeem\n" +"Wachtwoord van de LDAP-administrator initieel ingesteld op het " +"wachtwoord van root in het systeem\n" "dat eerder is ingevoerd in het installatieproces. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -764,9 +836,11 @@ "Om deze database als standaard voor de hulpmiddelen van OpenLDAP-client \n" "te gebruiken (bijv. ldapsearch), activeer Deze database als de standaard \n" "voor OpenLDAP-clients gebruiken. Dit zal resulteren in de hostnaam \n" -"\"localhost\" en de bovenstaande ingevoerde Basis DN wegschrijven naar \n" +"\"localhost\" en de bovenstaande ingevoerde Basis DN wegschrijven naar " +"\n" "het instellingenbestand van de OpenLDAP-client \n" -"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Dit keuzevakje wordt standaard geselecteerd \n" +"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Dit keuzevakje wordt standaard geselecteerd " +"\n" "bij het maken van de eerste database op een server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 @@ -784,9 +858,12 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Om authenticatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige binding)\n" -"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. Authenticatie met\n" -"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan wanneer voldoend\n" +"Om authenticatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige " +"binding)\n" +"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. " +"Authenticatie met\n" +"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan " +"wanneer voldoend\n" "beschermde verbindingen worden gebruikt (bijv. SSL/TLS versleuteling).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 @@ -798,11 +875,14 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te wijzigen, \n" +"Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te " +"wijzigen, \n" "klik op Wijzig wachtwoord. \n" -"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de \n" +"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en " +"de \n" "Wachtwoordversleuteling selecteren.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld \n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is " +"ingesteld \n" "in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 @@ -815,38 +895,58 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " +"automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN er automatisch achter\n" +"Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN er " +"automatisch achter\n" "met Basis DN achtervoegen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " +"Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " +"Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Om het wachtwoord voor het account van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op Wachtwoord wijzigen.\n" -"Er verschijnt een venster waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en selecteer de Wachtwoordversleuteling.\n" -"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg zelfs als een wachtwoord eerder al was ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" +"Om het wachtwoord voor het account van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op <" +"b>Wachtwoord wijzigen.\n" +"Er verschijnt een venster waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en " +"selecteer de Wachtwoordversleuteling.\n" +"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg zelfs als een wachtwoord eerder al was " +"ingesteld in de configuratie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " +"adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " +"number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " +"RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " +"Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " +"HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " +"entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Met de Itemcache en Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de grootte van\n" -"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Itemcache definieert het aantal items\n" -"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is (genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n" -"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De Indexcache (IDL-cache) \n" -"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. In het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n" -"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van het zoeken (drie keer de \n" +"Met de Itemcache en Indexcache (IDL-cache) kunt u de grootte " +"van\n" +"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De Itemcache definieert het " +"aantal items\n" +"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is " +"(genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n" +"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De " +"Indexcache (IDL-cache) \n" +"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. In " +"het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n" +"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van " +"het zoeken (drie keer de \n" "grootte van de itemcache als vuistregel)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -863,16 +963,24 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " +"server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " +"storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " +"but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " +"extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat de OpenLDAP-server\n" -"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in toevoegings- en\n" -"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat dit het\n" -"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor LDAP-cliënten\n" +"Selecteer Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen om aan te geven dat " +"de OpenLDAP-server\n" +"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in " +"toevoegings- en\n" +"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat " +"dit het\n" +"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor " +"LDAP-cliënten\n" "die het wachtwoord niet versleutelen tijdens het verzenden. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -883,23 +991,31 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Als Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven is geactiveerd, krijgen\n" -"gebruikers die zich authenticeren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat\n" +"Als Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven is geactiveerd, " +"krijgen\n" +"gebruikers die zich authenticeren tot een vergrendeld account een melding " +"dat\n" "hun account is vergrendeld. Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie\n" "verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor sites die gevoelig zijn voor\n" "veiligheidskwesties dient u deze optie niet te activeren. \n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "Voer de naam in van het standaard beleidsobject in DN van standaard beleidsobject." +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " +"DN." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam in van het standaard beleidsobject in DN van standaard " +"beleidsobject." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " +"may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op Beleid bewerken. U kunt\n" +"Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op Beleid bewerken<" +"/b>. U kunt\n" "gevraagd worden om het LDAP administrator-wachtwoord daarna in te geven,\n" "om toe te staan dat het Beleid-object wordt gelezen van de server.\n" @@ -912,40 +1028,54 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de opties voor indexeren van een hdb of bdb-database." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -msgstr "De tabel toont een lijst met attributen die nu een index hebben gedefinieerd." +msgid "" +"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"De tabel toont een lijst met attributen die nu een index hebben " +"gedefinieerd." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " +"types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie van het zoeken te verbeteren bij specifieke\n" -"soorten zoekopdrachten. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd moeten worden overeenkomstig de meest\n" -"voorkomende zoekopdrachten in een database. YaST stelt u in staat drie verschillende typen\n" +"Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie van het zoeken te " +"verbeteren bij specifieke\n" +"soorten zoekopdrachten. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd moeten worden " +"overeenkomstig de meest\n" +"voorkomende zoekopdrachten in een database. YaST stelt u in staat drie " +"verschillende typen\n" "indexes.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " +"configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" "Aanwezigheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor het zoeken met\n" -"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Aanwezigheidsindexen zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor\n" +"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). " +"Aanwezigheidsindexen zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor\n" " attributen die weinig voor komen in de database\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " +"index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Gelijkheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met gelijkheidsfilters \n" -"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een Gelijkheidsindex \n" -"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" +"Gelijkheid: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met " +"gelijkheidsfilters \n" +"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een Gelijkheid<" +"/b>sindex \n" +"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass<" +"/tt>.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" @@ -953,7 +1083,8 @@ "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" "Deeltekenreeks: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met een\n" -"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>)\n" +"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>" +")\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" @@ -968,7 +1099,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " +"added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" @@ -987,7 +1119,8 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht van alle regels voor toegangscontrole die\n" +"Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht van alle regels voor toegangscontrole " +"die\n" "nu zijn geconfigureerd voor de geselecteerde database\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 @@ -996,7 +1129,8 @@ "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die regel.\n" +"Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die " +"regel.\n" "Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel te\n" "wijzigen, selecteer een regel in de tabel en klik op Bewerken\n" @@ -1005,20 +1139,23 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik Toevoegen om nieuwe regels voor toeganscontrole te maken en\n" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om nieuwe regels voor toeganscontrole te maken " +"en\n" "Verwijderen om een regel voor toegangscontrole te verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " +"using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" "De evaluatie van toegangscontrole van OpenLDAP stopt bij de eerste regel\n" "waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het item\n" "waar toegang toe nodig is. U kunt daarom de volgorde van de regels naar\n" -"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag\n" +"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag" +"\n" "gebruiken\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 @@ -1027,11 +1164,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " +"if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Selecteer het keuzevakje \"Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database inschakelen\" \n" -"als u in staat wilt zijn om om de nu geselecteerde database te repliceren naar een andere server." +"Selecteer het keuzevakje \"Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database " +"inschakelen\" \n" +"als u in staat wilt zijn om om de nu geselecteerde database te repliceren " +"naar een andere server." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" @@ -1039,22 +1179,33 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " +"(stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " +"synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " +"or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " +"indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " +"is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator (opgeslagen\n" -"in het \"contextCSN\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. Het\n" +"Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator " +"(opgeslagen\n" +"in het \"contextCSN\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. " +"Het\n" "wordt uitgewisseld met de database als het aantal gespecificeerde\n" -"schrijf-\"Bewerkingen\" of meer dan \"Minuten\" zijn gepasseerd sinds\n" -"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden '0')\n" -"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het vaker\n" -"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone afsluiting\n" +"schrijf-\"Bewerkingen\" of meer dan \"Minuten\" zijn gepasseerd " +"sinds\n" +"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden " +"'0')\n" +"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het " +"vaker\n" +"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone " +"afsluiting\n" "maar kan resulteren in een lagere performance in omgevingen met vele\n" "LDAP-schrijfbewerkigen.\n" @@ -1064,15 +1215,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " +"operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " +"the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " +"replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " +"server." msgstr "" -"Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n" -"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n" -"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"refreshOnly\" replicatie. In \n" -"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server verminderen." +"Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie " +"over schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen " +"opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n" +"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"refreshOnly\" " +"replicatie. In \n" +"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server " +"verminderen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" @@ -1083,7 +1242,8 @@ "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecteer \"Deze database is een replicatie gebruiker\" als u wilt dat\n" +"Selecteer \"Deze database is een replicatie gebruiker\" als u wilt " +"dat\n" "de database een replica is van een database op een andere server.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1096,14 +1256,16 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " +"non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Voer hier de verbindingsdetails in voor de replicatieverbinding naar de\n" "master-server. Selecteer daarvoor het te gebruiken protocol (ldap\n" "of ldaps) en voer hier de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam van de\n" "master-server in. Het is belangrijk om de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n" -"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL certificaat van de master-server\n" +"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL certificaat van de " +"master-server\n" "te verifiëren. Pas het poortnummer aan als de master-server niet-standaard\n" "ldap-poorten gebruikt.\n" @@ -1135,7 +1297,8 @@ msgstr "" "refreshAndPersist: de slave-server zal voor synchronisatie een\n" "blijvende verbinding openen naar de master-server. Bijgewerkte items op de\n" -"master-server worden onmiddellijk verzonden naar de slave via deze verbinding.\n" +"master-server worden onmiddellijk verzonden naar de slave via deze " +"verbinding.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" @@ -1143,11 +1306,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " +"authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " +"database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server moet gebruiken om zich te authenticeren tegen de master.\n" -"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" +"Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server moet gebruiken om " +"zich te authenticeren tegen de master.\n" +"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de " +"gerepliceerde database op de master.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1158,13 +1325,17 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " +"configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " +"the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op schrijfbewerkingen\n" +"Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op " +"schrijfbewerkingen\n" "antwoorden met een LDAP-verwijzing. \n" -"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de master-server. U kunt hier een andere bijwerk-verwijzing configureren.\n" +"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de master-server. U kunt " +"hier een andere bijwerk-verwijzing configureren.\n" "Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie opzet dwz. wanneer de\n" "leverancier van de slave-server zelf een slave-server is.\n" @@ -1179,7 +1350,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1208,17 +1380,26 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Deze dialoog biedt een korte samenvatting over de configuratie die u hebt\n" -"aangemaakt. Klik op Voltooien om de configuratie weg te schrijven en verlaat\n" +"aangemaakt. Klik op Voltooien om de configuratie weg te schrijven en " +"verlaat\n" "de LDAP-servermodule.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server." +msgid "" +"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." +" " +msgstr "" +"Met Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee, start of stopt u de LDAP-server.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -msgstr "Als u Ja selecteert, klikt u op Volgende om de configuratie-assistent te starten" +msgid "" +"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " +"wizard." +msgstr "" +"Als u Ja selecteert, klikt u op Volgende om de " +"configuratie-assistent te starten" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1230,15 +1411,21 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -msgstr "Selecteer het type LDAP-server die u in wilt stellen. De volgende scenario's zijn beschikbaar:" +msgid "" +"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " +"are available:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het type LDAP-server die u in wilt stellen. De volgende " +"scenario's zijn beschikbaar:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " +"with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Alleenstaande server: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-server\n" +"Alleenstaande server: Stel een enkele alleenstaande " +"OpenLDAP-server\n" "in zonder voorbereidingen voor replicatie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 @@ -1246,15 +1433,18 @@ "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -"Master-server met replicatie: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die voorbereid\n" +"Master-server met replicatie: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die " +"voorbereid\n" "is om als master-server met replicatie (leverancier) te fungeren.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " +"replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Replicatie-slave-server: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die alle gegevens kopieert,\n" +"Replicatie-slave-server: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die alle " +"gegevens kopieert,\n" "inclusief de configuratie, van een master-server." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1280,16 +1470,20 @@ msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." +"\n" msgstr "" "Activeer LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld om de server\n" -"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien niet\n" -"geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen.\n" +"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien " +"niet\n" +"geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " +"that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Als u reeds een algemeen servercertificaat hebt geïnstalleerd met de\n" @@ -1304,8 +1498,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" +",\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " +"corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" "Als u geen algemeen servercertificaat hebt of u wilt dat OpenLDAP een\n" @@ -1329,13 +1525,18 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " +"which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " +"support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op Toevoegen om een\n" -"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: OpenLDAP\n" -"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van schemagegevens" +"Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op Toevoegen " +"om een\n" +"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: " +"OpenLDAP\n" +"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van " +"schemagegevens" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 @@ -1348,8 +1549,12 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten toestaan of verbieden:" +msgid "" +"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " +"disallow:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten " +"toestaan of verbieden:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1357,7 +1562,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " +"requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" "LDAPv2 verbindingsverzoeken: Om de server LDAPv2\n" @@ -1366,23 +1572,29 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " +"when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " +"present) " msgstr "" -"Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme binding als \n" -"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig maar bindings-DN niet) " +"Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn: Om anonieme " +"binding als \n" +"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig " +"maar bindings-DN niet) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet geauthenticeerde \n" +"Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is: Om niet " +"geauthenticeerde \n" "(anonieme) bindingen toe te staan als de DN niet leeg is" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " +"unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1401,26 +1613,33 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit: De server\n" -"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op, dat dit in het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.\n" +"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit: De " +"server\n" +"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op, dat dit in " +"het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel eenvoudige bindingsauthenticatie uit: schakelt volledig de eenvoudige\n" +"Schakel eenvoudige bindingsauthenticatie uit: schakelt volledig de " +"eenvoudige\n" "bindingsauthenticatie uit\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " +"back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst\n" -"van de StartTLS-operatie: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde verbinding\n" -"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-operation.\n" +"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij " +"ontvangst\n" +"van de StartTLS-operatie: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde " +"verbinding\n" +"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de " +"StartTLS-operation.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" @@ -1429,100 +1648,149 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "Sta geen StartTLS operatie toe indien reeds geauthenticeerd:\n" -"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds geauthenticeerde\n" +"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds " +"geauthenticeerde\n" "verbindingen.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " +"\"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " +"of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het type\n" -"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De \"Frontend\"-database\n" -"wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrole beperkingen te configureren en overlays\n" -"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases. De \"Config\"-database bevat de configuratie\n" +"Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het " +"type\n" +"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De " +"\"Frontend\"-database\n" +"wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrole beperkingen te configureren en " +"overlays\n" +"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases. De \"Config\"-database bevat de " +"configuratie\n" "van de LDAP-server zelf.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." +msgstr "" +"Klik op Database toevoegen... om een database toe te voegen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " +"Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en druk op Database verwijderen....\n" +"Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en " +"druk op Database verwijderen....\n" "U kunt geen \"config\" en \"frontend\"-databases verwijderen.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " +"here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database (\"cn=config\"). Dit is vereist om\n" +"Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database (\"cn=config<" +"/i>\"). Dit is vereist om\n" "de configuratie-database van afstand toegankelijk te maken." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " +"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " +"for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode opstelling, activeer dan het keuzevak Voor MirrorMode-replicatie voorbereiden.\n" -"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is voor MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" +"Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode " +"opstelling, activeer dan het keuzevak Voor MirrorMode-replicatie " +"voorbereiden.\n" +"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is " +"voor MirrorMode-replicatie.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " +"server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" +"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n" -"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"ldap\" of \"ldaps\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n" +"Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd " +"worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n" +"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"ldap\" of \"ldaps<" +"/i>\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n" "van de configuratie-database van de master in (\"cn=config\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgstr "Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw Kerberos-server." +msgid "" +"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " +"Kerberos server." +msgstr "" +"Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw " +"Kerberos-server." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "" +"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " +"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-gebied elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de conventie\n" +"Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-gebied elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de " +"conventie\n" "deze gelijk te maken aan uw domeinnaam in hoofdletters.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit gebied." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit " +"gebied." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " +"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de " +"toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke " +"autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytab-bestand dat kadmin gebruikt voor de authenticatie tot de database." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " +"authenticate to the database." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytab-bestand dat kadmin " +"gebruikt voor de authenticatie tot de database." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaard verloopdatum van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied." +msgid "" +"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " +"created in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaard verloopdatum van de " +"autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "Deze vlaggen specificeren de standaard attributen van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied." +msgid "" +"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze vlaggen specificeren de standaard attributen van de autoriteiten " +"aangemaakt in dit gebied." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1531,7 +1799,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets " +"verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1540,7 +1810,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets " +"verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1549,7 +1821,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets " +"verkrijgt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 @@ -1560,7 +1834,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit proxy-tickets verkrijgt." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit proxy-tickets verkrijgt." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -1568,8 +1843,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteiteen sessie-sleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-gebruiker authenticatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " +"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteiteen sessie-sleutel " +"verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-gebruiker " +"authenticatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 @@ -1578,8 +1858,17 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Als deze vlag is gezet bij een klant-autoriteit dan moet die autoriteit een voor-autheticatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Deze vlag aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het voorgeauthenticeerde ticket is aangezet." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " +"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " +"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " +"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "" +"Als deze vlag is gezet bij een klant-autoriteit dan moet die autoriteit een " +"voor-autheticatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Deze vlag " +"aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze " +"autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het " +"voorgeauthenticeerde ticket is aangezet." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1587,8 +1876,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Als deze vlag is aangezet dan moet de autoriteit voorauthenticeren met een hardware apparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " +"hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" +"Als deze vlag is aangezet dan moet de autoriteit voorauthenticeren met een " +"hardware apparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1596,8 +1889,11 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat de KDC toe service-tickets af te geven voor deze autoriteit." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat de KDC toe service-tickets af te geven voor " +"deze autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1605,8 +1901,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat een autoriteit toe tickets te verkrijgen op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het authenticatoeprocess dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " +"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " +"was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat een autoriteit toe tickets te verkrijgen op " +"basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het " +"authenticatoeprocess dat gebruikt is voor het TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1614,8 +1916,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit uitgeeft. Uitzetten van deze vlag schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit gebied." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " +"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit " +"uitgeeft. Uitzetten van deze vlag schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit gebied." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1624,7 +1931,9 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze autoriteit." +msgstr "" +"Aanzetten van deze vlag forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze " +"autoriteit." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -1632,94 +1941,182 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Als deze vlag aan staat dan is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordauthenticatie." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " +"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " +"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " +"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Als deze vlag aan staat dan is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service " +"voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in " +"bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is " +"vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om " +"het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordauthenticatie." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan wordt er niet gecontroleerd." +msgid "" +"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " +"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " +"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat " +"tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag " +"niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan " +"wordt er niet gecontroleerd." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadmind-deamon moet luisteren voor dit gebied." +msgid "" +"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " +"for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadmind-deamon moet " +"luisteren voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " +"with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is opgeslagen " +"bij kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet luisteren voor dit gebied." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet " +"luisteren voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " +"key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is " +"met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel." +msgstr "" +"Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de " +"hoofdsleutel." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een ticket geldig is in dit gebied." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"valid for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een " +"ticket geldig is in dit gebied." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket vernieuwd mag worden in dit gebied." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket " +"vernieuwd mag worden in dit gebied." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt combinaties specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit gebied." +msgid "" +"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " +"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt combinaties " +"specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit gebied." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit gebied." +msgid "" +"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit " +"gebied." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen gebieden voor kruis-gebied-tickets wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de gebiedsnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van zijn krb5.conf bestand" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " +"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " +"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "" +"Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen gebieden voor kruis-gebied-tickets " +"wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de " +"gebiedsnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van zijn krb5.conf bestand" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de LDAP-server onderhouden wordt." +msgid "" +"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " +"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de " +"LDAP-server onderhouden wordt." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van de Kerberos-servers." +msgid "" +"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " +"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "" +"Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen " +"wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van " +"de Kerberos-servers." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de autoriteiten van een gebied bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).Het zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten dieper in de boomstructuur." +msgid "" +"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " +"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The " +"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " +"subtree." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de " +"autoriteiten van een gebied bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper " +"in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).Het " +"zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten dieper " +"in de boomstructuur." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "Specificeert de DN van het container-object waarin de autoriteiten van een gebied aangemaakt zullen worden. Als de container-referentie niet is geconfigureerd voor een gebied dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de container van het gebied." +msgid "" +"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " +"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " +"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de DN van het container-object waarin de autoriteiten van een " +"gebied aangemaakt zullen worden. Als de container-referentie niet is " +"geconfigureerd voor een gebied dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de " +"container van het gebied." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in dit gebied." +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in dit " +"gebied." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor autoriteiten in dit gebied." +msgid "" +"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor " +"autoriteiten in dit gebied." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2051,16 +2448,22 @@ msgstr "Server-URI" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "Deze server is niet opgezet als een MirrorMode-node. Klik op \"Volgende\" om de standaard assistent voor configuratie van OpenLDAP te starten." +msgid "" +"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " +"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "" +"Deze server is niet opgezet als een MirrorMode-node. Klik op \"Volgende\" om " +"de standaard assistent voor configuratie van OpenLDAP te starten." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Overzicht OpenLDAP-mirrormodus" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n" +msgid "" +"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2384,16 +2787,23 @@ msgstr "Selecteer &Verbodsvlaggen:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme toegang tot de directory)" +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " +"directory access)" +msgstr "" +"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme " +"toegang tot de directory)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Eenvoudige bind-authenticatie uitzetten" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst van de StartTLS-operatie" +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" +"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst " +"van de StartTLS-operatie" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2485,7 +2895,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. " +msgstr "" +"Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2531,10 +2942,9 @@ msgstr "Wijzig beheerwachtwoord" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use Kerberos" msgid "Update Kerberos Stash" -msgstr "Kerberos gebruiken" +msgstr "Kerberos-stash bijwerken" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Add Index" @@ -2683,7 +3093,8 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "Root DN moet zijn ingesteld als er een wachtwoord is opgegeven.opgegeven." +msgstr "" +"Root DN moet zijn ingesteld als er een wachtwoord is opgegeven.opgegeven." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." @@ -2826,7 +3237,8 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld Attributen" +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld Attributen" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2849,7 +3261,8 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet ondersteund worden\n" +"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet " +"ondersteund worden\n" "door YaST. De dialoog voor toegangscontrole zal uitgeschakeld worden.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 @@ -2919,8 +3332,11 @@ msgstr "Controleren van LDAPsync-mogelijkheden van de leverancier is mislukt." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een LDAPsync-leverancier" +msgid "" +"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" +"Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een " +"LDAPsync-leverancier" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3088,7 +3504,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." +msgstr "" +"Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." @@ -3156,8 +3573,12 @@ msgstr "Opwaarderen van standaard wachtwoordbeleid objecten" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren (dit kan enige minuten duren)" +msgid "" +"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " +"some minutes)" +msgstr "" +"Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren " +"(dit kan enige minuten duren)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3177,8 +3598,11 @@ msgstr "Aanmaken van wachtwoordbeleid objecten is mislukt." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor bij het wachten op het eindigen van de indexering van de OpenLDAP database.\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "" +"Er deed zich een fout voor bij het wachten op het eindigen van de indexering " +"van de OpenLDAP database.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3239,7 +3663,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken" +msgstr "" +"Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 @@ -3265,7 +3690,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3283,8 +3709,12 @@ "." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "Een hoofdserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder zonder te weten wat zijn eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam is." +msgid "" +"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " +"fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" +"Een hoofdserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder zonder te " +"weten wat zijn eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam is." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3314,8 +3744,12 @@ msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP DN: \"%s\", kan geen RDN waarden extraheren" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 landencode van twee letters bevatten." +msgid "" +"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " +"2-letter code." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 landencode van " +"twee letters bevatten." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3330,7 +3764,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)." +msgstr "" +"Base DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066 #, perl-format @@ -3340,7 +3775,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)." +msgstr "" +"Root DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." @@ -3356,8 +3792,11 @@ msgstr "CA certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Fout bij het proberen het certificaat van de server van de provider te verifiëren.\n" +msgid "" +"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Fout bij het proberen het certificaat van de server van de provider te " +"verifiëren.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format @@ -3390,7 +3829,9 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn toegestaan." +msgstr "" +"Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn " +"toegestaan." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3410,7 +3851,8 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." +msgstr "" +"Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3531,3 +3973,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Kan CA certificaatbestand niet schrijven." + Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-24 10:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +msgstr "" +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -136,8 +137,10 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -149,10 +152,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" -msgstr "%1 bestaat al! Deze overschrijven?" +msgstr "Bestand %1 bestaat al! Deze overschrijven?" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 # wordt hier een autoyast profiel aangemaakt, dan lijkt me verwijzing daarnaar een dudelijkere? @@ -171,22 +173,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." +"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op " +"het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de " +"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid in te stellen.\n" -"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies " +"van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid<" +"/i> in te stellen.\n" +"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " +"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." # bedoelt men hier: @@ -265,13 +275,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" -"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n" +"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een " +"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" +"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren " +"en u een\n" "httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -298,7 +313,9 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen" +msgstr "" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische " +"installatie-instellingen" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -410,7 +427,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.\n" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -514,7 +532,9 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie." +msgstr "" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -578,10 +598,9 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repairing file system..." msgid "Registering the system..." -msgstr "Het bestandssysteem wordt gerepareerd..." +msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -686,7 +705,8 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n" +"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " +"loggen\n" "en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -694,8 +714,10 @@ "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.\n" +"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " +"tijdslimiet.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet " +"genegeerd worden.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -712,12 +734,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd" +" om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -729,8 +753,10 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -745,31 +771,41 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" -"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n" -"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n" -"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n" -"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +"de\n" +"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat " +"het aan\n" +"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een " +"UUID\n" +"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden " +"via een\n" +"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit " +"onmogelijk.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" "\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n" -"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" +"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel " +"activeert.\n" "\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" "\t " @@ -870,7 +906,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n" +"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig " +"bestandssysteem\n" "geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -939,8 +976,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" " +"is geselecteerd." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1006,10 +1046,13 @@ "\n" "Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n" "Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n" -"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n" +"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres " +"naar het\n" "profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n" -"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n" -"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.\n" +"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces " +"opnieuw\n" +"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk " +"zijn.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1044,7 +1087,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn " +"gedetecteerd.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n" "" @@ -1118,14 +1162,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. \n" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor " +"besturingsbestanden. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een " +"specifieke\n" "afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1134,7 +1181,8 @@ "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n" +"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en " +"wanneer\n" "het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n" "\n" @@ -1203,7 +1251,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel<" +"/i>.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1411,8 +1460,12 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw " +"huidige systeem?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1426,8 +1479,12 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw " +"huidige system?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1463,7 +1520,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1567,7 +1625,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n" @@ -1701,25 +1760,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n" -"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n" -"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste " +"installatie\n" +"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " +"overzicht zien van de\n" +"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " +"automatisch en\n" "zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" +"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie " +"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" " na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n" " \n" @@ -1730,7 +1795,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n" +"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van " +"AutoYast.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1756,7 +1822,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1862,13 +1929,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n" -"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan " +"de hand van DTD en het\n" +"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " +"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld " +"tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1888,19 +1959,24 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n" -"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n" +"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het " +"configuratiebestand\n" +"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor " +"configuratiebeheer worden \n" "geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " +"systeem\n" "te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de " +"pakketselecties.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1908,10 +1984,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n" +"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt " +"zullen worden.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1950,10 +2028,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n" +"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station " +"tevens\n" "het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n" "volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:" @@ -1962,7 +2042,8 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" msgstr "" -" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie " +"<tt>/</tt>.\n" "De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 @@ -1970,27 +2051,41 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe " +"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 " +"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of " +"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te " +"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n" -"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met " +"behulp van deze\n" +"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand " +"toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n" +"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de " +"configuratie\n" "aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n" "niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n" "\n" @@ -1998,12 +2093,15 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %" +"2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2083,7 +2181,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie " +"begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 @@ -2096,7 +2195,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat " +"de installatie is voltooid.\n" "Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n" "" @@ -2108,16 +2208,21 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " +"\n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n" -"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n" -"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n" -"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n" -"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n" +"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script " +"binnen de\n" +"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd " +"voorafgaand\n" +"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts " +"op het\n" +"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te " +"benaderen,\n" "moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -2126,13 +2231,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " +"\"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n" -"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de " +"bootloader-\n" +"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label " +"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" #. help 5/6 @@ -2161,13 +2269,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2177,32 +2287,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" -" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n" -" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n" -" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" -" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n" +" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " +"uitgeschakeld en\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. " +"Een\n" +" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " +"init-scripts, die\n" +" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " +"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" +" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na " +"installatie gebruiken.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " +"as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" -" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een " +"pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " +"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2290,12 +2412,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " +"for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n" -"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u " +"de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " +"overnemen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2322,8 +2447,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het " +"autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 @@ -2336,8 +2465,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n" -"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n" -"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n" +"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, " +"via netwerk\n" +"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het " +"originele besturingsbestand \n" "geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2402,27 +2533,35 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n" -"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n" -"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n" -"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n" +"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn " +"identiek aan\n" +"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " +"het instellen van\n" +"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " +"besturingsbestand\n" +"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te " +"zetten.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software." +"\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2528,7 +2667,8 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." +msgstr "" +"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2611,16 +2751,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne " +"/tmp/ay_image.log controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne " +"/tmp/ay_image.log controleren" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 @@ -2632,14 +2780,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " +"anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" -"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen." +"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer " +"te wijzigen." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgstr "" +"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log " +"controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2680,10 +2832,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" +"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander " +"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2725,13 +2879,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de " +"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2756,7 +2918,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n" -"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n" +"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-30 20:20+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -38,10 +38,9 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Set a global option" msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "Stel een globale optie in" +msgstr "Een globale optie verwijderen" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 @@ -75,10 +74,9 @@ #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Value: %1" msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Waarde: %1" +msgstr "Waarde: %s" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 @@ -115,13 +113,19 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 @@ -154,13 +158,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start " +"vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -181,10 +189,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Wachttijd in seconden \n" -"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.\n" +"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -195,115 +205,151 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" "weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd " +"met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de " +"andere is \n" "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n" +"Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u " +"een ander\n" "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" +"Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een " +"geschikte partitie\n" +"aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +"opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +" in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of " +"uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" "starten van deze sectie." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n" +"Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw " +"root-partitie zich op \n" "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart." +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt " +"opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +"MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +"inschakelen\n" "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" #| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" +"/code>) for details." msgstr "" "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</code>) voor details." +"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info " +"grub2</code>) voor details." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" +"/code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Terminaldefinitie \n" -"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" -"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" +"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " +"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +" geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " +"opdracht \n" +"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop " +"u een \n" " willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +"Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met " +"sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " +"only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord \n" -"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST accepteert het wachtwoord\n" +"Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST " +"accepteert het wachtwoord\n" "uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." #. help text 1/5 @@ -316,9 +362,12 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -488,28 +537,54 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de console." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" +"/i> to when booting." +msgstr "" +"VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te " +"stellen VGA-modus voor de console." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +msgid "" +"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert " +"u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die " +"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT " +"schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " +msgstr "" +"Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel " +"gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -607,7 +682,8 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." +msgstr "" +"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 @@ -620,7 +696,8 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. dialog caption @@ -738,7 +815,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" @@ -784,11 +862,16 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" +" Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde " +"\n" +"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader " +"een \n" +"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +"ander besturingssysteem \n" +"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +"besturingssysteem) zal \n" +"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +"gedrukt.\n" "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." @@ -830,18 +913,22 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" +"/b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +"- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +"(hoofdpartitie). \n" "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +"MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie\n" "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;." +"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van " +"&product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:143 @@ -863,8 +950,10 @@ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +"1024.\n" +"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om " +"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165 @@ -886,7 +975,8 @@ msgstr "" "Details bootloaderinstallatie \n" "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n" -" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details bootloaderinstallatie." +" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details " +"bootloaderinstallatie." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 @@ -919,7 +1009,8 @@ msgstr "" "Handmatige configuratie \n" "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +"Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +"hebben." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223 @@ -948,7 +1039,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" +"Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +"geselecteerde\n" "sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" "geselecteerde sectie." @@ -958,7 +1050,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +"Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image " +"toe te voegen\n" "om te laden en te starten." #. help text 4/5 @@ -967,7 +1060,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +"Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe " +"te voegen, \n" "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #. help text 5/5 @@ -978,17 +1072,20 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt " +"gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie " +"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1114,40 +1211,66 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet " +"installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet " +"installeren</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">" +"installeren</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet " +"wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 @@ -1193,23 +1316,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " +"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT " +"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de " +"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als " +"boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +msgstr "" +"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 16:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -106,59 +106,58 @@ msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Store ID" msgid "Node ID" -msgstr "ID opslaan" +msgstr "Node-ID" #. Set need to require 'set' #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De node-ID moet volledig zijn en een positief geheel getal" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgid "Node ID must be unique" -msgstr "Het hardware adres moet uniek zijn." +msgstr "De node-ID moet uniek zijn." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:106 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "Netwerkadres van binding:" +msgstr "Het netwerkadres van Bind moet volledig zijn:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De clusternaam moet volledig zijn" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het adres van het member moet volledig zijn" #. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured" msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" -msgstr "Testgeluid afspelen zodra de geluidskaart geconfigureerd is" +msgstr "De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer udp is ingesteld" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het multicast-adres moet volledig zijn" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" -msgstr "De waarde voor pos moet een positief geheel getal zijn." +msgstr "De multicast-poort moet moet een positief geheel getal zijn" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." msgstr "" +"Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte " +"interfaces. Stel in op passief." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 @@ -215,7 +214,6 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "Overbodig IP-adres" @@ -226,15 +224,17 @@ " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" +" OPMERKING: oude corosync-instellingen gevonden.\n" +" Stel de memberlijst in en bevestig alle andere instellingen." #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Number of threads must be integer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aantal threads moet een geheel getal zijn" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696 msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aantal threads moet groter dan 0 zijn" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Enable Security Auth" @@ -245,20 +245,28 @@ msgstr "Threads:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren ." +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "" +"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om " +"/etc/corosync/authkey te genereren ." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/corosync/authkey van andere nodes." +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig " +"/etc/corosync/authkey van andere nodes." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken van /etc/corosync/authkey is mislukt" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aanmaken van /etc/corosync/authkey is gelukt" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Running" @@ -274,16 +282,14 @@ msgstr "Opstarten" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "Aan -- Start pacemaker tijdens het booten" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" -msgstr "Uit -- Start pacemaker alleen handmatig" +msgstr "Uit -- Start pacemaker handmatig" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Switch On and Off" @@ -381,7 +387,8 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n" -"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de sync-lijst." +"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de " +"sync-lijst." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -390,11 +397,13 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen clusternodes te dupliceren.\n" +"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen " +"clusternodes te dupliceren.\n" "YaST kan helpen bij het instellen van enige basis aspecten van conntrackd.\n" "U moet het starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -415,14 +424,12 @@ msgstr "Genereer /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer." msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" -msgstr "De waarde voor pos moet een positief geheel getal zijn." +msgstr "Het groepsnummer moet een positief geheel getal zijn." #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" #| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" @@ -433,79 +440,218 @@ #| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" #| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " +"field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " +"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " +"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " +" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " +"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." +"\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " +" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" +"br>\n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " +"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " +"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Bind-netwerkadres</big> Dit specificeert het adres waaraan het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden. \n" -"<big>Multicastadres</big> Dit is het door openais gebruikte multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres is. Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden gespecificeerd.\n" -"<big>Poort</big> Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" -"<big>Memberadres</big> Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu \n" -"<big>Node-ID</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet niet worden gebruikt. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen. \n" -"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht stemnummer voor het stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie quorum {}. \n" -"<big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big> Node-id is vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren. \n" +"<big>Bind-netwerkadres</big> Dit specificeert het adres waaraan " +"het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op " +"nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel " +"bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0. Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk " +"geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden " +"gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface " +"binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het " +"veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden. \n" +"<big>Multicastadres</big> Dit is het door openais gebruikte " +"multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar " +"de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken " +"multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres " +"is. Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal " +"worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden " +"gespecificeerd.\n" +"<big>Poort</big> Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is " +"mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde " +"openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten. \n" +"<big>Memberadres</big> Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in het " +"cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu (Unicast) " +"\n" +"<big>Node-ID</big> Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij " +"gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde " +"die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. Als " +"dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit het " +"32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met " +"ring-identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet " +"niet worden gebruikt. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante " +"ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een " +"iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare " +"netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid " +"van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-bound " +"wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één netwerkinterface " +"zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. Als er slechts één " +"interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen automatisch worden gekozen. " +"Als meerdere interface-directives zijn gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of " +"passief worden gekozen. \n" +"<big>Verwachte stemmen</big> Verwacht stemnummer voor het " +"stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst " +"{} aanwezig is in corosync.conf of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie " +"quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big> Node-id is vereist bij " +"gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren. <" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" #| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " +"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " +"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " +"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " +"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " +"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " +"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " +"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " +"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " +"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " +"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " +"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " +"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " +"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " +"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " +"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " +"The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> Deze directive bestuurt hoeveel threads worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. Als secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden gebruiken. Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat te worden geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 geeft aan dat geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus biedt de beste prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. \n" -"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat HMAC/SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/sec is mogelijk met 100% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 10Mb/sec is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/sec is mo gelijk wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> Deze directive bestuurt hoeveel threads " +"worden gebruikt voor versleuteling en het zenden van multicast berichten. Als " +"secauth is uitgezet zal het protocol nooit 'threaded' verzenden gebruiken. " +"Als secauth is aangezet, staat deze directive systemen in staat te worden " +"geconfigureerd om meerdere threads voor versleuteling en het zenden van " +"multicast berichten te gebruiken. Een thread-directive van 0 geeft aan dat " +"geen 'threaded' verzenden moet worden gebruikt. Deze modus biedt de beste " +"prestaties voor niet-SMP systemen. De standaard is 0. \n" +"<big>Security Auth inschakelen</big> Dit specificeert dat " +"HMAC/SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te " +"authenticeren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten " +"worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen " +"tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan " +"elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. " +"Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec " +"zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met " +"verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% " +"cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer " +"van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is " +"uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote " +"frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is " +"ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze " +"optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " +"is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Opstarten van de corosync service bij opstarten of niet\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall-instellingen</big> Schakel de poort in wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Opstarten van de corosync service bij " +"opstarten of niet\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall-instellingen</big> Schakel de poort in " +"wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " +"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " +"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " +"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authenticatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de " +"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde " +"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om " +"te synchroniseren.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authenticatie wordt gedaan met de " +"IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt " +"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup " +"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het " +"is aangemaakt.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " +"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " +"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated interface</big> Een dedicated netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast adres</big> Het voor synchroniseren te gebruiken multicast adres.\n" -"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep voor synchronisatie.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated interface</big> Een dedicated " +"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast " +"ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. " +"\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated " +"netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast adres</big> Het voor synchroniseren te " +"gebruiken multicast adres.\n" +"\t\t<big>Groepsnummer</big> Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep " +"voor synchronisatie.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -524,7 +670,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-07 10:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 21:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Congratulations!\n" @@ -49,10 +48,11 @@ "\n" "Gefeliciteerd!\n" "De installatie van openSUSE op uw computer is klaar.\n" -"Nadat u op Voltooien hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het systeem.\n" +"Nadat u op Voltooien hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het " +"systeem.\n" "Bezoek ons op %1.\n" "Veel plezier! Uw openSUSE-ontwikkelteam\n" -"\t " +" " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" @@ -68,15 +68,22 @@ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" -"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch gebruikersinterface\n" -"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, webbrowsing,\n" -"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw computer.\n" +"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch " +"gebruikersinterface\n" +"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, " +"webbrowsing,\n" +"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw " +"computer.\n" "\n" -"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed gebruikte\n" -"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund worden onder\n" +"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed " +"gebruikte\n" +"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund worden " +"onder\n" "openSUSE. Beide bureaubladomgevingen zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken, hoog\n" -"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke bureaubladomgeving\n" -"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het meest\n" +"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke " +"bureaubladomgeving\n" +"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het " +"meest\n" "geschikte bureaublad is." #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 @@ -142,10 +149,9 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Linuxrc-netwerkconfiguratie laden" +msgstr "linuxrc-netwerkconfiguratie laden" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000. # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # peter(a)sybex.nl, 2000. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2012. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-14 10:00+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -31,20 +31,18 @@ #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "Installatieb&ronnaam" +msgstr "Naam van installatiebron" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "Ask On Error" -msgstr "Gebruiker heeft fout gevonden" +msgstr "Bij fout vragen" #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 @@ -54,67 +52,82 @@ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de locatie van uw Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken " +"bewerken.\n" +"\n" +"Enige voorbeelden van hoe de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n" +"\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"voor SMT-server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ voor SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"\n" +"Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving, kijk in de Deployment Guide.\n" +"" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "Installatiebron-URL" +msgstr "&URL van installatiebron" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Found Error" msgid "&Ask On Error" -msgstr "Gebruiker heeft fout gevonden" +msgstr "Bij fout &vragen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Administrator DN" msgid "Administrator Name" -msgstr "Beheerder DN" +msgstr "Naam van de systeembeheerder" #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the password for Crowbar administrator." msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "Het wachtwoord voor de Crowbar-beheerder invoeren." +msgstr "Beheer gebruikersnamen en wachtwoorden voor Crowbar-beheerders." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Model" msgid "&Mode" -msgstr "&Model" +msgstr "&Modus" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." +"\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" +"Definieer hier een Netwerkmodus met relevant beleid voor " +"bonding.\n" +"U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits " +"als spatie-gescheiden lijst." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bonding Policy" msgid "Bonding &Policy" -msgstr "Beleid voor binding" +msgstr "&Beleid voor bonding" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222 msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toekennen van fysieke interfaces voor het bastion-netwerk" #. help text for conduit if list #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231 @@ -123,6 +136,9 @@ "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." msgstr "" +"Elke fysieke interfacedefinitie moet in het patroon passen\n" +"<tt>[Geeft aantal aan][Snelheid][Volgorde]</tt>.\n" +"Geldige voorbeelden zijn <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> of <tt>?1g2</tt>." #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265 @@ -143,29 +159,26 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Use VLAN" msgid "Use &VLAN" -msgstr "VLAN gebruiken" +msgstr "&VLAN gebruiken" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "VLAN ID" msgid "VLAN &ID" -msgstr "VLAN-ID" +msgstr "VLAN-&ID" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 msgid "Rou&ter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rou&ter" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgid "Router pre&ference" -msgstr "Herstellen van gebruikersvoorkeuren..." +msgstr "Routervoor&keuren" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86 #. textentry label @@ -179,31 +192,27 @@ msgstr "Net&masker" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Broadcast" msgid "Broa&dcast" -msgstr "Broadcast" +msgstr "Broa&dcast" #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Bridge" msgid "&Add Bridge" -msgstr "Bridge toevoegen" +msgstr "Bridge &toevoegen" #. push button label& #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit Ranges..." msgid "Edit Ran&ges..." msgstr "R&eeksen bewerken..." #. checkbox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Add &Bastion Network" -msgstr "Bond-netwerk" +msgstr "&Bastion-netwerk toevoegen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. textentry label @@ -239,7 +248,6 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" #| "Choose a different one." @@ -247,16 +255,15 @@ "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." msgstr "" -"De configuratienaam %1 bestaat al.\n" -"Kies een andere a.u.b.." +"Gebruiker %1 bestaat al.\n" +"Kies een andere naam." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" -msgstr "Het opgegeven URL-adres is ongeldig." +msgstr "Het format van het interface '%1' is ongeldig." #. table entry (VLAN status) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861 @@ -300,10 +307,9 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." -msgstr "Het adres '%1' geen deel van het netwerk '%2'." +msgstr "Het IP-adres '%1' geen deel van het netwerk '%2'." #. popup message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068 @@ -342,48 +348,46 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "User Settings" msgid "&User Settings" -msgstr "Gebruiker-instellingen" +msgstr "Gebr&uiker-instellingen" #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" +"Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard " +"wachtwoord worden gebruikt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71 #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Mode" msgid "N&etwork Mode" -msgstr "Netwerkmodus" +msgstr "N&etwerkmodus" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond Network" msgid "Bastion Network" -msgstr "Bond-netwerk" +msgstr "Bastion-netwerk" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Networks" msgid "Net&works" -msgstr "Netwerken" +msgstr "Net&werken" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repositories" msgid "Re&positories" -msgstr "Installatiebronnen" +msgstr "&Installatiebronnen" #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lege URL betekent dat de standaard waarde zal worden gebruikt." #. popup message %1 is FQDN #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: drbd.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 16:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -186,7 +186,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -228,7 +229,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Bezig met booten:\n" -"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten\n" +"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten<" +"/p>\n" "\t\t\tactiveren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig\n" "\t\tSchakel Aan en Uit:\n" "\t\t\tNu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server\n" @@ -241,14 +243,15 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" +"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een " +"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" @@ -260,69 +263,142 @@ #| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of " +"one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is " +"used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the " +"device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the " +"node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and " +"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be " +"used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or " +"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it." +"\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat.\n" -"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal\n" -"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'.\n" -"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam " +"(uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten\n" +"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, " +"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het " +"partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een " +"TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het " +"partner-apparaat.\n" +"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de " +"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing " +"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau " +"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door " +"zijn minor-getal. Ofwel laat de naam weg of minor en het minor-getal. Als u " +"de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n" +"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of " +"'/dev/drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te " +"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief " +"is.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het " +"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " +"disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local " +"disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was " +"a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports " +"io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response " +"packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and " +"therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than " +"connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 " +"seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a " +"keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " +"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " +"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel " +"de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: wacht op timeout van de verbinding\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als " +"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager " +"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket<" +"/p>\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen " +"door DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket\n" +"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet " +"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt " +"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet " +"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 " +"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden " +"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet " +"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard " +"waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op " +"een keep-alive-pakket\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen\n" -"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.\n" -"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen " +"twee schrijfgrenzen\n" +"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire " +"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt " +"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie " +"uitschakelt.\n" +"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop " +"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door " +"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, " +"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de " +"hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. " +"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -330,24 +406,35 @@ msgstr "<big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen" +msgid "" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's " +"fitheidtests uit te schakelen" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n" -" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n" -" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n" +"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden " +"die tot\n" +" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de " +"console van uw\n" +" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met " +"beperkte\n" " logcapaciteit.\n" -" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" -" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere " +"'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" +" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. <" +"/p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -382,7 +469,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n" -"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -425,7 +513,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.<" +"/p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 @@ -479,6 +568,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "" +"Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582 msgid "Please fill out all fields." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-05 16:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:58+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -68,17 +68,15 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Instellingen van GeoCluster" +msgstr "Instellingen van Geo-cluster" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GeoCluster Overview" msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht van GeoCluster" +msgstr "Overzicht van Geo-cluster" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -118,10 +116,9 @@ msgstr "poort" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "arbitrator ip" msgid "arbitrator" -msgstr "IP-adres van arbitrator" +msgstr "arbitrator" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 @@ -161,10 +158,9 @@ msgstr "Annuleren" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Please enter valid ip address" msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" -msgstr "Geef een geldig IP-adres in" +msgstr "Voer een geldig IP-adres in" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" @@ -195,25 +191,21 @@ msgstr "voor-verkrijgen-behandelaar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "timeout is no valid" msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "tijdslimiet is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "expire is no valid" msgid "expire is invalid" -msgstr "tijdslimiet is niet geldig" +msgstr "verloopmoment is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "acquireafter is no valid" msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "verkrijgen-na is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "retries is no valid" msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "nieuwe-pogingen is niet geldig" @@ -223,16 +215,14 @@ msgstr "waarde van nieuwe-pogingen lager dan 3 mag niet" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "weights is no valid" msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "gewicht is niet geldig" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "ticket can not be null" msgid "ticket can not be empty" -msgstr "ticket kan niet nul zijn" +msgstr "ticket kan niet leeg zijn" #. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358 @@ -243,16 +233,14 @@ #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" -msgstr "Voer een IP-adres van uw site in" +msgstr "Voer een IP-adres van uw arbitrator in" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" -msgstr "IP-adres van uw site bewerken" +msgstr "IP-adres van uw arbitrator bewerken" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" @@ -268,7 +256,6 @@ #. abort? #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Configuratienaam mag niet leeg zijn." @@ -286,10 +273,9 @@ msgstr "transport moet ingevuld zijn!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" -msgstr "transport moet ingevuld zijn!" +msgstr "arbitrator moet ingevuld zijn!" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "site have to be filled!" @@ -333,10 +319,9 @@ #. GeoCluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Bezig geo-clusterinstellingen te initialiseren" +msgstr "Bezig Geo-clusterinstellingen te initialiseren" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" @@ -365,10 +350,9 @@ #. GeoCluster write dialog caption #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Bezig geo-clusterinstellingen op te slaan" +msgstr "Bezig Geo-clusterinstellingen op te slaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 22:45+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -88,10 +88,9 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses." msgid "Bind all IP addresses" -msgstr "Ongeldige lijst van IP-adressen." +msgstr "Alle IP-adressen binden." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" @@ -269,7 +268,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> \n" +"<big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big> " +"\n" "Even geduld a.u.b... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -279,7 +279,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -342,7 +343,8 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big> \n" -"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n" +"Als u klikt op Bewerken, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster " +"geopend\n" " waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -413,30 +415,64 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of een van de Inkomende en Uitgaande (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). Voer daarna de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord in." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" +"/b> and Password." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik Geen verificatie of een van de " +"Inkomende en Uitgaande (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). " +"Voer daarna de Gebruikersnaam en het Wachtwoord in." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). Verwijderen zal de toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " +"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " +"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). " +"Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Toevoegen om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN " +"geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan om " +"er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is InitiatorName in " +"'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). Verwijderen " +"zal de toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "Met LUN bewerken kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn. Na indrukken van Auth bewerken, selecteert u het type authenticatie. Gebruik Inkomend, Uitgaand of beiden. Voer dan Gebruiker en Wachtwoord. Als Authenticatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld in de vorige dialoog, Auth bewerken is hier uitgeschakeld." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " +"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " +"disabled here." +msgstr "" +"Met LUN bewerken kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang " +"heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn. Na indrukken " +"van Auth bewerken, selecteert u het type authenticatie. Gebruik " +"Inkomend, Uitgaand of beiden. Voer dan Gebruiker en " +"Wachtwoord. Als Authenticatie gebruiken is uitgeschakeld in de " +"vorige dialoog, Auth bewerken is hier uitgeschakeld." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Kopiëren biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te geven tot de LUN." +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " +"the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Kopiëren biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te geven " +"tot de LUN." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" -"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op Bewerken of Verwijderen." +"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan " +"door op Toevoegen te klikken.\n" +"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op Bewerken " +"of Verwijderen." #. edit target #. add target @@ -447,58 +483,78 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " +"\n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te " +"maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te geven. \n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te " +"geven. \n" "De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Onder IP-adres en Portnummer specificeert u onder welk adres\n" -"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is 3260.\n" +"Onder IP-adres en Portnummer specificeert u onder welk " +"adres\n" +"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is " +"3260.\n" "Alleen IP-adressen toegekend aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn mogelijk." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." +msgstr "" +"Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " +"\n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te " +"maken onder een LUN.\n" "U moet het pad naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n" -"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te geven. \n" +"De LUN-naam is een willekeurige naam om uniek de LUN aan te " +"geven. \n" "De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n" "geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties toevoegen, bewerken of verwijderen." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties toevoegen, bewerken of <" +"b>verwijderen." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Bewerk het LUN-nummer indien nodig, stel Type in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n" -"Als Type=fileio, zet Pad naar schijfstation of bestand. SCSI-ID en Sectoren zijn optioneel." +"Bewerk het LUN-nummer indien nodig, stel Type in (nullio is " +"voor testdoeleinden).\n" +"Als Type=fileio, zet Pad naar schijfstation of bestand. SCSI-ID " +"en Sectoren zijn optioneel." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -526,7 +582,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn." +msgstr "" +"Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/isns.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000. # Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000. # peter(a)sybex.nl, 2000. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-09 21:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xisns module #: src/clients/isns.rb:35 @@ -146,7 +146,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te klikken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -180,26 +181,76 @@ "Configureer een iSNS-server. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "De lijst van alel beschikbare iSCSI nodes die geregistreerd staan met de iSNS service zijn getoond. Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI initiators en iSCSI targets. Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te verwijderen. Verwijderen van een node vewijderd deze uit de iSNS database." +msgid "" +"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are " +"displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "" +"De lijst van alel beschikbare iSCSI nodes die geregistreerd staan met de " +"iSNS service zijn getoond. Nodes zijn geregistreerd door iSCSI " +"initiators en iSCSI targets. Het is alleen mogelijk om hen te " +"verwijderen. Verwijderen van een node vewijderd deze uit de iSNS " +"database." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een detectiedomeinen aan te maken met Aanmaken en met Verwijderen te verwijderen.Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het domein maar verwijdert niet de leden van de iSCSI node " +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create " +"a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van alle detectiedomeinen wordt getoond. Het is mogelijk een " +"detectiedomeinen aan te maken met Aanmaken en met Verwijderen " +"te verwijderen.Verwijderen van een domein verwijdert de leden van het " +"domein maar verwijdert niet de leden van de iSCSI node " #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "Een lijst van alle iSCSI-nodes is weergegeven door detectiedomein. Door een ander detectiedomein ververst zich de lijst met leden van dat detectiedomein. Het is mogelijl om een iSCSI-node toe te voegen Toevoegen aan een detectiedomein of de node te Verwijderen. Een node verwijderen verwijdert het van het domein maar verwijdert niet de iSCSI-node Aanmaken van een iSCSI-node staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te voegen als een lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel deze node registreerd dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein Wanneer een iSCSI initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle iSCSI-node-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen. " +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet " +"registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the " +"initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain<" +"/p> When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service " +"returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery " +"Domains. " +msgstr "" +"Een lijst van alle iSCSI-nodes is weergegeven door detectiedomein. Door een " +"ander detectiedomein ververst zich de lijst met leden van dat detectiedomein. " +" Het is mogelijl om een iSCSI-node toe te voegen Toevoegen aan een " +"detectiedomein of de node te Verwijderen. Een node verwijderen " +"verwijdert het van het domein maar verwijdert niet de iSCSI-node " +"Aanmaken van een iSCSI-node staat toe een nog niet geregistreerde node toe te " +"voegen als een lid van het detectiedomein. Wannner de initiator of doel deze " +"node registreerd dan wordt het onderdeel van dit domein Wanneer een " +"iSCSI initiator een opzoekverzoek doet dan zal de iSNS-service alle " +"iSCSI-node-doelen geven die leden zijn van dezelfde detectiedomeinen. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. Een detectiedomein moet lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. In een iSNS database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein bevat leden van iSCSI-nodes." +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "" +"Aan de top wordt een lijst van alle detectiedomeinsets weergegeven. " +"Detectiedomeinen behoren bij detectiedomeinsets. Een detectiedomein moet " +"lid zijn van een detectiedomeinsets om actief te zijn. In een iSNS " +"database bevat een detectiedomeinset detectiedomeinen en een detectiedomein " +"bevat leden van iSCSI-nodes." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd." +msgid "" +"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "" +"De lijst met leden van een detectiedomeinset wordt ververst wanneer een " +"verschillende detectiedomeinset wordt geselecteerd." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 @@ -241,10 +292,11 @@ #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "Niet in staat om een connectie te maken met de iSNS-server. Controleer het adres van de iSNS-server." +msgstr "" +"Niet in staat om een connectie te maken met de iSNS-server. Controleer of de " +"iSNS-server actief is." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -259,8 +311,11 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket zijn geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Als u de isns-service wilt configureren, moet het %1-pakket zijn " +"geïnstalleerd." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/mail.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: mail.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-25 22:50+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -112,10 +112,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Het kiezen van Geen verbinding zal de e-mailserver starten \n" -"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op localhost.\n" +"maar alleen lokaal e-mailtransport is mogelijk. De MTA luistert op " +"localhost.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -124,7 +126,8 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de afzender te specificeren.\n" +"Hier dient u voor elke gebruiker het te herschrijven adres van de afzender " +"te specificeren.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -135,7 +138,8 @@ "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten verificatie\n" +"Sommige servers hebben voor het kunnen versturen van berichten " +"verificatie\n" "nodig. Hier kunt u de informatie t.b.v. deze optie opgeven. Laat deze velden\n" "gewoon leeg indien u geen verificatie wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" @@ -144,20 +148,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " +"smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen. Geef de\n" -"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld smtp.provider.com.\n" +"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " +"verbindingen. Geef de\n" +"SMTP server van de internet service provider op, zoals bijvoorbeeld " +"smtp.provider.com.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het Gebruikersnaam veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw provider heeft gekregen.\n" +"Geef in het Gebruikersnaam veld de gebruikersnaam op die u van uw " +"provider heeft gekregen.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -198,12 +207,15 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Deze tabel zorgt voor het doorsturen van lokaal afgeleverde mail.\n" -"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor systeemaccounts,\n" -"vooral voor root), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met adressen.\n" +"Het doorsturen naar een andere lokale gebruiker (zinvol voor " +"systeemaccounts,\n" +"vooral voor root), naar een remote adres, of naar een lijst met " +"adressen.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -366,16 +378,14 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82 #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "[manually set]" msgid "manual" -msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]" +msgstr "handmatig" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "FTP daemon" msgid "daemon" -msgstr "FTP daemon" +msgstr "daemon" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 @@ -648,7 +658,8 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up verbindingen.\n" +"De uitgaande mailserver is in het algemeen bedoeld voor dial-up " +"verbindingen.\n" "Geef de internet service providers SMTP server op, zoals bijvoorbeeld\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" @@ -666,9 +677,11 @@ "Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" +"Het is mogelijk dat u de door u verzonden mail er uit wilt laten ziet " +"alsof het oorspronkelijk verzonden is\n" "door company.com in plaats van pc-042.company.com.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog.\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor het geboden tekstvenster of een meer gedetailleerd dialoog.<" +"/p>\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 @@ -766,16 +779,21 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "DKIM inschakelen voor uitgaande e-mail vereist extra acties. Er zal een\n" -"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in Postfix.\n" -"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat dit is\n" -"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit 'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe service verzonden\n" +"SSL-sleutel worden gegenereerd voor de waarde 'mydomain' gedefinieerd in " +"Postfix.\n" +"Een nieuwe service 'submission' zal worden geconfigureerd in Postfix. Nadat " +"dit is\n" +"ingesteld kunt u e-mail met deze service 'submission' verzenden vanuit " +"'mynetworks' met SASL-authenticatie ingeschakeld. Alleen de door deze nieuwe " +"service verzonden\n" "e-mails zullen worden ondertekend met de domeinsleutel.\n" #. help text @@ -786,7 +804,8 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" @@ -794,14 +813,20 @@ "De publieke sleutel van de domeinsleutel moet worden aangeboden door een\n" "Domain Name Service (DNS). De publieke sleutel zal worden opgeslagen als een\n" "DNS TXT-record in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt en moet worden\n" -"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze server\n" -"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de publieke\n" -"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.\n" +"toegepast volgens de Domain Name Service. Als er een nameservice op deze " +"server\n" +"draait, die de 'authoritatieve server' voor dat domein is, dan zal de " +"publieke\n" +"sleutel automatisch worden toegevoegd als een TXT-record in die domeinzone.<" +"/p>\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook worden ingeschakeld." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "" +"Als u ondersteuning voor DKIM inschakelt, zal de virusscanning (AMaViS) ook " +"worden ingeschakeld." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -837,8 +862,10 @@ "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen gebruikersaccount\n" -"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te sturen." +"Het wordt aanbevolen om voor de systeembeheerder een algemeen " +"gebruikersaccount\n" +"te hanteren en de mail van de root gebruiker naar dit account door te " +"sturen." #. Translators: combo box label #. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA @@ -848,8 +875,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "De afleveringsmodus is meestal via Direct, tenzij u de mail van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail wilt hebben." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"De afleveringsmodus is meestal via Direct, tenzij u de mail " +"van de root gebruiker niet wilt doorsturen of via IMAP toegang tot de mail " +"wilt hebben." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -889,7 +921,9 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt doorgestuurd." +msgstr "" +"Kan procmail niet gebruiken wanneer de mail van de gebruiker root niet wordt " +"doorgestuurd." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-19 14:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -99,8 +99,10 @@ "a registered system." msgstr "" "Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n" -"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n" -"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n" +"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande " +"velden.\n" +"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk " +"op\n" "een geregistreerd systeem." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -110,7 +112,9 @@ msgid "" "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" "installation has completed." -msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is." +msgstr "" +"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed " +"is." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -147,8 +151,12 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te " +"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." #. not set yet? #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334 @@ -216,12 +224,21 @@ msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules " +"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich " +"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar " +"verwijderen." #. error message #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 @@ -247,7 +264,8 @@ "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct." +"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het " +"basisproduct." #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" #: src/clients/scc.rb:44 @@ -420,7 +438,8 @@ "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n" +"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden " +"bereikt.\n" "Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:78 @@ -486,7 +505,8 @@ #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:164 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." +msgstr "" +"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 @@ -518,6 +538,10 @@ "Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" "protocol is installed at the server." msgstr "" +"Een oude registratieserver is gedetecteerd op\n" +"%s.\n" +"Ga na dat het nieuwste product dat het nieuwe registratieprotocol\n" +"ondersteunt is geïnstalleerd op de server." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -634,17 +658,23 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" "Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.\n" -"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module." +"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen " +"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de " +"de respectievelijke extensie of module." #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." -msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." +msgstr[0] "" +"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." +msgstr[1] "" +"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -659,18 +689,29 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.<" +"/p>" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig " +"kunnen hebben." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in " +"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 @@ -698,8 +739,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " +"with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " +"worden samen met het basisproduct." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -754,22 +799,29 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE " +"Customer Center,\n" "waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n" -"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." +"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, " +"selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n" -"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." +"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL " +"van de server\n" +"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen " +"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." #. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 @@ -778,7 +830,8 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 @@ -842,28 +895,52 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen gegevens." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren " +"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen " +"gegevens." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met " +"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de " +"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een zelf-getekend certificaat." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een " +"zelf-getekend certificaat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Belangrijk: U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste server importeert." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten " +"controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste " +"server importeert." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " +"risk." +msgstr "" +"Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot " +"beveiligingsrisico." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2014-10-30 20:06:29 UTC (rev 90561) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 10:37+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:54+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -175,7 +175,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen." +msgstr "" +"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te " +"stellen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -414,7 +416,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n" +"Windows gebruik is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw " +"Windowspartitie.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -535,7 +538,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering." +msgstr "" +"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste " +"partitionering." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -677,8 +682,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor " +"installatie." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -705,7 +713,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; " +"gebruikt moet worden.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -721,8 +730,10 @@ "\n" "\n" "Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie Aangepaste partitionering\n" -"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n" -"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n" +"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde " +"schijven\n" +"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -805,7 +816,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n" -"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld." +"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn " +"ingesteld." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -905,7 +917,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n" +"Gebruik de gehele harde schijf, of één of meer van de aangegeven " +"partities\n" "of vrije gebieden.\n" "\n" @@ -933,8 +946,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n" -"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n" +"De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich " +"bevindende \n" +"data zal verloren gaan. Het herstellen van deze data is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -955,8 +970,10 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n" -"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel verwijderen\n" +"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er " +"is\n" +"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of Windows geheel " +"verwijderen\n" "of de ruimte verkleinen om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n" "" @@ -974,7 +991,8 @@ "Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie onherroepelijk\n" "verloren gaan tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n" "raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken, dit omdat de data\n" -"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n" +"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel " +"eens.\n" "\n" #. Label text @@ -1021,8 +1039,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n" -"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n" -"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" +"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk " +"problemen\n" +"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, " +"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n" "\n" "Deze instelling gebruiken?\n" @@ -1239,7 +1259,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1299,7 +1320,8 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n" +"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren " +"gaan.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" @@ -1358,20 +1380,25 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n" +"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie " +"\n" "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n" +"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die " +"aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"uitgebreide\n" "partitie gaat verwijderen.\n" "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" @@ -1545,20 +1572,24 @@ "Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" "apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n" "het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n" -"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n" -"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n" +"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen " +"aangekoppeld\n" +"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is " +"het\n" "verder niet mogelijk.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" -"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n" +"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft " +"normaal alleen\n" "zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" "Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" @@ -1581,10 +1612,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" -msgstr "UUID" +msgstr "&UUID" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #. label text @@ -1702,7 +1732,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1712,18 +1743,23 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint " +"worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume." +msgstr "" +"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische " +"volume." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1739,8 +1775,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1750,8 +1788,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n" -"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe." +"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 " +"uitgebreid worden.\n" +"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een " +"bestandssysteem toe." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1764,7 +1804,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." +msgstr "" +"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1775,8 +1816,10 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n" -"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is " +"echter\n" +"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw " +"gegevens te maken.\n" "\n" "Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?" @@ -1785,12 +1828,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n" "%1\n" -"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n" +"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de " +"partitietabel verwijderd.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1839,11 +1884,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" +msgstr "" +"Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen." +msgstr "" +"Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper " +"inschakelen." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 @@ -1943,14 +1991,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n" +"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp " +"of /var/tmp.\n" "Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n" "willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n" "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n" @@ -1963,14 +2013,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n" +"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw " +"bestandssysteem.\n" "Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n" "van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n" "het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n" @@ -1982,7 +2034,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2036,14 +2089,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n" -" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n" +"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom " +"niet\n" +" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u Overslaan selecteren. In dat " +"geval wordt er \n" " geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n" " \n" @@ -2062,7 +2118,8 @@ "met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n" "uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n" "\n" -"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n" +"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te " +"starten.\n" "\n" "Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n" "schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n" @@ -2101,7 +2158,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n" +"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het " +"besturingssysteem\n" "nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n" "\n" "Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n" @@ -2169,13 +2227,17 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, " +"/home).\n" "Dat is niet mogelijk." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een " +"aankoppelpunt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2257,7 +2319,8 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n" +"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of " +"annuleren.\n" "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet." #. button text @@ -2277,15 +2340,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het " +"is aangekoppeld." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is " +"aangekoppeld." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld." +msgstr "" +"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen " +"terwijl het is aangekoppeld." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2393,7 +2462,8 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?" #. popup text @@ -2404,7 +2474,8 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n" +"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige " +"wijzigingen.\n" "Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n" #. popup text @@ -2747,7 +2818,8 @@ "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n" -"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n" +"kies dan Apparaat versleutelen. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een " +"bestaand\n" "volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.\n" #. helptext @@ -2865,7 +2937,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." +msgstr "" +"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -3341,7 +3414,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n" -"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3585,7 +3659,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n" -"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n" +"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of " +"multipad dan\n" "worden hier geen partities getoond.\n" #. helptext @@ -3596,7 +3671,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n" -"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n" +"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS " +"RAID's,\n" "gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3631,7 +3707,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n" -"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n" +"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude " +"aankoppelpunten\n" "worden getoond in de tabel.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3643,7 +3720,8 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n" "bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n" -"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd." +"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden " +"geformatteerd." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3797,12 +3875,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n" -"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.\n" +"Padnaam van loop-bestand: Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar " +"het bestand\n" +"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3813,9 +3894,12 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n" -"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: Wanneer \n" -"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.\n" +"Loop-bestand aanmaken: Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand " +"aangemaakt\n" +"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. OPMERKING: " +"Wanneer \n" +"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 @@ -3825,7 +3909,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n" +"Grootte: Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het " +"bestandssysteem\n" "dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.\n" #. helptext @@ -3838,9 +3923,12 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n" -"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n" -"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n" +"OPMERKING:Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op " +"consistentie\n" +"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem " +"dan niet\n" +"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. " +"Wees voorzichtig \n" "met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.\n" #. input field label @@ -3985,7 +4073,8 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n" +"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. " +"Toegestaan\n" "zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"." #. error popup text @@ -4021,7 +4110,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt " +"verwijderen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4029,7 +4120,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n" +"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte " +"opgeven\n" "groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4063,12 +4155,15 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep." +msgstr "" +"Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep.<" +"/p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4101,11 +4196,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n" -"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n" +"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet " +"hoger zijn\n" "dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep." #. helptext @@ -4122,7 +4219,8 @@ "met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n" "nodig, toegekend uit de Thin-pool. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n" "met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n" -"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n" +"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat " +"zijn\n" "om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n" "Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben." @@ -4157,7 +4255,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume als een Normaal volume declareren.\n" @@ -4169,19 +4268,23 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-pool\n" -"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen." +"Dit betekent dat Thin-volumes de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit " +"zo'n pool toekennen." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een Thin-volume.\n" -"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een Thin-pool." +"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit " +"een Thin-pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4235,12 +4338,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te " +"maken.\n" "\n" -"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" +"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type " +"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n" "een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4476,8 +4582,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4508,34 +4618,47 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n" -"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" +"Er is GEEN redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is " +"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n" -"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n" -"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n" -"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.\n" +"RAID 1: Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee " +"of\n" +"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van " +"alle data op\n" +"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data " +"verloren gaan.\n" +"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte " +"hebben.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n" -"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n" -"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" +"RAID 5: Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal " +"schijven en biedt ook nog\n" +"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere " +"schijven. Bij het falen van\n" +"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee " +"schijven gaat alle data verloren\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4552,12 +4675,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID. Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n" "is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n" -"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).\n" +"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5)." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4620,12 +4746,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n" -"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" -"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.\n" +"Chunk-grootte: De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op " +"apparaten\n" +"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, " +"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n" +"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig " +"effect op de array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4635,10 +4766,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n" -"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n" +"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende " +"platen.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4717,14 +4850,16 @@ "for the raid to be usable.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n" +"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status " +"bevindt.\n" "Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n" "voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92 @@ -4763,7 +4898,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n" -"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is." +"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in " +"gebruik is." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4928,16 +5064,21 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Standaard aangekoppeld door geeft de aankoppelmethode\n" -"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n" +"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. Apparaatnaam gebruikt de " +"apparaatnaam\n" "van de kernel die niet blijvend is. Apparaat-ID en Apparaatpad\n" -"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n" -"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID en\n" +"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. " +"Deze zouden\n" +"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte UUID<" +"/i> en\n" "Volumelabel use the file systems UUID and label.\n" #. helptext @@ -4953,13 +5094,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities\n" -"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal lijnt de \n" -"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n" +"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. cilinder is de " +"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. optimaal " +"lijnt de \n" +"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de " +"Linux-kernel \n" "of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.\n" #. helptext @@ -4969,7 +5115,8 @@ "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" "Opslagapparaten tonen per controleert\n" -"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur." +"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.<" +"/p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 @@ -5232,7 +5379,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n" @@ -5243,15 +5391,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n" -"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n" -"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n" -"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n" +"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de " +"\n" +"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in " +"een\n" +"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" " +"gebruiken \n" "om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen." #. dialog help text @@ -5280,7 +5434,8 @@ "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "Interleaved gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n" -"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n" +"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt " +"\n" "het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort." #. dialog help text @@ -5290,29 +5445,42 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n" -"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n" +"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst " +"met \n" +"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de " +"apparaten \n" "gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n" -"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n" -"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n" +"Door op de knop \"%1\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die " +"regels\n" +"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* " +"A\").\n" +"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de " +"klasse op\n" +"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de " +"naam in\n" "de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n" -"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n" -"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n" +"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. " +"/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst " +"bepaalt\n" +"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met " +"de\n" "reguliere expressie." #. headline text @@ -5337,7 +5505,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n" +"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %" +".\n" "De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5348,7 +5517,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs-grootte:\n" @@ -5373,7 +5543,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:\n" -"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.\n" +"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een " +"hogere prioriteit aan.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5384,7 +5555,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:\n" @@ -5403,14 +5575,14 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Geen toegangstijd:\n" -"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &User" msgid "Mountable by User" -msgstr "Door &gebruiker aan te koppelen" +msgstr "Door gebruiker aan te koppelen" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 @@ -5419,7 +5591,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. " +"Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5432,14 +5605,19 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:\n" -"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n" +"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het " +"systeem aangekoppeld.\n" "Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n" -"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" -"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n" +"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount " +"<aankoppelpunt></tt>\n" +"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem " +"is aangekoppeld).\n" "Standaard onwaar.\n" #. button text @@ -5471,16 +5649,23 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Gegevens-journaling-modus:\n" "Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n" -"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n" -"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n" -"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies \n" -"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies\n" +"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd " +"voordat\n" +"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies<" +"br>\n" +"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem " +"zelf\n" +"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld " +"prestatieverlies \n" +"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen " +"prestatieverlies\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5516,14 +5701,19 @@ msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties " +"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Aanvullende opties:\n" @@ -5543,7 +5733,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:\n" -"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" +"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows " +"partities gebruikt moet worden.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5554,10 +5745,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:\n" -"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.\n" +"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op " +"FAT bestandssystemen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5568,10 +5761,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Aantal FAT's:\n" -"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2." +"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De " +"standaard is 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5582,10 +5777,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT grootte:\n" -"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.\n" +"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of " +"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die " +"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.<" +"/p>\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5595,7 +5795,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." +msgstr "" +"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5615,10 +5816,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Hash-functie:\n" -"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" +"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het " +"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5629,10 +5832,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS revisie:\n" -"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" +"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet " +"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x " +"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel " +"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5644,10 +5853,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" +"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, " +"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, " +"dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5674,10 +5887,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentage voor inode-ruimte:\n" -"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" +"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage " +"aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5688,14 +5903,17 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode aaneengesloten:\n" -"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n" +"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een " +"inode allocatie\n" "al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n" -"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.\n" +"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet " +"aaneengesloten toegang.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -5716,10 +5934,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Loggrootte\n" -"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" +"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat " +"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5757,10 +5977,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Blokgrootte:\n" -"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.\n" +"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 " +"bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald " +"aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten " +"gebruik er van.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5780,13 +6005,18 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per inode:\n" -"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n" +"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor " +"elke\n" "<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n" "bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n" -"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n" -"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n" -"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n" -"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.\n" +"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het " +"bestandssysteem,\n" +"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk " +"is\n" +"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het " +"aangemaakt is.\n" +"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft." +"\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5805,8 +6035,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root: Specificeert het, voor " +"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt " +"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het " +"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard " +"gereserveerde is 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5846,11 +6085,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Geen journaal:\n" -"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n" +"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit " +"alleen wanneer\n" "u echt weet wat u doet.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6079,8 +6320,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " +"in gebruik zijn." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" @@ -6089,7 +6333,8 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217 @@ -6109,7 +6354,8 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n" +"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd " +"wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255 @@ -6433,7 +6679,8 @@ "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Gekoppeld op geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n" -"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n" +"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, " +"(UUID)\n" "op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6446,7 +6693,8 @@ msgstr "" "Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n" "het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n" -"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n" +"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen " +"van\n" "de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6462,7 +6710,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n" @@ -6531,7 +6780,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Stripes toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n" -"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n" +"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de " +"stripe-grootte.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6827,8 +7077,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent " +"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -6892,7 +7146,8 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n" -"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst." +"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.<" +"/p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90560 - trunk/lcn/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2014-10-30 20:52:43 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90560 Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po 2014-10-30 18:59:12 UTC (rev 90559) +++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po 2014-10-30 19:52:43 UTC (rev 90560) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-28 08:05+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 21:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) msgid "Release Notes" @@ -41,13 +42,26 @@ msgstr "13.2" #: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) -msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" -msgstr "openSUSE - це вільна операційна система на базі Linux для Вашого ПК, ноутбука або сервера. Ви можете переглядати інтернет, управляти поштою і фотографіями, виконувати офісну роботу, дивитися відео чи слухати музику і мати чимале задоволення!" +msgid "" +"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or " +"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, " +"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" +msgstr "" +"openSUSE - це вільна операційна система на базі Linux для Вашого ПК, ноутбука " +"або сервера. Ви можете переглядати інтернет, управляти поштою і фотографіями, " +"виконувати офісну роботу, дивитися відео чи слухати музику і мати чимале " +"задоволення!" #. Previous Release Notes #: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) -msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" -msgstr "Якщо ви оновлюєтеся з старішої версії до цього випуску openSUSE, див. попередні примітки тут: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" +msgid "" +"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous " +"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas" +"e_Notes\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви оновлюєтеся з старішої версії до цього випуску openSUSE, див. " +"попередні примітки тут: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_N" +"otes\"/>" #: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" @@ -59,19 +73,48 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" -msgstr "UEFI —Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (об'єднаний розширений вбудований інтерфейс)" +msgstr "" +"UEFI —Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (об'єднаний розширений " +"вбудований інтерфейс)" #: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." -msgstr "Перед установкою openSUSE на систему, яка завантажується за допомогою UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), ми рекомендуємо вам перевірити наявність оновлень прошивки, рекомендованих виробником, і у випадку їх існування встановити такі оновлення. Наперед встановлена Windows 8 є безперечною ознакою того, що ваша система використовує UEFI." +msgid "" +"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified " +"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any " +"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install " +"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your " +"system boots using UEFI." +msgstr "" +"Перед установкою openSUSE на систему, яка завантажується за допомогою UEFI " +"(Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), ми рекомендуємо вам перевірити " +"наявність оновлень прошивки, рекомендованих виробником, і у випадку їх " +"існування встановити такі оновлення. Наперед встановлена Windows 8 є " +"безперечною ознакою того, що ваша система використовує UEFI." #: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgstr "<emphasis>Обґрунтування:</emphasis> Деякі прошивки UEFI містять помилки, що призводять до збою у разі запису великого обсягу даних в область зберігання UEFI. Характерно, що ніхто точно не знає, наскільки великий обсяг призводить до такого збою. openSUSE мінімізує цей ризик, записуючи мінімальний обсяг даних, необхідних для завантаження ОС. Під мінімальним розуміється вказівка прошивці UEFI на розташування завантажувача openSUSE. Спеціальні можливості ядра Linux, що використовують область зберігання UEFI для відомостей про завантаження і збоях (<literal>pstore</literal>), � � типово вимкнені. Тим не менш, рекомендується встановити усі рекомендовані виробником оновлення прошивки." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to " +"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really " +"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not " +"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means " +"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. " +"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing " +"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by " +"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the " +"hardware vendor recommends." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Обґрунтування:</emphasis> Деякі прошивки UEFI містять помилки, що " +"призводять до збою у разі запису великого обсягу даних в область зберігання " +"UEFI. Характерно, що ніхто точно не знає, наскільки великий обсяг призводить " +"до такого збою. openSUSE мінімізує цей ризик, записуючи мінімальний обсяг " +"даних, необхідних для завантаження ОС. Під мінімальним розуміється вказівка " +"прошивці UEFI на розташування завантажувача openSUSE. Спеціальні можливості " +"ядра Linux, що використовують область зберігання UEFI для відомостей про " +"завантаження і збоях (<literal>pstore</literal>), є типово вимкнені. Тим не " +"менш, рекомендується встановити усі рекомендовані виробником оновлення " +"прошивки." #. bnc#850056 #: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) @@ -79,24 +122,54 @@ msgstr "UEFI, GPT і розділи MS-DOS" #: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." -msgstr "Разом із специфікацією EFI/UEFI застосовується новий спосіб розбиття: GPT (GUID Partition Table). Він використовує глобально унікальні ідентифікатори (128-бітні значення у вигляді 32 шістнадцяткових цифр) для визначення пристроїв і типів розділів." +msgid "" +"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning " +"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique " +"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify " +"devices and partition types." +msgstr "" +"Разом із специфікацією EFI/UEFI застосовується новий спосіб розбиття: GPT " +"(GUID Partition Table). Він використовує глобально унікальні ідентифікатори " +"(128-бітні значення у вигляді 32 шістнадцяткових цифр) для визначення " +"пристроїв і типів розділів." #: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgstr "Крім цього, специфікація UEFI дозволяє використання застарілих розділів MBR (MS-DOS). Завантажувачі Linux (ELILO або GRUB2) намагаються автоматично створити GUID для таких розділів і зберегти зміни в прошивці. Такі GUID можуть часто змінюватися, що призводить до перезапису даних прошивки. Перезапис складається з двох різних дій: видалення старого запису і створення нового запису замість старого." +msgid "" +"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) " +"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically " +"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. " +"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A " +"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and " +"creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +msgstr "" +"Крім цього, специфікація UEFI дозволяє використання застарілих розділів MBR " +"(MS-DOS). Завантажувачі Linux (ELILO або GRUB2) намагаються автоматично " +"створити GUID для таких розділів і зберегти зміни в прошивці. Такі GUID " +"можуть часто змінюватися, що призводить до перезапису даних прошивки. " +"Перезапис складається з двох різних дій: видалення старого запису і створення " +"нового запису замість старого." #: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) -msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." -msgstr "У сучасних прошивках наявний збирач сміття, що збирає видалені записи і звільняє пам'ять, зарезервовану під старі записи. Проблема виникає у випадку, коли непридатна прошивка не звільняє такі записи; це може призвести до неможливості завантаження системи." +msgid "" +"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and " +"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty " +"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a " +"non-bootable system." +msgstr "" +"У сучасних прошивках наявний збирач сміття, що збирає видалені записи і " +"звільняє пам'ять, зарезервовану під старі записи. Проблема виникає у випадку, " +"коли непридатна прошивка не звільняє такі записи; це може призвести до " +"неможливості завантаження системи." #: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) -msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." -msgstr "Обхідний шлях дуже простий: конвертуйте застарілий розділ MBR у новий GPT, щоб повністю уникнути подібних проблем." +msgid "" +"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to " +"avoid this problem completely." +msgstr "" +"Обхідний шлях дуже простий: конвертуйте застарілий розділ MBR у новий GPT, " +"щоб повністю уникнути подібних проблем." #. bnc#850052 #: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) @@ -105,13 +178,25 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." -msgstr "Це стосується лише машин з UEFI і включеним режимом безпечного завантаження." +msgstr "" +"Це стосується лише машин з UEFI і включеним режимом безпечного завантаження." #: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgstr "Нова версія shim дозволяє завантажитися з увімкненим безпечним завантаженням більшому числу машин, ніж у openSUSE 12.3. Тим не менш, у випадку проблем спочатку слід оновити BIOS до останньої версії. Якщо оновлення BIOS не допомагає, то повідомте модель своєї машини на сторінці вікі (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Таким чином ми зможемо відстежити це перед наступним випуском." +msgid "" +"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure " +"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first " +"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update " +"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki " +"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next " +"release." +msgstr "" +"Нова версія shim дозволяє завантажитися з увімкненим безпечним завантаженням " +"більшому числу машин, ніж у openSUSE 13.1. Тим не менш, у випадку проблем " +"спочатку слід оновити BIOS до останньої версії. Якщо оновлення BIOS не " +"допомагає, то повідомте модель своєї машини на сторінці вікі " +"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Таким чином ми зможемо відстежити це " +"перед наступним випуском." #: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" @@ -127,37 +212,81 @@ msgstr "Непотріб на екрані під час установки з драйвером nouveau" #: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) -msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." -msgstr "На деяких системах з картами NVIDIA встановлювач може показувати різний непотріб у верхній частині екрана через проблеми з драйвером nouveau. Якщо ви помітили таку хибу, то вимкніть модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском встановлювача, а потім знову увімкніть після установки/оновлення." +msgid "" +"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top " +"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you " +"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to " +"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or " +"upgraded." +msgstr "" +"На деяких системах з картами NVIDIA встановлювач може показувати різний " +"непотріб у верхній частині екрана через проблеми з драйвером nouveau. Якщо ви " +"помітили таку хибу, то вимкніть модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском " +"встановлювача, а потім знову увімкніть після установки/оновлення." #: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) -msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." -msgstr "Для вимкнення модуля ядра при завантаженні з інсталяційного носія виберіть grub пункт «Installation» («Установка») і натисніть клавішу «e» для редагування параметрів. Потім перейдіть на рядок, що починається з «linux» (або «linuxefi»), і додайте в кінці <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal>. Тепер натисніть F10, щоб продовжити завантаження з новим параметром. Після установки системи ви знову можете увімкнути модуль nouveau, відредагувавши <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> і вилучивши запис про nouveau." +msgid "" +"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, " +"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. " +"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>" +"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting " +"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the " +"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam" +"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +msgstr "" +"Для вимкнення модуля ядра при завантаженні з інсталяційного носія виберіть " +"grub пункт «Installation» («Установка») і натисніть клавішу «e» для " +"редагування параметрів. Потім перейдіть на рядок, що починається з «linux» " +"(або «linuxefi»), і додайте в кінці <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal>. " +"Тепер натисніть F10, щоб продовжити завантаження з новим параметром. Після " +"установки системи ви знову можете увімкнути модуль nouveau, відредагувавши <" +"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> і вилучивши запис про " +"nouveau." #. bnc#902947 #: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перехід із openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab" #: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) -msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." +msgid "" +"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<" +"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>" +"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" +"Монтування спільних дисків cifs при запуску системи через <filename>" +"/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> вже застаріло і вимкнене. Зараз такі диски " +"зазначаються у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процес переходу вимагає двох кроків:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) -msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" +"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"Додайте усі точки монтування із <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" +"/filename> у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) -msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <" +"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"Додайте <literal>0 0</literal> на кінець кожного нового рядка монтування cifs " +"у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) -msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." +msgid "" +"For more information and examples, see <filename>" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the " +"installed system." msgstr "" +"За докладнішою інформацією та прикладами див. <filename>" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> у " +"встановленій системі." #. bnc#850058 #: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) @@ -165,10 +294,16 @@ msgstr "AppArmor і права доступу" #: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "AppArmor типово увімкнений. Це підвищує рівень безпеки, але може перешкодити роботі нестандартно запущених служб. Якщо у вас виникають дивні проблеми з правами доступу, то спробуйте профіль AppArmor для цієї служби у режимі скарг:" +msgid "" +"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent " +"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter " +"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the " +"affected service to complain mode with:" +msgstr "" +"AppArmor типово увімкнений. Це підвищує рівень безпеки, але може перешкодити " +"роботі нестандартно запущених служб. Якщо у вас виникають дивні проблеми з " +"правами доступу, то спробуйте профіль AppArmor для цієї служби у режимі скарг:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -176,14 +311,21 @@ msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$ваша_служба" #: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." -msgstr "Режим скарг означає: дозволити все, але вести журнал дій, які заборонені профілем." +msgid "" +"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would " +"not allow." +msgstr "" +"Режим скарг означає: дозволити все, але вести журнал дій, які заборонені " +"профілем." #: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." -msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." -msgstr "Створіть повідомлення про помилку, якщо це допоможе: ми хочемо виправити профілі AppArmor, щоб вони покривали і крайні випадки." +msgid "" +"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to " +"also cover corner cases." +msgstr "" +"Створіть повідомлення про помилку, якщо це допоможе: ми хочемо виправити " +"профілі AppArmor, щоб вони також покривали крайні випадки." #: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -203,7 +345,8 @@ msgstr "Читати файли README на КД." #: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) -msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" +msgid "" +"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "Отримати докладний журнал змін конкретного пакунку за допомогою RPM:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) @@ -216,20 +359,33 @@ msgstr "<НАЗВАФАЙЛУ>. - це ім'я пакунку RPM." #: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) -msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." -msgstr "Хронологічний журнал усіх змін в оновлених пакетах наведено у файлі <filename>ChangeLog</filename> на верхньому рівні DVD." +msgid "" +"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for " +"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." +msgstr "" +"Хронологічний журнал усіх змін в оновлених пакетах наведено у файлі <filename>" +"ChangeLog</filename> на верхньому рівні DVD." #: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) -msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." -msgstr "Більше інформації ви знайдете у каталозі <filename>docu</filename> на DVD." +msgid "" +"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." +msgstr "" +"Більше інформації ви знайдете у каталозі <filename>docu</filename> на DVD." #: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." -msgstr "Додаткова і оновлена документація на сайті <ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or " +"updated documentation." +msgstr "" +"Додаткова і оновлена документація на сайті <ulink " +"url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) -msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." -msgstr "Останні новини від openSUSE на сайті <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>." +msgid "" +"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news " +"from openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Останні новини від openSUSE на сайті <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" @@ -246,7 +402,9 @@ #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 #: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None) msgid "translator-credits" -msgstr "о. Іван Петрущак <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011" +msgstr "" +"о. Іван Петрущак <fr.ivan(a)ukrainian-orthodox.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, " +"2009, 2011" #~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" #~ msgstr "Детальні відомості про встановлення" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90559 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-30 19:59:12 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90559 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po Log: yast2-apparmor.ca.po: more (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po 2014-10-30 18:59:01 UTC (rev 90558) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/yast2-apparmor.ca.po 2014-10-30 18:59:12 UTC (rev 90559) @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 12:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 19:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" #. Globalz #: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66 @@ -56,11 +56,14 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Després d'aquesta operació el mòdul d'AppArmor tornarà a carregar el conjunt del perfil." +"Després d'aquesta operació el mòdul d'AppArmor tornarà a carregar el conjunt " +"del perfil." #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgid "" +"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " +"profile." msgstr "Seleccioneu un perfil de la llista i premeu següent per suprimir-lo." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -142,8 +145,12 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "Aquesta operació ha generat l'error següent. Comproveu la instal·lació i la configuració del perfil de l'AppArmor." +msgid "" +"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " +"AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta operació ha generat l'error següent. Comproveu la instal·lació i la " +"configuració del perfil de l'AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -229,7 +236,9 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de notificació seleccionat." +msgstr "" +"Es necessita una adreça de correu electrònic per a cada mètode de " +"notificació seleccionat." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -255,10 +264,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " +"enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"Estat d'AppArmor Informa de si el mòdul de política d'aplicació d'AppArmor \n" +"Estat d'AppArmor Informa de si el mòdul de política d'aplicació " +"d'AppArmor \n" "està carregat i funcionant." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -266,15 +277,18 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Notificació d'esdeveniment de seguretat Configureu aquesta eina si voleu \n" -"rebre notificacions per correu electrònic quan hagin ocorregut violacions d'accés." +"Notificació d'esdeveniment de seguretat Configureu aquesta eina " +"si voleu \n" +"rebre notificacions per correu electrònic quan hagin ocorregut violacions " +"d'accés." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 msgid "" "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Modes de perfil Useu aquesta eina per canviar la manera en què l'AppArmor \n" +"Modes de perfil Useu aquesta eina per canviar la manera en què " +"l'AppArmor \n" "usa els perfils individuals." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -345,16 +359,26 @@ msgstr "S'han detectat errors als perfils de l'AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "Aquests problemes s'han de corregir abans que l'AppArmor es pugui iniciar o que es puguin utilitzar les eines de gestió de perfils." +msgid "" +"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " +"profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "" +"Aquests problemes s'han de corregir abans que l'AppArmor es pugui iniciar " +"o que es puguin utilitzar les eines de gestió de perfils." #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "Podeu trobar una descripció de la sintaxi del perfil de l'AppArmor executant " +msgstr "" +"Podeu trobar una descripció de la sintaxi del perfil de l'AppArmor " +"executant " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "A la Guia d'administració hi ha una àmplia documentació disponible sobre l'AppArmor. La trobareu al directori " +msgid "" +"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " +"Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "" +"A la Guia d'administració hi ha una àmplia documentació disponible sobre " +"l'AppArmor. La trobareu al directori " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -787,43 +811,67 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." +"</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Sobreescriu l'accés DAC, inclòs l'accés d'execució ACL si \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] està definit. S'està excloent l'accés DAC cobert per CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] està definit. S'està excloent l'accés DAC cobert per " +"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " +"defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions DAC pel que fa a la lectura i la cerca \n" -"de fitxers i directoris, incloses les restriccions d'ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] està definit. \n" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions DAC pel que fa a la lectura i la " +"cerca \n" +"de fitxers i directoris, incloses les restriccions d'ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] " +"està definit. \n" "S'està excloent l'accés DAC cobert per CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " +"file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en fitxers,\n" -"on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de l'usuari, excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID.\n" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en " +"fitxers,\n" +"on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de l'usuari, " +"excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID.\n" "No sobreescriu les restriccions MAC i DAC. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions: l'identificador de l'usuari ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer, que l'identificador del grup efectiu (o un dels identificadors del grup suplementari) ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al fitxer, que els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des de chown(2) (no implementat). </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " +"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " +"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " +"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " +"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " +"implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions: l'identificador de l'usuari " +"ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir " +"els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer, que l'identificador del grup efectiu " +"(o un dels identificadors del grup suplementari) ha de coincidir amb " +"l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al " +"fitxer, que els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des " +"de chown(2) (no implementat). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " +"the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sobreescriu la restricció que l'identificador de l'usuari real o efectiu d'un procés \n" -"que envia un senyal ha de coincidir amb l'identificador de l'usuari real o efectiu del procés \n" +"<ul><li>Sobreescriu la restricció que l'identificador de l'usuari real o " +"efectiu d'un procés \n" +"que envia un senyal ha de coincidir amb l'identificador de l'usuari real o " +"efectiu del procés \n" "que rep el senyal.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -831,8 +879,10 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Permet la manipulació de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permet setgroups(2) </li> \n" -"<li> Permet gids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Permet la manipulació de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permet setgroups(2) </" +"li> \n" +"<li> Permet gids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen.</li></" +"ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -840,19 +890,26 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Permet la manipulació de setuid(2) (inclòs fsuid) </li> \n" -"<li> Permet pids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen. </li></ul>" +"<li> Permet pids falsificats a les credencials del sòcol que passen. </li></" +"ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Transfereix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès a qualsevol pid, \n" -"suprimeix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès des de qualsevol pid</li></ul>" +"<ul><li> Transfereix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès a qualsevol " +"pid, \n" +"suprimeix qualsevol capacitat del conjunt permès des de qualsevol pid</li></" +"ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>Permet la modificació dels atributs de fitxer S_IMMUTABLE i S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" +"li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>Permet la modificació dels atributs de fitxer S_IMMUTABLE i " +"S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -869,7 +926,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" +"li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" @@ -880,14 +938,17 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" +"li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permet establir processos arbitraris / pertinença de grup de processos en sòcols</li> \n" -"<li> Permet la vinculació a qualsevol adreça per a una transparència d'intermediari (proxy)</li> \n" +"<li> Permet establir processos arbitraris / pertinença de grup de processos " +"en sòcols</li> \n" +"<li> Permet la vinculació a qualsevol adreça per a una transparència " +"d'intermediari (proxy)</li> \n" "<li> Permet establir TOS (tipus de servei)</li> \n" "<li> Permet establir el mode promiscu</li> \n" "<li> Permet la neteja de les estadístiques de controlador</li>" @@ -914,22 +975,27 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " +"and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permet el bloqueig de segments de memòria compartida</li> <li> Permet mlock i\n" +"<ul><li> Permet el bloqueig de segments de memòria compartida</li> <li> " +"Permet mlock i\n" "mlockall (que no tenen relació amb l'IPC) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Sobreescriu les comprovacions del propietari de l'IPC </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> Sobreescriu les comprovacions del propietari de l'IPC </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" +"li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Insereix i suprimeix mòduls del nucli - modifica el nucli sense límit</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insereix i suprimeix mòduls del nucli - modifica el nucli sense " +"límit</li> \n" "<li> Modifica cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -938,7 +1004,8 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Permet l'accés a ioperm/iopl</li> \n" -"<li> Permet enviar missatges USB a qualsevol dispositiu a través de /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Permet enviar missatges USB a qualsevol dispositiu a través de /proc/" +"bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -950,7 +1017,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173 msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> Permet la configuració de la comptabilitat de processos </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> Permet la configuració de la comptabilitat de processos </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 msgid "" @@ -995,13 +1063,15 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " +"and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Permet eliminar semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Usat a canvi de CAP_CHOWN a \"chown\" cues de missatges IPC, semaphores i memòria compartida</li> \n" +"<li> Usat a canvi de CAP_CHOWN a \"chown\" cues de missatges IPC, semaphores " +"i memòria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permet bloquejar / desbloquejar un segment de memòria compartida</li> \n" "<li> Permet activar / desactivar la swap</li> \n" "<li> Permet forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -1011,12 +1081,14 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " +"ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Permet establir read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Permet establir geometria al controlador floppy</li> \n" "<li> Permet canviar DMA on/off al controlador xd</li> \n" -"<li> Permet l'administració de dispostius md devices (sobretot els de sobre, però també alguns extra ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Permet l'administració de dispostius md devices (sobretot els de sobre, " +"però també alguns extra ioctls)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1032,12 +1104,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" +"li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Permet llegir porcions no estandaritzades d'espai de configuració pci</li> \n" +"<li> Permet llegir porcions no estandaritzades d'espai de configuració pci</" +"li> \n" "<li> Permet depuració DDI ioctl al controlador sbpcd</li> \n" "<li> Permet configurar ports de sèrie</li> \n" "<li> Permet enviar ordres raw qic-117</li>" @@ -1050,7 +1124,8 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Permet habilitar/inhabilitar encuament etiquetat en SCSI controllers\n" " i l'enviament d'ordres arbitràries SCSI</li> \n" -"<li> Permet establir clau d'encriptació en un sistema de fitxers loopback </li></ul>" +"<li> Permet establir clau d'encriptació en un sistema de fitxers loopback </" +"li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" @@ -1058,40 +1133,52 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " +"UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " +"processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Permet incrementar la prioritat i definir la prioritat en altres processos (UID diferent)</li> \n" -"<li> Permet l'ús de la planificació round-robin i FIFO (en temps real) en processos propis i la configuració \n" +"<ul><li> Permet incrementar la prioritat i definir la prioritat en altres " +"processos (UID diferent)</li> \n" +"<li> Permet l'ús de la planificació round-robin i FIFO (en temps real) en " +"processos propis i la configuració \n" "de l'algorisme de planificació utilitzat per un altre procés.</li> \n" -"<li> Permet la configuració de l'afinitat de la cpu en altres processos. </li></ul>" +"<li> Permet la configuració de l'afinitat de la cpu en altres processos. </" +"li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " +"resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Sobreescriu límits de recurs. Estableix límits de recurs.</li> \n" "<li> Sobreescriu límits de quota.</li> \n" "<li> Sobreescriu espai reservat en sistema de fitxers ext2</li> \n" -"<li> Modifica el mode d'historial de dades en sistema de fitxers ext3 (uses journaling resources)</li>" +"<li> Modifica el mode d'historial de dades en sistema de fitxers ext3 (uses " +"journaling resources)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " +"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> NOTA: ext2 accepta fsuid en comprovar les sobreescriptures del recurs, de mode que també podeu sobreescriure utilitzant fsuid \n" -"<li> Sobreescriu les restriccions de mida en cues de missatges de l'IPC</li> \n" -"<li> Permet més de 64 Hz d'interrupcions des del rellotge en temps real</li> \n" -"<li> Sobreescriu el número màxim de consoles a l'assignació de la consola</li> \n" +"<li> NOTA: ext2 accepta fsuid en comprovar les sobreescriptures del recurs, " +"de mode que també podeu sobreescriure utilitzant fsuid \n" +"<li> Sobreescriu les restriccions de mida en cues de missatges de l'IPC</" +"li> \n" +"<li> Permet més de 64 Hz d'interrupcions des del rellotge en temps real</" +"li> \n" +"<li> Sobreescriu el número màxim de consoles a l'assignació de la consola</" +"li> \n" "<li> Sobreescriu el número màxim de mapes de tecles</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 @@ -1157,6 +1244,13 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" +"El mode de queixa és un perfil d'estat d'entrenament que " +"registra \n" +"l'activitat d'aplicacions. Totes les violacions de regles de perfil " +"d'AppArmor es registren\n" +"(al fitxer /var/log/audit/audit.log), però tot i això són permeses, " +"per tant \n" +"el comportament de l'aplicació no es restringeix." #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 msgid "" @@ -1267,7 +1361,8 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " +"2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1332,7 +1427,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" +"li>" msgstr "" "<li>Seleccioneu Inclou esdeveniments de seguretat desconeguts si \n" "voleu incloure esdeveniments no puntuats amb un número de seguretat.</li>" @@ -1344,11 +1440,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " +"module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Aquest auxiliar presenta entrades generades pel mòdul de control d'accés d'AppArmor \n" +"Aquest auxiliar presenta entrades generades pel mòdul de control d'accés " +"d'AppArmor \n" "Podeu generar perfils altament optimitzats i robusts de seguretat \n" "a través dels suggeriments fets per l'AppArmor." @@ -1379,8 +1477,12 @@ msgstr "Modes d'accés " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" -msgstr "Els modes de permisos d'accés de fitxer consisteixen en combinacions dels sis mòduls següents:" +msgid "" +"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " +"modes:" +msgstr "" +"Els modes de permisos d'accés de fitxer consisteixen en combinacions dels " +"sis mòduls següents:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1497,6 +1599,10 @@ "access will be denied. Incompatible with Inherit and\n" "Unconstrained execute entries." msgstr "" +"Aquest mòdul requereix que es defineixi un perfil de seguretat\n" +"discret per a un recurs executat en una transició de domini\n" +"d'AppArmor. Si no hi ha cap perfil definit, l'accés es denegarà.\n" +"Incompatible amb entrades d'execució Inherit i Unconstrained." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 msgid "Link mode " @@ -1528,28 +1634,41 @@ "bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "<li>* es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, excepte '/'<li>" +msgid "" +"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>* es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, excepte " +"'/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" -msgstr "<li>** es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, inclòs '/'</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" +"li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>** es pot substituir per qualsevol nombre de caràcters, inclòs " +"'/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" msgstr "<li>? es pot substituir per caràcter únic, excepte '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] se substituirà pel caràcter únic a, b, o c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] se substituirà pel caràcter únic a, b, o c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" -msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} s'expandirà a una regla per coincidir amb ab, una regla per coincidir amb cd</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " +"cd</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>{ab,cd} s'expandirà a una regla per coincidir amb ab, una regla " +"per coincidir amb cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1566,8 +1685,10 @@ msgstr "" "L'opció d'execució neta per als permisos d'execució sense restriccions i \n" "el perfil discret proporciona una seguretat afegida extraient l'entorn que \n" -"ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. Se us demanarà \n" -"d'escollir si voleu higienitzar l'entorn si escolliu \"p\" o \"u\" durant el procés del perfil.\n" +"ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. Se us " +"demanarà \n" +"d'escollir si voleu higienitzar l'entorn si escolliu \"p\" o \"u\" durant el " +"procés del perfil.\n" "Aquestes són les variables:" #. Globalz @@ -1688,7 +1809,8 @@ #. Update table values #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "L'entrada no s'afegirà. El nom o els permisos de l'entrada no estan definits." +msgstr "" +"L'entrada no s'afegirà. El nom o els permisos de l'entrada no estan definits." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] @@ -1719,17 +1841,27 @@ msgstr "" "No heu proporcionat un nom per al hat que voleu afegir.\n" "Si us plau \n" -"introduïu un nom de hat per crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +"introduïu un nom de hat per crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per " +"cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent o premeu Interromp per cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +msgid "" +"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " +"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "" +"El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent o " +"premeu Interromp per cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "Visualitzeu i modifiqueu el contingut d'un perfil individual. Per a les entrades existents, feu doble clic als permisos per accedir al diàleg de modificació." +msgid "" +"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " +"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "" +"Visualitzeu i modifiqueu el contingut d'un perfil individual. Per a les " +"entrades existents, feu doble clic als permisos per accedir al diàleg de " +"modificació." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1741,15 +1873,21 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Definicions dels permisos: <code> r - lectura \n" -"w -escriptura l - enllaç m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bloqueig de fitxers \n" -"a - addició de fitxers x - execució i - hereta p - perfil discret \n" +"w -escriptura l - enllaç m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - bloqueig de " +"fitxers \n" +"a - addició de fitxers x - execució i - hereta p - perfil " +"discret \n" "P - perfil discret (*execució neta) u - sense restriccions \n" " U -sense restriccions (*execució neta)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." -msgstr "Afegeix una entrada: seleccioneu el tipus de recurs que voleu afegir des de la llista desplegable." +msgid "" +"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " +"down list." +msgstr "" +"Afegeix una entrada: seleccioneu el tipus de recurs que voleu " +"afegir des de la llista desplegable." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -1759,46 +1897,59 @@ #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "<li>Directori Afegeix una entrada de directori al perfil.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>Directori Afegeix una entrada de directori al perfil.</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "<li>Capacitat Afegeix una entrada de capacitat al perfil.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>Capacitat Afegeix una entrada de capacitat al perfil.</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " +"time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Capçalera Afegeix una entrada de capçalera al perfil. Aquesta opció \n" -"inclou el contingut de l'entrada del perfil d'un altre fitxer d'aquest perfil en el moment de la càrrega.</li>" +"<li>Capçalera Afegeix una entrada de capçalera al perfil. Aquesta " +"opció \n" +"inclou el contingut de l'entrada del perfil d'un altre fitxer d'aquest " +"perfil en el moment de la càrrega.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " +"profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Entrada de xarxa Afegeix una regla de xarxa a aquest perfil. \n" -"Aquesta opció us permetrà especificar els privilegis d'accés a la xarxa per al perfil. \n" +"Aquesta opció us permetrà especificar els privilegis d'accés a la xarxa per " +"al perfil. \n" "Podeu especificar una família d'adreces de xarxa i un tipus de sòcol.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " +"selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " +"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Hat Afegeix un perfil secundari per a aquest perfil, denominat Hat. \n" -"Aquesta opció és anàloga a la creació manual d'un perfil nou, que es pot seleccionar \n" -"durant l'execució només en el context que es demani una aplicació changehat aware. \n" -"Per obtenir més informació sobre changehat, consulteu man changehat al sistema o la Guia de l'usuari de Novell d'AppArmor.</li>" +"<li>Hat Afegeix un perfil secundari per a aquest perfil, denominat " +"Hat. \n" +"Aquesta opció és anàloga a la creació manual d'un perfil nou, que es pot " +"seleccionar \n" +"durant l'execució només en el context que es demani una aplicació " +"changehat aware. \n" +"Per obtenir més informació sobre changehat, consulteu man changehat " +"al sistema o la Guia de l'usuari de Novell d'AppArmor.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -1807,19 +1958,27 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "Suprimeix l'entrada: Suprimeix l'entrada seleccionada des d'aquest perfil." +msgid "" +"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "" +"Suprimeix l'entrada: Suprimeix l'entrada seleccionada des d'aquest " +"perfil." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " +"the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " +"variables are:" msgstr "" -"*Execució neta L'opció d'execució neta per als permisos d'execució \n" -"sense restriccions i el perfil discret proporciona una seguretat afegida extraient l'entorn \n" -"que ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. Aquestes són lesvariables:" +"*Execució neta L'opció d'execució neta per als permisos " +"d'execució \n" +"sense restriccions i el perfil discret proporciona una seguretat afegida " +"extraient l'entorn \n" +"que ha estat heretat pel programa fill de les variables específiques. " +"Aquestes són lesvariables:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -1882,8 +2041,12 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." -msgstr "L'opció \"Inclou entrades\" no pot editar-se. Seleccioneu \"Afegeix\" o \"Suprimeix\" per gestionar \"Inclou entrades\"." +msgid "" +"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " +"entries." +msgstr "" +"L'opció \"Inclou entrades\" no pot editar-se. Seleccioneu \"Afegeix\" o " +"\"Suprimeix\" per gestionar \"Inclou entrades\"." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -1895,8 +2058,12 @@ msgstr "Seleccioneu el fitxer que voleu incloure" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" -msgstr "El fitxer de #capçalera no és vàlid. Els fitxers de capçalera s'han d'ubicar en un d'aquests directoris: \n" +msgid "" +"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " +"directories: \n" +msgstr "" +"El fitxer de #capçalera no és vàlid. Els fitxers de capçalera s'han d'ubicar " +"en un d'aquests directoris: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" @@ -1908,7 +2075,8 @@ "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "Voleu desar els canvis d'aquest perfil? \n" -"(Nota: després de desar els canvis, s'actualitzaran els perfils de l'AppArmor.\n" +"(Nota: després de desar els canvis, s'actualitzaran els perfils de " +"l'AppArmor.\n" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -1942,39 +2110,111 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~ msgstr " El formulari Mostra els informes arxivats us permetrà visualitzar els informes creats anteriorment ubicats al directori /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Les caselles de selecció de la part superior del formulari permeten limitar la categoria dels informes mostrats en la llista en funció de: informes SIR, informes AUD o informes ESS. Per a consultar els detalls dels informes, seleccioneu un informe i feu clic al botó Mostra. Podeu visualitzar informes d'un o més sistemes si desplaceu els informes al directori /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " +#~ "generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " +#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " +#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " +#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " +#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" +#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " El formulari Mostra els informes arxivats us permetrà visualitzar els " +#~ "informes creats anteriorment ubicats al directori /var/log/apparmor/" +#~ "reports-archived. Les caselles de selecció de la part superior del " +#~ "formulari permeten limitar la categoria dels informes mostrats en la " +#~ "llista en funció de: informes SIR, informes AUD o informes ESS. Per a " +#~ "consultar els detalls dels informes, seleccioneu un informe i feu clic al " +#~ "botó Mostra. Podeu visualitzar informes d'un o més " +#~ "sistemes si desplaceu els informes al directori /var/log/apparmor/reports-" +#~ "archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." -#~ msgstr "Informe d'incidències de seguretat (SIR): es tracta d'un informe que mostra els esdeveniments de seguretat d'interès a un administrador. Informa sobre les violacions de política per part d'aplicacions limitades localment durant el període de temps especificat. Aquests informes presenten les excepcions de la política dels informes SIR i els canvis d'estat del motor de la política. Aquests dos tipus d'esdeveniments de seguretat es defineixen de la manera següent: <ul> <li>excepcions de la política: quan una aplicació sol·licita un recurs que no està definit dins del seu perfil, es crea un esdeveniment de seguretat. <li>Canvis d'estat del motor de la política: aplica la política per a les aplicacions i manté el seu estat propi, fins i tot si el motor s'inicia o s'atura, si es torna a carregar una política i si s'habilita o inhabilita la funció de seguretat global. </ul> Seleccioneu l'informe de l'arxiu i després Mostra per a veu re els detalls de l'informe." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " +#~ "resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" +#~ "li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " +#~ "and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " +#~ "policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" +#~ "li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " +#~ "details." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Informe d'incidències de seguretat (SIR): es tracta d'un informe " +#~ "que mostra els esdeveniments de seguretat d'interès a un administrador. " +#~ "Informa sobre les violacions de política per part d'aplicacions limitades " +#~ "localment durant el període de temps especificat. Aquests informes " +#~ "presenten les excepcions de la política dels informes SIR i els canvis " +#~ "d'estat del motor de la política. Aquests dos tipus d'esdeveniments de " +#~ "seguretat es defineixen de la manera següent: <ul> <li>excepcions de " +#~ "la política: quan una aplicació sol·licita un recurs que no està " +#~ "definit dins del seu perfil, es crea un esdeveniment de seguretat. " +#~ "<li>Canvis d'estat del motor de la política: aplica la política " +#~ "per a les aplicacions i manté el seu estat propi, fins i tot si el motor " +#~ "s'inicia o s'atura, si es torna a carregar una política i si s'habilita o " +#~ "inhabilita la funció de seguretat global. </ul> Seleccioneu l'informe de " +#~ "l'arxiu i després Mostra per a veure els detalls de l'informe." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "Informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions (AUD): és una eina d'auditoria que informa sobre quins servidors d'aplicacions estan funcionant i si AppArmor limita les aplicacions. Els servidors d'aplicacions són aplicacions que accepten connexions de xarxa entrants. Aquest informe proporciona l'adreça IP de l'ordinador central, la data d'execució de l'informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions, el nom i el camí del programa sense limitacions o del servidor de l'aplicació, el perfil suggerit o un text variable per a un perfil d'un programa sense limitacions, el número identificador del procés, l'estat del programa (limitat o sense limitacions) i el tipus de limitació que està realitzant el perfil (aplicació/queixa). " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " +#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " +#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " +#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " +#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " +#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " +#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " +#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " +#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions (AUD): és una eina d'auditoria " +#~ "que informa sobre quins servidors d'aplicacions estan funcionant i si " +#~ "AppArmor limita les aplicacions. Els servidors d'aplicacions són " +#~ "aplicacions que accepten connexions de xarxa entrants. Aquest informe " +#~ "proporciona l'adreça IP de l'ordinador central, la data d'execució de " +#~ "l'informe d'auditoria d'aplicacions, el nom i el camí del programa sense " +#~ "limitacions o del servidor de l'aplicació, el perfil suggerit o un text " +#~ "variable per a un perfil d'un programa sense limitacions, el número " +#~ "identificador del procés, l'estat del programa (limitat o sense " +#~ "limitacions) i el tipus de limitació que està realitzant el perfil " +#~ "(aplicació/queixa). " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " +#~ "This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " +#~ "if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " +#~ "host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " +#~ "number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " +#~ "and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " +#~ "range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." -#~ msgstr "Resum executiu de seguretat (ESS): es tracta d'un informe combinat, que consta d'un o més informes d'incidències de seguretat d'un o més equips. Aquest informe proporciona una visualització simple dels esdeveniments de seguretat en diferents equips, si les dades d'aquests ordinadors es copien al directori d'arxiu d'informes /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Aquest informe proporciona l'adreça IP de l'ordinador, les dates d'inici i finalització del esdeveniments obtinguts, el nombre total de rebuigs, el nombre total d'esdeveniments, els nivells mitjans de gravetat registrats i el nivell màxim de gravetat registrat. Una línia de l'informe ESS representa un abast dels informes SIR. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Resum executiu de seguretat (ESS): es tracta d'un informe " +#~ "combinat, que consta d'un o més informes d'incidències de seguretat d'un " +#~ "o més equips. Aquest informe proporciona una visualització simple dels " +#~ "esdeveniments de seguretat en diferents equips, si les dades d'aquests " +#~ "ordinadors es copien al directori d'arxiu d'informes /var/log/apparmor/" +#~ "reports-archived. Aquest informe proporciona l'adreça IP de " +#~ "l'ordinador, les dates d'inici i finalització del esdeveniments " +#~ "obtinguts, el nombre total de rebuigs, el nombre total d'esdeveniments, " +#~ "els nivells mitjans de gravetat registrats i el nivell màxim de gravetat " +#~ "registrat. Una línia de l'informe ESS representa un abast dels informes " +#~ "SIR. " #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Informe d'incidències de seguretat arxivat: pàgina" @@ -2074,7 +2314,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Illegal end date entered. Please retry." #~ msgid "Illegal end date entered. Retry." -#~ msgstr "La data de finalització que heu introduït no és vàlida. Torneu a provar-ho." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La data de finalització que heu introduït no és vàlida. Torneu a provar-" +#~ "ho." #~ msgid "Access Type: " #~ msgstr "Tipus d’accés:" @@ -2156,13 +2398,15 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "AppArmor Security Events\n" -#~| " This table displays the events found that match your search criteria." +#~| " This table displays the events found that match your " +#~| "search criteria." #~ msgid "" #~ "AppArmor Security Events\n" #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Esdeveniments de seguretat d'AppArmor\n" -#~ " Aquesta taula mostra els esdeveniments trobats que coincideixen amb els criteris de cerca." +#~ " Aquesta taula mostra els esdeveniments trobats que " +#~ "coincideixen amb els criteris de cerca." #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Dades de l'informe d'esdeveniments d'AppArmor" @@ -2219,13 +2463,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Esdeveniments DB no inicialitzats." #~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha omplert la base de dades dels esdeveniments. No existeixen registres." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha omplert la base de dades dels esdeveniments. No existeixen " +#~ "registres." #~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List." #~ msgstr "La consulta ha retornat una llista buida." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "La base de dades d'esdeveniments no té cap entrada que coincideixi amb la consulta de cerca." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La base de dades d'esdeveniments no té cap entrada que coincideixi amb la " +#~ "consulta de cerca." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Informe d'esdeveniments arxivat: pàgina" @@ -2280,7 +2528,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Informe del resum executiu de seguretat" #~ msgid "No recognized report type selected. Try again." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap tipus d'informe reconegut. Torneu-ho a intentar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha seleccionat cap tipus d'informe reconegut. Torneu-ho a intentar." #~ msgid "AppArmor Report" #~ msgstr "Informe d'AppArmor" @@ -2372,7 +2621,9 @@ #~ msgstr "No es pot suprimir un informe d'estoc." #~ msgid "No name provided for retrieving SIR report page count." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha proporcionat cap nom per recuperar el comptatge de la pàgina de l'informe SIR." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha proporcionat cap nom per recuperar el comptatge de la pàgina de " +#~ "l'informe SIR." #~ msgid "Mode Request" #~ msgstr "Sol·licitud de mode" @@ -2426,9 +2677,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Revisa" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and try again." -#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." -#~ msgstr "Sembla que no s'ha iniciat el subdomini. Habiliteu-lo i torneu-ho a provar." +#~| msgid "" +#~| "SubDomain does not appear to be started. Please enable SubDomain and " +#~| "try again." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " +#~ "again." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sembla que no s'ha iniciat el subdomini. Habiliteu-lo i torneu-ho a " +#~ "provar." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Updating AppArmor profiles in %s." @@ -2456,7 +2713,9 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " +#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2465,7 +2724,9 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " +#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2474,7 +2735,9 @@ #~ "Enter an application name to\n" #~ "continue generating a profile or press\n" #~ "Abort to cancel this wizard.\n" -#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " +#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2487,7 +2750,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "No heu proporcionat un nom per al hat que voleu afegir.\n" #~ "Escriviu \n" -#~ "\t\t\tun nom de hat per a crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ "\t\t\tun nom de hat per a crear un hat nou o premeu Interromp per a " +#~ "cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #~ msgid "Profiling" #~ msgstr "Assignació de perfils" @@ -2508,7 +2772,8 @@ #~ "una altra finestra i feu servir les seves funcions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Un cop fet, seleccioneu el botó \"Escaneja\" per tal \n" -#~ "d'escanejar els registres del sistema i comprovar si existeixen esdeveniments d'AppArmor. \n" +#~ "d'escanejar els registres del sistema i comprovar si existeixen " +#~ "esdeveniments d'AppArmor. \n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a cada esdeveniment d'AppArmor tindreu l'oportunitat \n" #~ "de triar si voleu permetre'n o denegar-ne l'accés." @@ -2544,7 +2809,8 @@ #~ msgstr "# Període: %s - %s\n" #~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n" -#~ msgstr "# S'han utilitzat els filtres següents per a la creació d'informes:\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "# S'han utilitzat els filtres següents per a la creació d'informes:\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n" @@ -2605,38 +2871,67 @@ #~ msgstr "Error: no s'ha pogut obrir %s. No s'ha creat l'informe ESS csv." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" -#~ msgstr "Consulteu-ho per a obtenir informació més detallada sobre l'AppArmor" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Consulteu-ho per a obtenir informació més detallada sobre l'AppArmor</" +#~ "p>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " +#~ "is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en fitxers, on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de l'usuari, excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID. No sobreescriu les restriccions MAC i DAC. </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ul><li>Sobreescriu totes les restriccions de les operacions permeses en " +#~ "fitxers, on el propietari del fitxer ha de ser igual a l'identificador de " +#~ "l'usuari, excepte si s'aplica CAP_FSETID. No sobreescriu les restriccions " +#~ "MAC i DAC. </li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions de que l'identificador de l'usuari efectiu ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer; que l'identificador del grup efectiu (o un dels identificadors del grup suplementari) ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al fitxer; que els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des de chown(2) (no implementat). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " +#~ "bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " +#~ "shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " +#~ "S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " +#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<ul><li>Sobreescriu les següents restriccions de que l'identificador de " +#~ "l'usuari efectiu ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del " +#~ "fitxer en establir els bits S_ISUID i S_ISGID al fitxer; que " +#~ "l'identificador del grup efectiu (o un dels identificadors del grup " +#~ "suplementari) ha de coincidir amb l'identificador del propietari del " +#~ "fitxer en establir el bit S_ISGID al fitxer; que els bits S_ISUID i " +#~ "S_ISGID es borrin en un retorn correcte des de chown(2) (no implementat). " +#~ "</li></ul>" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -#~ msgstr "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " +#~ "wizard." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El perfil ja conté el nom hat proporcionat. Escriviu un nom diferent per " +#~ "a tornar-ho a provar o premeu Interromp per a cancel·lar l'auxiliar." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " +#~ "be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " +#~ "time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." -#~ msgstr "Ajuda sobre la creació d'informes En el cas que hi hagués algun tipus d'ajuda que, de fet, no està previst que n'hi hagi, aleshores trobaríeu ajuda aquí. Gràcies per a la vostra atenció i que tingueu un bon dia." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ajuda sobre la creació d'informes En el cas que hi hagués algun " +#~ "tipus d'ajuda que, de fet, no està previst que n'hi hagi, aleshores " +#~ "trobaríeu ajuda aquí. Gràcies per a la vostra atenció i que tingueu un " +#~ "bon dia." #~ msgid "Weds" #~ msgstr "dc." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90558 - trunk/lcn/ca/po
by vertaal＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: vertaal Date: 2014-10-30 19:59:01 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90558 Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po Log: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po: done (Dmedina) Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po 2014-10-30 18:32:51 UTC (rev 90557) +++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po 2014-10-30 18:59:01 UTC (rev 90558) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: translation(a)suse.de\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-17 10:54+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,35 +17,45 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" #: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) -#, fuzzy msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "llançament" +msgstr "Notes de la versió" #: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo) msgid "@VERSION@" -msgstr "" +msgstr "@VERSIÓ@" #: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "openSUSE.org" msgid "openSUSE" -msgstr "openSUSE.org" +msgstr "openSUSE" #: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber) msgid "13.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "13.2" #: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) -msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" +msgid "" +"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or " +"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office " +"work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" +"L'openSUSE és un sistema operatiu lliure basat en Linux per al vostre " +"ordinador de sobretaula, portàtil o servidor. Podeu usar-lo per navegar, " +"gestionar el correu, les fotografies, fer feina d'oficina, reproduir vídeos " +"o música i passar-vos-ho molt bé!" #. Previous Release Notes #: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) -msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" -msgstr "Si heu fet una actualització des d'una versió anterior a aquesta edició d'openSUSE, vegeu les notes de la versió anterior aquí: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" +msgid "" +"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous " +"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:" +"Release_Notes\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si heu fet una actualització des d'una versió anterior a aquesta edició " +"d'openSUSE, vegeu les notes de la versió anterior aquí: <ulink url=\"http://" +"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" #: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" @@ -60,12 +70,41 @@ msgstr "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" #: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." +msgid "" +"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified " +"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any " +"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to " +"install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication " +"that your system boots using UEFI." msgstr "" +"Abans d'instal·lar l'openSUSE en un sistema que arrenqui amb UEFI (Unified " +"Extensible Firmware Interface), us suggerim emfàticament que comproveu " +"qualsevol actualització del microprogramari que pugui recomanar-ne el " +"fabricant i, si està disponible, que la instal·leu. Tenir un Windows 8 " +"preinstal·lat és una forta indicació que el sistema arrenca amb UEFI." #: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it " +"to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody " +"really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk " +"by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The " +"minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE " +"boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area " +"for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been " +"disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware " +"updates the hardware vendor recommends." msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Context:</emphasis> Algun microprogramari UEFI té errors que " +"causen fallades si s'escriuen massa dades a l'àrea d'emmagatzematge UEFI. " +"Ningú no sap què significa exactament quant és \"massa\". L'openSUSE " +"minimitza el risc no escrivint més que el mínim necessari per arrencar el " +"sistema. El mínim significa dir al microprogramari UEFI la localització del " +"carregador d'arrencada de l'openSUSE. Les característiques dl'Upstream Linux " +"Kernel que usen l'àrea UEFI per desar informació d'arrencada i de fallades " +"(<literal>pstore</literal>) han estat inhabilitades per defecte. Tot i això, " +"és recomanable instal·lar qualsevol actualització del microprogramari UEFI " +"que el fabricant recomani." #. bnc#850056 #: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) @@ -73,20 +112,53 @@ msgstr "UEFI, GPT i particions MS-DOS" #: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." +msgid "" +"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning " +"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique " +"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify " +"devices and partition types." msgstr "" +"Amb la implementació de EFI/UEFI, va arribar un nou estil de partició: GPT " +"(GUID Partition Table). Aquest nou esquema usa identificadors globalment " +"únics (valors de 128 bits mostrats en 32 dígits hexadecimals) per " +"identificar dispositius i tipus de particions." #: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +msgid "" +"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) " +"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically " +"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. " +"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A " +"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and " +"creating a new entry that replaces the first one." msgstr "" +"Addicionalment, l'especificació UEFI també permet particions de llegat MBR " +"(MS-DOS). Els carregadors d'arrencada de Linux (ELILO or GRUB2) intenten " +"generar automàticament un GUID per a aquestes particions de llegat i " +"escriure-les al microprogramari. Aquest GUID pot canviar freqüentment i " +"causar-ne una reescriptura. Aquesta reescriptura consisteix en dues " +"operacions diferents: suprimir l'entrada antiga i crear-ne una que reemplaci " +"la primera." #: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) -msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." +msgid "" +"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and " +"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty " +"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-" +"bootable system." msgstr "" +"El microprogramari modern té un recol·lector de porqueria que recull " +"entrades esborrades i allibera la memòria reservada per a entrades antigues. " +"Hi ha un problema quan un microprogramari és defectuós i no ho fa, això pot " +"arribar a suposar un sistema que no arrenqui." #: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) -msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." -msgstr "La solució provisional és simple: convertir la partició de llegat MBR a la nova GPT per evitar aquest problema completament." +msgid "" +"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to " +"avoid this problem completely." +msgstr "" +"La solució provisional és simple: convertir la partició de llegat MBR a la " +"nova GPT per evitar aquest problema completament." #. bnc#850052 #: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) @@ -95,11 +167,23 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." -msgstr "Això només afecta màquines amb UEFI amb el mode d'arrencada segura habilitat." +msgstr "" +"Això només afecta màquines amb UEFI amb el mode d'arrencada segura habilitat." #: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." +msgid "" +"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure " +"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, " +"first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS " +"update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://" +"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." msgstr "" +"La nova versió del carregador shim permet que moltes més màquines arrenquin " +"amb Secure Boot habilitat que amb openSUSE 13.1. Tanmateix, en cas de " +"problema, primer actualizeu la BIOS de la màquina a l'última versió. Si " +"l'actualització no ajuda, informeu del model de la vostra màquina a la wiki " +"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Així ho podrem seguir per a la " +"pròxima versió." #: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" @@ -112,40 +196,84 @@ #. bnc#850053 #: xml/release-notes.xml:256(title) msgid "Garbage on the Screen During Installation with the Nouveau Driver" -msgstr "La paperera a la pantalla durant la instal·lació amb el controlador Nouveau" +msgstr "" +"La paperera a la pantalla durant la instal·lació amb el controlador Nouveau" #: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) -msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." +msgid "" +"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top " +"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you " +"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to " +"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or " +"upgraded." msgstr "" +"En alguns sistemes amb targetes NVIDIA, l'instal·lador pot mostrar coses " +"estranyes a la part alta de la pantalla a causa de problemes amb el " +"controlador nouveau per defecte. Si us afecte, podeu inhabilitar el mòdul " +"del nucli nouveau per executar l'instal·lador i després habilitar-lo quan el " +"sistema estigui instal·lat o actualitzat." #: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) -msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +msgid "" +"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, " +"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the " +"parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and " +"add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to " +"continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you " +"can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-" +"blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." msgstr "" +"Per inhabilitar el modul del nucli, un cop arrequeu des del mode " +"d'instal·lació, seleccineu l'entrada \"instal·lació\" al grub i premeu \"e\" " +"per editar-ne els paràmetres. Aneu a la línia que comença amb \"linux\" (o " +"'linuxefi') i afegiu <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> al final. " +"Premeu F10 per continuar l'arrencada amb el nou paràmetre. Després de la " +"instal·lació, podeu tornar habilitar el mòdul nouveau editant <filename>/" +"etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> i eliminant l'entrada que posa " +"nouveau a la llista negra." #. bnc#902947 #: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migració openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab" #: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) -msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." +msgid "" +"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</" +"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/" +"etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" +"Muntar cifs shares a l'inici del sistema a través de <filename>/etc/samba/" +"cifstab</filename> ha estat descontinuat i s'ha fet obsolet. Ara el genèric " +"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> ho gestiona." #: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El procés de migració requereix dos passos:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) -msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</" +"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"Afegiu tots els punts de muntatge des de <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab." +"rpmsave</filename> a <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) -msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in " +"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"Afegiu <literal>0 0</literal> al final de cada nova línia de muntatge cifs a " +"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) -msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." +msgid "" +"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/" +"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." msgstr "" +"Per a més informació i exemples, vegeu <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/" +"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename>al sistema instal·lat." #. bnc#850058 #: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) @@ -153,8 +281,16 @@ msgstr "AppArmor i paràmetres de permisos" #: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" +msgid "" +"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent " +"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter " +"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the " +"affected service to complain mode with:" msgstr "" +"L'AppArmor està habilitat per defecte. Això significa més seguretat, però " +"també podria evitar que funcionessin alguns serveis si els executeu d'alguna " +"manera inesperada. Si us trobeu problemes estranys de permisos, proveu de " +"canviar el perfil d'AppArmor per al servei afectat al mode de queixa amb:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -162,14 +298,20 @@ msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" #: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." -msgstr "El mode de queixa significa el següent: permet-ho tot i registra les coses que el perfil no permetria." +msgid "" +"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would " +"not allow." +msgstr "" +"El mode de queixa significa el següent: permet-ho tot i registra les coses " +"que el perfil no permetria." #: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." -msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." -msgstr "Encara que sigui una ajuda, informeu-ne! Volem corregir els perfils d'AppArmor per cobrir també els casos més petits." +msgid "" +"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to " +"also cover corner cases." +msgstr "" +"Encara que ajudi, informeu-ne! Volem corregir els perfils d'AppArmor per " +"cobrir també els casos més petits." #: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -181,59 +323,71 @@ #. bnc#809347 #: xml/release-notes.xml:381(title) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Memory Information" msgid "More Information and Feedback" -msgstr "Informació de la memòria" +msgstr "Més informació i informació de retorn" #: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para) msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Llegiu els README dels CD." #: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) -msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" +msgid "" +"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "" +"Obteniu informació sobre el registre de canvis sobre un paquet concret de " +"l'RPM:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) #, no-wrap msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm" #: xml/release-notes.xml:390(para) msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<FILENAME>. és el nom de l'RPM." #: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) -msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." +msgid "" +"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD " +"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" +"Comproveu el fitxer <filename>ChangeLog</filename> al primer nivell del DVD " +"per veure el registre cronològic de tots els canvis fets als paquets " +"actualitzats." #: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) -msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." +msgid "" +"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" +"Trobeu més informació dins del directori <filename>docu</filename> del DVD." #: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or " +"updated documentation." msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> conté documentació " +"addicional o actualitzada." #: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) -msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." +msgid "" +"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news " +"from openSUSE." msgstr "" +"Visiteu <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> per a les últimes notícies " +"d'openSUSE." #: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC" msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" -msgstr "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC" +msgstr "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" #: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para) msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gràcies per utilitzar openSUSE." #: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para) -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "openSUSE.org" msgid "The openSUSE Team." -msgstr "openSUSE.org" +msgstr "L'equip d'openSUSE" #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 #: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None) @@ -246,41 +400,94 @@ #~ msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)" #~ msgstr "Versió: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)" -#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." -#~ msgstr "Es permet copiar, distribuir o modificar aquest document sota els termes de la GNU Free Documentation License, Versió 1.2 o qualsevol versió posterior publicada per la Free Software Foundation; sense les seccions invariables, sense els textos de la coberta i contracoberta. Una còpia de la llicència és inclosa com a fitxer <nom del fitxer>fdl.txt</nom del fitxer>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document " +#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any " +#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no " +#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy " +#~ "of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Es permet copiar, distribuir o modificar aquest document sota els termes " +#~ "de la GNU Free Documentation License, Versió 1.2 o qualsevol versió " +#~ "posterior publicada per la Free Software Foundation; sense les seccions " +#~ "invariables, sense els textos de la coberta i contracoberta. Una còpia de " +#~ "la llicència és inclosa com a fitxer <nom del fitxer>fdl.txt</nom del " +#~ "fitxer>." #~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:" #~ msgstr "Les notes de l'edició cobreixen les àrees següents:" -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: Aquestes entrades estan incloses automàticament des d'openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from " +#~ "openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=" +#~ "\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: Aquestes entrades estan incloses automàticament " +#~ "des d'openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink " +#~ "url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)." -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch." -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Llegiu això si voleu instal·lar el sistema des de zero." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the " +#~ "system from scratch." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Llegiu això si voleu instal·lar el " +#~ "sistema des de zero." #~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read." -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Informació que tothom hauria de llegir." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Informació que tothom hauria de llegir." -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Aspectes relacionats amb el procés si feu una actualització del sistema des d'una versió d'openSUSE anterior a aquesta." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a " +#~ "system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Aspectes relacionats amb el procés si feu " +#~ "una actualització del sistema des d'una versió d'openSUSE anterior a " +#~ "aquesta." -#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." -#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: Aquesta secció conté un nombre de canvis tècncs i millores per a l'usuari amb exeperiència." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of " +#~ "technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: Aquesta secció conté un nombre de canvis " +#~ "tècncs i millores per a l'usuari amb exeperiència." #~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information" #~ msgstr "Per a informació detallada de la instal·lació" -#~ msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Per a informació detallada sobre la instal·lació, vegeu <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123." +#~ "documentation\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a informació detallada sobre la instal·lació, vegeu <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"sec.123.documentation\"/>." #~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation" #~ msgstr "Documentació d'openSUSE " -#~ msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell." -#~ msgstr "A <emphasis>Inici</emphasis>, trobareu instruccions d'instal·lació pas a pas, com també introduccions als escriptoris del KDE i del Gnome i al conjunt del LibreOffice. També hi ha informació d'administració bàsica com ara de desplegament, de gestió de programari i una introducció a la línia d'ordres." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation " +#~ "instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and " +#~ "to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics " +#~ "such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the " +#~ "bash shell." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "A <emphasis>Inici</emphasis>, trobareu instruccions d'instal·lació pas a " +#~ "pas, com també introduccions als escriptoris del KDE i del Gnome i al " +#~ "conjunt del LibreOffice. També hi ha informació d'administració bàsica " +#~ "com ara de desplegament, de gestió de programari i una introducció a la " +#~ "línia d'ordres." -#~ msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Trobeu la documentació a <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> després d'instal·lar el paquet <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, o en línia a <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-" +#~ "manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package " +#~ "<systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=" +#~ "\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Trobeu la documentació a <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_" +#~ "$LANG</filename> després d'instal·lar el paquet <systemitem>opensuse-" +#~ "startup_$LANG</systemitem>, o en línia a <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse." +#~ "org\"/>." # %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB #~| msgid "Load %s Modules" @@ -288,7 +495,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Mòduls YaST abandonats" #~ msgid "The following YaST modules were obsolete and rarely used these days:" -#~ msgstr "Els següents mòduls del YaST són obsolets i s'usen rarament avui en dia:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Els següents mòduls del YaST són obsolets i s'usen rarament avui en dia:" #~ msgid "yast2-autofs" #~ msgstr "yast2-autofs" @@ -324,17 +532,31 @@ #~ msgid "yast2-tv" #~ msgstr "yast2-tv" -#~ msgid "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and better focus on other more used modules." -#~ msgstr "La raó principal de l'abandonament va ser disminuir els esforços de manteniment i focalitzar-los millor en altres mòduls més utilitzats." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and " +#~ "better focus on other more used modules." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La raó principal de l'abandonament va ser disminuir els esforços de " +#~ "manteniment i focalitzar-los millor en altres mòduls més utilitzats." #~ msgid "Adobe Reader (acroread) and Other PDF Readers" #~ msgstr "Adobe Reader (acroread) i altres lectors de PDF" -#~ msgid "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes from openSUSE and their upstream authors." -#~ msgstr "l'openSUSE inclou diversos visualitzadors de PDF com ara Okular, Evince, i poppler-tools. Aquestes eines es mantenen activament i tenen correccions de seguretat d'openSUSE i dels seus autors originals." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and " +#~ "poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes " +#~ "from openSUSE and their upstream authors." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "l'openSUSE inclou diversos visualitzadors de PDF com ara Okular, Evince, " +#~ "i poppler-tools. Aquestes eines es mantenen activament i tenen " +#~ "correccions de seguretat d'openSUSE i dels seus autors originals." -#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Per a més informació, vegeu <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader" +#~ "\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a més informació, vegeu <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/" +#~ "Adobe_Reader\"/>." #~ msgid "Upgrading with Zypper (dup) Requires /etc/fstab Cleanup" #~ msgstr "Actualitzar amb Zypper (dup) requereix /etc/fstab Cleanup" @@ -353,8 +575,16 @@ #~ msgid "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable Removed" #~ msgstr "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable eliminada" -#~ msgid "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be selected automatically for usage." -#~ msgstr "La variable SYSLOG_DAEMON ha estat eliminada. Abans, s'usava per seleccionar el dimoni syslog. A partir de l'openSUSE 12.3, només es pot instal·lar una implementació de syslog cada vegada en un sistema i es seleccionarà automàticament per usar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to " +#~ "select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog " +#~ "implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be " +#~ "selected automatically for usage." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La variable SYSLOG_DAEMON ha estat eliminada. Abans, s'usava per " +#~ "seleccionar el dimoni syslog. A partir de l'openSUSE 12.3, només es pot " +#~ "instal·lar una implementació de syslog cada vegada en un sistema i es " +#~ "seleccionarà automàticament per usar." #~ msgid "For details, see the syslog(8) manpage." #~ msgstr "Per a més detalls, vegeu la pàgina del manual syslog(8)." @@ -406,21 +636,35 @@ #~ msgid "Skype" #~ msgstr "Skype" -#~ msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:" -#~ msgstr "PulseAudio 4.0 té un error a la versió actual d'Skype per a Linux (v4.2). Fins que Skype no sigui corregit i actualitzat, executeu <command>skype</command> des de la línia de comandament:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux " +#~ "(v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> " +#~ "from the command line:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "PulseAudio 4.0 té un error a la versió actual d'Skype per a Linux (v4.2). " +#~ "Fins que Skype no sigui corregit i actualitzat, executeu <command>skype</" +#~ "command> des de la línia de comandament:" #~ msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" #~ msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype" -#~ msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." -#~ msgstr "Per a més informació sobre l'error, vegeu <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan." +#~ "net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per a més informació sobre l'error, vegeu <ulink url=\"http://" +#~ "arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>." #~| msgid "AutoYaST file" #~ msgid "AutoYaST" #~ msgstr "AutoYaST" -#~ msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." -#~ msgstr "Com a solució provisional, eviteu usar les seccions <literal><add-on></literal> als perfils amb AutoYaST a openSUSE 13.1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> " +#~ "sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Com a solució provisional, eviteu usar les seccions <literal><add-" +#~ "on></literal> als perfils amb AutoYaST a openSUSE 13.1." #~| msgid "Automated Installation" #~ msgid "No Network after Installation" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90557 - trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po
by marguerite＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: marguerite Date: 2014-10-30 19:32:51 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90557 Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/update-desktop-files-kde.zh_CN.po Log: [cn]update Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/update-desktop-files-kde.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/update-desktop-files-kde.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 18:00:56 UTC (rev 90556) +++ trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/update-desktop-files-kde.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 18:32:51 UTC (rev 90557) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:23+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 00:35+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-31 02:32+0800\n" "Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/krita/templates/comics/a4_waffle_grid.desktop msgctxt "Comment(a4_waffle_grid.desktop)" msgid "300 dpi, A4 waffle-iron grid comic page with ink and color layers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "300dpi, A4 网格漫画页面, 有墨水和色彩层" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/3174.desktop msgctxt "Name(3174.desktop)" @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_aerator.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_aerator.desktop)" msgid "Aerator" -msgstr "通风装置" +msgstr "增氧机" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/afghanistan.desktop msgctxt "Name(afghanistan.desktop)" @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_basin.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_basin.desktop)" msgid "Basin" -msgstr "Basin" +msgstr "池" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kmahjongg/layouts/bat.desktop msgctxt "Name(bat.desktop)" @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/bvrest.desktop msgctxt "Name(bvrest.desktop)" msgid "Bivalent Vertical Rest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "二阶垂直平衡" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kfourinline/grafix/default.desktop msgctxt "Name(default.desktop)" @@ -1798,10 +1798,9 @@ msgstr "爆破矩阵" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/Blinders.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(Blinders.desktop)" msgid "Blinders" -msgstr "Blinken" +msgstr "闪光灯" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/blinken.desktop msgctxt "Name(blinken.desktop)" @@ -1861,12 +1860,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/blue_orange_vector.desktop msgctxt "Comment(blue_orange_vector.desktop)" msgid "Blue Orange Vector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "兰黄矢量" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/blue_orange_vector.desktop msgctxt "Name(blue_orange_vector.desktop)" msgid "Blue Orange Vector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "兰黄矢量" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/bluedevil-monolithic.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(bluedevil-monolithic.desktop)" @@ -1949,10 +1948,9 @@ msgstr "书签编辑器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/keditbookmarks.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(keditbookmarks.desktop)" msgid "Bookmark Organizer and Editor" -msgstr "照片查看器和编辑器" +msgstr "书签组织器和编辑器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kbookmark/directory_bookmarkbar.desktop msgctxt "Name(directory_bookmarkbar.desktop)" @@ -2087,12 +2085,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/burning_desire.desktop msgctxt "Comment(burning_desire.desktop)" msgid "Burning Desire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "燃烧的希望" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/burning_desire.desktop msgctxt "Name(burning_desire.desktop)" msgid "Burning Desire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "燃烧的希望" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/burundi.desktop msgctxt "Name(burundi.desktop)" @@ -2436,10 +2434,9 @@ msgstr "修改密码" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/cn_subsystem.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(cn_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Channel Network" -msgstr "网络" +msgstr "通道网络" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/channelized_pipe.desktop msgctxt "Name(channelized_pipe.desktop)" @@ -2866,7 +2863,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Contact" -msgstr "联系人" +msgstr "联系" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/akonadi/plugins/serializer/akonadi_serializer_contactgroup.desktop msgctxt "Name(akonadi_serializer_contactgroup.desktop)" @@ -2931,7 +2928,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/convert_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(convert_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Converter" -msgstr "转换器" +msgstr "转换者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/k3b_copy_disc.desktop msgctxt "Name(k3b_copy_disc.desktop)" @@ -3086,16 +3083,14 @@ msgstr "旋杯式风速计" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/curious_penguin.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(curious_penguin.desktop)" msgid "Curious Penguin" -msgstr "企鹅" +msgstr "好奇的企鹅" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/curious_penguin.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(curious_penguin.desktop)" msgid "Curious Penguin" -msgstr "企鹅" +msgstr "好奇的企鹅" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Assorted/star8curved.desktop msgctxt "Name(star8curved.desktop)" @@ -3110,7 +3105,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Cybernetics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "控制论" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/cyprus.desktop msgctxt "Name(cyprus.desktop)" @@ -3270,7 +3265,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/decider_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(decider_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Decider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "决策者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Basic_Flowchart/decision.desktop msgctxt "Name(decision.desktop)" @@ -3393,10 +3388,9 @@ msgstr "设计屏幕 4:3 [ 2250x1680 , 96dpi RGB , 8bit ]" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/scripts/desktopchangeosd/metadata.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Desktop Change OSD" -msgstr "桌面部件" +msgstr "OSD 桌面切换" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/layout-templates/org.kde.plasma-desktop.desktopIcons/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -3491,47 +3485,47 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dcapacitor.desktop msgctxt "Name(dcapacitor.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Capacitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/ddiode.desktop msgctxt "Name(ddiode.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Diode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dinductor.desktop msgctxt "Name(dinductor.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Inductor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角感应器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dinductor_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(dinductor_de.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Inductor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角感应器 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dled_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(dled_de.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Led (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角 LED (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dpcapacitor.desktop msgctxt "Name(dpcapacitor.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Polarized Capacitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角极性电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dresistor.desktop msgctxt "Name(dresistor.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Resistor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角电阻" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dresistor_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(dresistor_de.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Resistor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角电阻 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/dzener.desktop msgctxt "Name(dzener.desktop)" msgid "Diagonal Zener Diode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对角齐纳二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/effects/kwin4_effect_dialogparent/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -3566,7 +3560,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma_wallpaper_pattern/patterns/bees.desktop msgctxt "Comment(bees.desktop)" msgid "Digital Bees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数字蜜蜂" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/digital_cross-connect.desktop msgctxt "Name(digital_cross-connect.desktop)" @@ -3721,7 +3715,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/distributor_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(distributor_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Distributor" -msgstr "分发器" +msgstr "分发者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/djibouti.desktop msgctxt "Name(djibouti.desktop)" @@ -4166,12 +4160,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Electric" -msgstr "电子" +msgstr "电学" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric2/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Electric2" -msgstr "电子2" +msgstr "电学2" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" @@ -4576,7 +4570,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/extruder.desktop msgctxt "Name(extruder.desktop)" msgid "Extruder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "排出者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/fc_storage.desktop msgctxt "Name(fc_storage.desktop)" @@ -4761,7 +4755,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_final-settling_basin.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_final-settling_basin.desktop)" msgid "Final-Settling Basin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最终沉淀池" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kfind.desktop msgctxt "Name(kfind.desktop)" @@ -4836,12 +4830,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/flood_light.desktop msgctxt "Comment(flood_light.desktop)" msgid "Flood Light" -msgstr "" +msgstr "泛滥的浅色" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/flood_light.desktop msgctxt "Name(flood_light.desktop)" msgid "Flood Light" -msgstr "" +msgstr "泛滥的浅色" #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkFloppy.desktop msgctxt "Name(linkFloppy.desktop)" @@ -4966,7 +4960,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/Fresnel.desktop msgctxt "Name(Fresnel.desktop)" msgid "Fresnel" -msgstr "菲涅尔" +msgstr "菲涅尔镜聚光灯" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/front_end_processor.desktop msgctxt "Name(front_end_processor.desktop)" @@ -5056,7 +5050,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Gane_and_Sarson/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Gane and Sarson" -msgstr "" +msgstr "甘恩和萨森法" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kmahjongg/layouts/garden.desktop msgctxt "Name(garden.desktop)" @@ -5071,7 +5065,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_gas_bottle.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_gas_bottle.desktop)" msgid "Gas Bottle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "气罐" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/BPMN/Gateway.desktop msgctxt "Name(Gateway.desktop)" @@ -5311,7 +5305,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/ground.desktop msgctxt "Name(ground.desktop)" msgid "Ground" -msgstr "" +msgstr "地面" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/BPMN/Group.desktop msgctxt "Name(Group.desktop)" @@ -5517,7 +5511,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/sheets/templates/HomeFamily/.directory msgctxt "Name(.directory)" msgid "Home and Family" -msgstr "" +msgstr "家居和家庭" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/home_office.desktop msgctxt "Name(home_office.desktop)" @@ -5547,22 +5541,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/hammeter.desktop msgctxt "Name(hammeter.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Ammeter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平电表" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hcapacitor.desktop msgctxt "Name(hcapacitor.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Capacitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/hcompressor.desktop msgctxt "Name(hcompressor.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Compressor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平压缩机" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hdiode.desktop msgctxt "Name(hdiode.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Diode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Building_Site/fence_horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Name(fence_horizontal.desktop)" @@ -5572,28 +5566,27 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hfuse_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(hfuse_de.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Fuse (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直保险丝 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hinductor.desktop msgctxt "Name(hinductor.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Inductor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平感应器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hinductor_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(hinductor_de.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Inductor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平感应器 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hjumper.desktop msgctxt "Name(hjumper.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Jumper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平跳线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/newhled.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(newhled.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal LED" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平 LED" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/class-horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Name(class-horizontal.desktop)" @@ -5601,16 +5594,14 @@ msgstr "水平布局" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hled_de.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hled_de.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Led (European)" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平 LED (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_horizontal_limiting_line.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(civil_horizontal_limiting_line.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Limiting Line" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平限制线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Assorted/parallelogram-horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Name(parallelogram-horizontal.desktop)" @@ -5620,35 +5611,32 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/hpcapacitor.desktop msgctxt "Name(hpcapacitor.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Polarized Capacitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平极性电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hpowersource_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(hpowersource_de.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Powersource (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直电源 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/hpump.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hpump.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Pump" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平泵" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hresistor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hresistor.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Resistor" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平电阻" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hresistor_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(hresistor_de.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Resistor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水平电阻 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/hrest.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hrest.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Rest" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平平衡" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Building_Site/road_horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Name(road_horizontal.desktop)" @@ -5661,16 +5649,14 @@ msgstr "水平坡" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_horizontal_valve.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(civil_horizontal_valve.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Valve" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平阀门" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/hvoltmeter.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hvoltmeter.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Voltmeter" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平电压表" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Building_Site/wall_horizontal.desktop msgctxt "Name(wall_horizontal.desktop)" @@ -5678,10 +5664,9 @@ msgstr "水平墙" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/hzener.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(hzener.desktop)" msgid "Horizontal Zener Diode" -msgstr "水平布局" +msgstr "水平齐纳二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/themes/horos/KdmGreeterTheme.desktop msgctxt "Name(KdmGreeterTheme.desktop)" @@ -5981,12 +5966,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/informative/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Informative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "信息丰富" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/ingestor_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(ingestor_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Ingestor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "摄取者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kmahjongg/layouts/inner_circle.desktop msgctxt "Name(inner_circle.desktop)" @@ -6001,7 +5986,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/it_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(it_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Input Transducer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入传感器" #: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/live-installer.desktop msgctxt "Name(live-installer.desktop)" @@ -6131,7 +6116,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/internal_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(internal_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Internal Transducer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "内部传感器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/Kppp.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(Kppp.desktop)" @@ -6416,7 +6401,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/konqsidebartng/virtual_folders/remote/web/look_web.desktop msgctxt "Name(look_web.desktop)" msgid "KDE Eye Candy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDE 养眼" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/cantor.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(cantor.desktop)" @@ -7471,7 +7456,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "LST" -msgstr "LST" +msgstr "生态系统理论" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/lskat.desktop msgctxt "Name(lskat.desktop)" @@ -7511,7 +7496,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/lamp_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(lamp_de.desktop)" msgid "Lamp (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "灯泡 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwebkitpart/kpartplugins/plugin_translator.desktop msgctxt "Comment(plugin_translator.desktop)" @@ -7558,7 +7543,7 @@ msgid "" "Launch the import wizard to migrate data from mailer as thunderbird/" "evolution etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启动导入助手从如 thunderbird/evolution 等邮件客户端迁移数据。" #: /usr/share/kservices5/kded/ksysguard.desktop msgctxt "Comment(ksysguard.desktop)" @@ -7661,10 +7646,9 @@ msgstr "亮木色" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/collection.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Lights" -msgstr "亮木色" +msgstr "灯光" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/lightweight_ap.desktop msgctxt "Name(lightweight_ap.desktop)" @@ -7689,17 +7673,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkProgram.desktop msgctxt "Name(linkProgram.desktop)" msgid "Link to Application..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序快捷方式..." #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkURL.desktop msgctxt "Name(linkURL.desktop)" msgid "Link to Location (URL)..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "位置链接 (URL)..." #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/kdevelopsessions/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "List and launch KDevelop sessions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "列出并启动 KDevelop 会话" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/konqprofiles/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -7714,7 +7698,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.ktp-contactlist/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "List instant messaging contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "列出即时消息联系人" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.printmanager/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -7787,10 +7771,9 @@ msgstr "日至传输管理器/复制中介" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Logic/collection.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" msgid "Logic" -msgstr "逻辑游戏" +msgstr "逻辑" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/picmi.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(picmi.desktop)" @@ -7840,7 +7823,7 @@ #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/mboximporter.desktop msgctxt "Name(mboximporter.desktop)" msgid "MBoxImporter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MBox 导入器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/mcu.desktop msgctxt "Name(mcu.desktop)" @@ -7883,10 +7866,9 @@ msgstr "MGX 8260" #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkMO.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(linkMO.desktop)" msgid "MO Device..." -msgstr "MTP 设备" +msgstr "MO 设备..." #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/MSE/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" @@ -7959,16 +7941,14 @@ msgstr "麻将纸牌" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/KMail2.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(KMail2.desktop)" msgid "Mail Client" -msgstr "电子邮件客户端程序" +msgstr "邮件客户端" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/headerthemeeditor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(headerthemeeditor.desktop)" msgid "Mail Header Theme Editor" -msgstr "Pairs 主题编辑器" +msgstr "邮件头部主题编辑器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/akonadi/plugins/serializer/akonadi_serializer_mail.desktop msgctxt "Name(akonadi_serializer_mail.desktop)" @@ -8003,12 +7983,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/effects/kwin4_effect_fade/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Make windows smoothly fade in and out when they are shown or hidden" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当窗口显示或隐藏时使其平滑地淡入淡出" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/effects/kwin4_effect_translucency/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Make windows translucent under different conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使窗口在不同条件下透明" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/rsibreak.desktop msgctxt "Comment(rsibreak.desktop)" @@ -8360,7 +8340,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/modernsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(modernsystem.desktop)" msgid "Modern System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现代系统" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Network/modularswitch.desktop msgctxt "Name(modularswitch.desktop)" @@ -8410,7 +8390,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_motor.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_motor.desktop)" msgid "Motor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发动者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kapman/themes/mountain.desktop msgctxt "Name(mountain.desktop)" @@ -8430,7 +8410,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/Moving_head.desktop msgctxt "Name(Moving_head.desktop)" msgid "Moving head" -msgstr "" +msgstr "摇头灯" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/mozambique.desktop msgctxt "Name(mozambique.desktop)" @@ -8520,12 +8500,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/nmos_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(nmos_de.desktop)" msgid "NMOS Transistor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NMOS 晶体管 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/npn.desktop msgctxt "Name(npn.desktop)" msgid "NPN Transistor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NPM 晶体管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/devices/solid-device-AudioInterface.desktop msgctxt "Name(solid-device-AudioInterface.desktop)" @@ -8540,7 +8520,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Logic/nand.desktop msgctxt "Name(nand.desktop)" msgid "Nand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或与" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/nauru.desktop msgctxt "Name(nauru.desktop)" @@ -8693,16 +8673,14 @@ msgstr "新 Karbon 文档：" #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkProgram.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(linkProgram.desktop)" msgid "New Link to Application" -msgstr "图像扫描程序" +msgstr "新应用程序快捷方式" #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkMO.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(linkMO.desktop)" msgid "New MO Device" -msgstr "MTP 设备" +msgstr "新 MO 设备" #: /usr/share/kde4/templates/linkNFS.desktop msgctxt "Comment(linkNFS.desktop)" @@ -9083,7 +9061,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/opamp.desktop msgctxt "Name(opamp.desktop)" msgid "Op Amp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运算放大器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/konsole.desktop msgctxt "Name(konsole.desktop)" @@ -9188,7 +9166,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Edpc/organisation_unit.desktop msgctxt "Name(organisation_unit.desktop)" msgid "Organisation Unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "组织单元" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Central_Data_Processing/Organizador_Rack_1U.desktop msgctxt "Name(Organizador_Rack_1U.desktop)" @@ -9228,7 +9206,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/ot_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(ot_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Output Transducer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输出传感器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/granatier/arenas/clanbomber_Overkill.desktop msgctxt "Name(clanbomber_Overkill.desktop)" @@ -9283,12 +9261,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/PAR.desktop msgctxt "Name(PAR.desktop)" msgid "PAR" -msgstr "PAR" +msgstr "帕灯" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/PAR_floor.desktop msgctxt "Name(PAR_floor.desktop)" msgid "PAR floor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "地面帕灯" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/pbx.desktop msgctxt "Name(pbx.desktop)" @@ -9375,7 +9353,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/pmos_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(pmos_de.desktop)" msgid "PMOS Transistor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PMOS 晶体管 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/okteta/structures/png/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -9385,7 +9363,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/pnp.desktop msgctxt "Name(pnp.desktop)" msgid "PNP Transistor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PNP 晶体管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/sessions/pwm.desktop msgctxt "Name(pwm.desktop)" @@ -9565,7 +9543,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/PC.desktop msgctxt "Name(PC.desktop)" msgid "Pebble Convex lantern" -msgstr "" +msgstr "卵石凸马灯" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/carddecks/svg-penguins/index.desktop msgctxt "Name(index.desktop)" @@ -9633,16 +9611,14 @@ msgstr "个人信息管理器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/korganizer-import.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(korganizer-import.desktop)" msgid "Personal Organizer" -msgstr "个人文件" +msgstr "个人组织器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/korganizer.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(korganizer.desktop)" msgid "Personal Organizer" -msgstr "个人文件" +msgstr "个人组织器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/ktimetracker.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(ktimetracker.desktop)" @@ -9997,7 +9973,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_preliminary_clarification_tank.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_preliminary_clarification_tank.desktop)" msgid "Preliminary Clarification Tank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "初步澄清池" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Basic_Flowchart/preparation.desktop msgctxt "Name(preparation.desktop)" @@ -10017,12 +9993,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/desktoptabbox/previews/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Previews" -msgstr "" +msgstr "预览" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/sheets/templates/Business/PriceQuotation.desktop msgctxt "Name(PriceQuotation.desktop)" msgid "Price Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报价单" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/granatier/arenas/clanbomber_Prison_Cells.desktop msgctxt "Name(clanbomber_Prison_Cells.desktop)" @@ -10037,7 +10013,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/producer.desktop msgctxt "Name(producer.desktop)" msgid "Producer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生产者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwebkitpart/kpartplugins/khtmlkttsd.desktop msgctxt "Comment(khtmlkttsd.desktop)" @@ -10052,12 +10028,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/words/templates/Normal/ProfessionalA4.desktop msgctxt "Name(ProfessionalA4.desktop)" msgid "Professional Letter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "专业信件" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/words/templates/Normal/ProfessionalLetter.desktop msgctxt "Name(ProfessionalLetter.desktop)" msgid "Professional Letter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "专业信件" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kcachegrind.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(kcachegrind.desktop)" @@ -10147,7 +10123,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/quartz.desktop msgctxt "Name(quartz.desktop)" msgid "Quartz" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水晶" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/quassel.desktop msgctxt "Name(quassel.desktop)" @@ -10267,7 +10243,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/ramp.desktop msgctxt "Name(ramp.desktop)" msgid "Ramp Wave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锯齿波" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/ratemux.desktop msgctxt "Name(ratemux.desktop)" @@ -10392,12 +10368,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/redmond.desktop msgctxt "Name(redmond.desktop)" msgid "Redmond" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redmond" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/line.desktop msgctxt "Name(line.desktop)" msgid "Reference Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "参考线" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/rekonq.desktop msgctxt "Name(rekonq.desktop)" @@ -10412,13 +10388,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/relay.desktop msgctxt "Name(relay.desktop)" msgid "Relay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "继电器" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/krdc.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "GenericName(krdc.desktop)" msgid "Remote Desktop Client" -msgstr "桌面部件" +msgstr "远程桌面客户端" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/devices/solid-device-OpticalDrive.desktop msgctxt "Name(solid-device-OpticalDrive.desktop)" @@ -10458,7 +10433,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/LST/reproducer_subsystem.desktop msgctxt "Name(reproducer_subsystem.desktop)" msgid "Reproducer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "再生产者" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kapman/themes/retro.desktop msgctxt "Name(retro.desktop)" @@ -10588,17 +10563,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_rotor.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_rotor.desktop)" msgid "Rotor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "转子" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/rounded_square.desktop msgctxt "Comment(rounded_square.desktop)" msgid "Rounded Square" -msgstr "" +msgstr "圆角正方形" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/rounded_square.desktop msgctxt "Name(rounded_square.desktop)" msgid "Rounded Square" -msgstr "" +msgstr "圆角正方形" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/route_switch_processor.desktop msgctxt "Name(route_switch_processor.desktop)" @@ -10838,7 +10813,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/effects/kwin4_effect_scalein/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Scale In" -msgstr "" +msgstr "缩进" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/skanlite.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skanlite.desktop)" @@ -11166,19 +11141,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/sheets/templates/HomeFamily/BMI.desktop msgctxt "Comment(BMI.desktop)" msgid "Simple Body Mass Index Calculator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单的身体质量指数计算器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/simple_waves.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Comment(simple_waves.desktop)" msgid "Simple Waves" -msgstr "简洁" +msgstr "简单的波形" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/simple_waves.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(simple_waves.desktop)" msgid "Simple Waves" -msgstr "简洁" +msgstr "简单的波形" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/backintime-kde4-root.desktop msgctxt "Comment(backintime-kde4-root.desktop)" @@ -11193,7 +11166,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.ktp-chat/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Simple chats from your workspace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的作业空间上进行简单的聊天" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/shareprovider/simplestimagehosting/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -11268,72 +11241,72 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_monotone.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skyline_monotone.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Monotone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单调的天际线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_monotone.desktop msgctxt "Name(skyline_monotone.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Monotone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单调的天际线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_monotone_wide.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skyline_monotone_wide.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Monotone Wide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单调的天际线宽" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_monotone_wide.desktop msgctxt "Name(skyline_monotone_wide.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Monotone Wide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单调的天际线宽" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_morning.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skyline_morning.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Morning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "清晨的天际线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_morning.desktop msgctxt "Name(skyline_morning.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Morning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "清晨的天际线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_morning_wide.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skyline_morning_wide.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Morning Wide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "清晨的天际线宽" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_morning_wide.desktop msgctxt "Name(skyline_morning_wide.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Morning Wide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "清晨的天际线宽" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_night.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skyline_night.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Night" -msgstr "" +msgstr "夜晚的天际线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_night.desktop msgctxt "Name(skyline_night.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Night" -msgstr "" +msgstr "夜晚的天际线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_night_wide.desktop msgctxt "Comment(skyline_night_wide.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Night Wide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "夜晚的天际线宽" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/skyline_night_wide.desktop msgctxt "Name(skyline_night_wide.desktop)" msgid "Skyline Night Wide" -msgstr "" +msgstr "夜晚的天际线宽" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/desktoptheme/slim-glow/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Slick theme for dark wallpapers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于深色壁纸的光滑主题" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/desktoptheme/slim-glow/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Slim Glow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Slim Glow" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/slovakia.desktop msgctxt "Name(slovakia.desktop)" @@ -11443,7 +11416,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_soil.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_soil.desktop)" msgid "Soil" -msgstr "泥土" +msgstr "土" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/katomic.desktop msgctxt "GenericName(katomic.desktop)" @@ -11811,12 +11784,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/strange_far_hills.desktop msgctxt "Comment(strange_far_hills.desktop)" msgid "Strange Far Hills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "奇怪的远山" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/stage/templates/odf/strange_far_hills.desktop msgctxt "Name(strange_far_hills.desktop)" msgid "Strange Far Hills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "奇怪的远山" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kbounce/themes/geometry.desktop msgctxt "Name(geometry.desktop)" @@ -11824,15 +11797,14 @@ msgstr "畸形几何" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/Striplight.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(Striplight.desktop)" msgid "Striplight" -msgstr "Filelight" +msgstr "长条灯" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/Stroboscope.desktop msgctxt "Name(Stroboscope.desktop)" msgid "Stroboscope light" -msgstr "" +msgstr "频闪灯光" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Lights/Structure.desktop msgctxt "Name(Structure.desktop)" @@ -12097,7 +12069,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/triac.desktop msgctxt "Name(triac.desktop)" msgid "TRIAC" -msgstr "TRIAC" +msgstr "三端双向交流开关" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/tv.desktop msgctxt "Name(tv.desktop)" @@ -12776,10 +12748,9 @@ msgstr "树木1" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/triangle.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(triangle.desktop)" msgid "Triangle Wave" -msgstr "三角" +msgstr "三角波" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/patterns/triangles.desktop msgctxt "Comment(triangles.desktop)" @@ -12889,7 +12860,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/krita/templates/comics/Comics-USTemplate.desktop msgctxt "Name(Comics-USTemplate.desktop)" msgid "US-style comics template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "美式漫画模板" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/uganda.desktop msgctxt "Name(uganda.desktop)" @@ -12959,7 +12930,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/wallpapers/org.kde.animals/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Unsure if cute or just nerdy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可爱还是呆" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Assorted/arrow-up.desktop msgctxt "Name(arrow-up.desktop)" @@ -13109,7 +13080,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/sheets/templates/HomeFamily/VacationChecklist.desktop msgctxt "Name(VacationChecklist.desktop)" msgid "Vacation Checklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "假日清单" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Value_Stream_Mapping/collection.desktop msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)" @@ -13147,27 +13118,24 @@ msgstr "委内瑞拉" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/vammeter.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vammeter.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Ammeter" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直电表" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vcapacitor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vcapacitor.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Capacitor" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/vcompressor.desktop msgctxt "Name(vcompressor.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Compressor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直压缩机" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vdiode.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vdiode.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Diode" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Building_Site/fence_vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(fence_vertical.desktop)" @@ -13177,24 +13145,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vfuse_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(vfuse_de.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Fuse (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直保险丝 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vinductor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vinductor.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Inductor" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直感应器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vinductor_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(vinductor_de.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Inductor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直感应器 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/newvled.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(newvled.desktop)" msgid "Vertical LED" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直 LED" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/umbrello/layouts/activity-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(activity-vertical.desktop)" @@ -13214,12 +13180,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vled_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(vled_de.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Led (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直 LED (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_vertical_limiting_line.desktop msgctxt "Name(civil_vertical_limiting_line.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Limiting Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直限制线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Assorted/parallelogram-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(parallelogram-vertical.desktop)" @@ -13229,41 +13195,37 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/vpcapacitor.desktop msgctxt "Name(vpcapacitor.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Polarized Capacitor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直极性电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vpowersource_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(vpowersource_de.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Powersource (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直电源 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_vertical_propeller.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(civil_vertical_propeller.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Propeller" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直螺旋桨" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/vpump.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vpump.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Pump" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直泵" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vresistor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vresistor.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Resistor" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直电阻" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vresistor_de.desktop msgctxt "Name(vresistor_de.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Resistor (European)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直电阻 (欧洲)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/vrest.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vrest.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Rest" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直平衡" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Building_Site/road_vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(road_vertical.desktop)" @@ -13276,10 +13238,9 @@ msgstr "垂直坡" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit2/vvoltmeter.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vvoltmeter.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Voltmeter" -msgstr "垂直布局" +msgstr "垂直电压表" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Building_Site/wall_vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(wall_vertical.desktop)" @@ -13289,7 +13250,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/vzener.desktop msgctxt "Name(vzener.desktop)" msgid "Vertical Zener Diode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直齐纳二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kmahjongg/layouts/Vi.desktop msgctxt "Name(Vi.desktop)" @@ -13312,10 +13273,9 @@ msgstr "视频播放器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/scripts/videowall/metadata.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Video Wall" -msgstr "视频播放器" +msgstr "视频墙" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/video_camera.desktop msgctxt "Name(video_camera.desktop)" @@ -13335,7 +13295,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/packages/org.kde.comic/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" msgid "View comic strips from the Internet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "阅读互联网上的格子漫画" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/filelight.desktop msgctxt "Comment(filelight.desktop)" @@ -13590,7 +13550,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/water_level.desktop msgctxt "Name(water_level.desktop)" msgid "Water Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "水线" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Optics/wave.desktop msgctxt "Name(wave.desktop)" @@ -13605,18 +13565,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/packages/org.kde.weather/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Weather Forecast (QML)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "天气预报 (QML)" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/web.desktop msgctxt "Name(web.desktop)" msgid "Web" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网络" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/khtml/kpartplugins/plugin_webarchiver.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(plugin_webarchiver.desktop)" msgid "Web Archiver" -msgstr "网络浏览器" +msgstr "网页存档器" #: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/MozillaFirefox.desktop msgctxt "Comment(MozillaFirefox.desktop)" @@ -13641,7 +13600,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/konqsidebartng/plugins/konqsidebar_web.desktop msgctxt "Name(konqsidebar_web.desktop)" msgid "Web SideBar Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网络侧边栏模块" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/konqsidebartng/virtual_folders/remote/web/.directory msgctxt "Name(.directory)" @@ -13719,10 +13678,9 @@ msgstr "窗口管理器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/window_strip/metadata.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" msgid "Window Strip" -msgstr "窗口管理器" +msgstr "窗口长条" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/tabbox/window_strip/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" @@ -13983,12 +13941,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/add_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(add_h.desktop)" msgid "add h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "add 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/add_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(add_v.desktop)" msgid "add v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "add 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/aircooler.desktop msgctxt "Name(aircooler.desktop)" @@ -14008,17 +13966,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/ampermeter.desktop msgctxt "Name(ampermeter.desktop)" msgid "ampermeter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电流表" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/and_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(and_h.desktop)" msgid "and h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "and 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/and_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(and_v.desktop)" msgid "and v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "and 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/antenna.desktop msgctxt "Name(antenna.desktop)" @@ -14038,7 +13996,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/b-integrator.desktop msgctxt "Name(b-integrator.desktop)" msgid "b-integrator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "b 积分器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/b-minus.desktop msgctxt "Name(b-minus.desktop)" @@ -14058,7 +14016,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/bell.desktop msgctxt "Name(bell.desktop)" msgid "bell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电铃" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/bigtraycol.desktop msgctxt "Name(bigtraycol.desktop)" @@ -14073,12 +14031,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/buff_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(buff_h.desktop)" msgid "buff h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "buff 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/buff_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(buff_v.desktop)" msgid "buff v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "buff 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/burette.desktop msgctxt "Name(burette.desktop)" @@ -14088,7 +14046,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/button.desktop msgctxt "Name(button.desktop)" msgid "button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按钮" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Scenegraph/callback.desktop msgctxt "Name(callback.desktop)" @@ -14101,15 +14059,14 @@ msgstr "摄像机" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/capacitor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(capacitor.desktop)" msgid "capacitor" -msgstr "容量" +msgstr "电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/capacitor_electrolytic.desktop msgctxt "Name(capacitor_electrolytic.desktop)" msgid "capacitor electrolytic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电解电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/centrifuge.desktop msgctxt "Name(centrifuge.desktop)" @@ -14119,7 +14076,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric2/ckt-breaker.desktop msgctxt "Name(ckt-breaker.desktop)" msgid "ckt-breaker" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ckt 断路器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/clamp.desktop msgctxt "Name(clamp.desktop)" @@ -14179,7 +14136,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/command.desktop msgctxt "Name(command.desktop)" msgid "command" -msgstr "" +msgstr "令电器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Pneumatic/commusc.desktop msgctxt "Name(commusc.desktop)" @@ -14224,22 +14181,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser.desktop)" msgid "condenser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "凝结器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-black.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-black.desktop)" msgid "condenser-black" -msgstr "" +msgstr "凝结器黑" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-blue.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-blue.desktop)" msgid "condenser-blue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "凝结器蓝" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-green.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-green.desktop)" msgid "condenser-green" -msgstr "" +msgstr "凝结器绿" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-liebig-vertical.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-liebig-vertical.desktop)" @@ -14249,7 +14206,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-orange.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-orange.desktop)" msgid "condenser-orange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "凝结器橙" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-pale-blue.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-pale-blue.desktop)" @@ -14259,12 +14216,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/condenser-red.desktop msgctxt "Name(condenser-red.desktop)" msgid "condenser-red" -msgstr "" +msgstr "凝结器红" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/conn.desktop msgctxt "Name(conn.desktop)" msgid "conn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/cnx.desktop msgctxt "Name(cnx.desktop)" @@ -14274,23 +14231,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/contact.desktop msgctxt "Name(contact.desktop)" msgid "contact" -msgstr "" +msgstr "触点" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/contact_f.desktop msgctxt "Name(contact_f.desktop)" msgid "contact f" -msgstr "" +msgstr "闭合触点" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/contact_o.desktop msgctxt "Name(contact_o.desktop)" msgid "contact o" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开放触点" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/contact_pair.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(contact_pair.desktop)" msgid "contact pair" -msgstr "联系人分组序列转换器" +msgstr "触点对" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/coveredtank.desktop msgctxt "Name(coveredtank.desktop)" @@ -14298,10 +14254,9 @@ msgstr "" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/crystal.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(crystal.desktop)" msgid "crystal" -msgstr "水晶" +msgstr "晶体" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/cyclone.desktop msgctxt "Name(cyclone.desktop)" @@ -14316,12 +14271,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/di_gate.desktop msgctxt "Name(di_gate.desktop)" msgid "di gate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "二级门闸" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/diac.desktop msgctxt "Name(diac.desktop)" msgid "diac" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交流二极管" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/digikam.desktop msgctxt "Name(digikam.desktop)" @@ -14331,23 +14286,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/diode_inverse.desktop msgctxt "Name(diode_inverse.desktop)" msgid "diode inverse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "反向二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/diode_schottky.desktop msgctxt "Name(diode_schottky.desktop)" msgid "diode schottky" -msgstr "" +msgstr "肯特基二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/diode_tunnel.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(diode_tunnel.desktop)" msgid "diode tunnel" -msgstr "时光隧道" +msgstr "隧道二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/diode_zenner.desktop msgctxt "Name(diode_zenner.desktop)" msgid "diode zener" -msgstr "" +msgstr "齐纳二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/displa.desktop msgctxt "Name(displa.desktop)" @@ -14488,17 +14442,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric2/generator.desktop msgctxt "Name(generator.desktop)" msgid "generator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "生成器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/gnd_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnd_h.desktop)" msgid "gnd h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gnd 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/gnd_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(gnd_v.desktop)" msgid "gnd v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gnd 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/gooseneck.desktop msgctxt "Name(gooseneck.desktop)" @@ -14508,7 +14462,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/ground.desktop msgctxt "Name(ground.desktop)" msgid "ground" -msgstr "" +msgstr "地面" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Scenegraph/group.desktop msgctxt "Name(group.desktop)" @@ -14548,12 +14502,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/c_if.desktop msgctxt "Name(c_if.desktop)" msgid "if" -msgstr "" +msgstr "if" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_ifnot.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_ifnot.desktop)" msgid "ifnot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ifnot" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/shareprovider/im9/metadata.desktop msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)" @@ -14573,27 +14527,27 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/inductor.desktop msgctxt "Name(inductor.desktop)" msgid "inductor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "感应器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/intpos_f.desktop msgctxt "Name(intpos_f.desktop)" msgid "intpos f" -msgstr "" +msgstr "intpos 闭" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/intpos_o.desktop msgctxt "Name(intpos_o.desktop)" msgid "intpos o" -msgstr "" +msgstr "intpos 开" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/inv_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(inv_h.desktop)" msgid "inv h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "inv 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/inv_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(inv_v.desktop)" msgid "inv v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "inv 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric2/isolator.desktop msgctxt "Name(isolator.desktop)" @@ -14606,10 +14560,9 @@ msgstr "kde-nm-connection-editor" #: /usr/share/applications/kde5-nm-connection-editor.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(kde5-nm-connection-editor.desktop)" msgid "kde5-nm-connection-editor" -msgstr "kde-nm-connection-editor" +msgstr "kde5-nm-connection-editor" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kdesvn.desktop msgctxt "Name(kdesvn.desktop)" @@ -14639,7 +14592,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/l-integrator.desktop msgctxt "Name(l-integrator.desktop)" msgid "l-integrator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "l 积分器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/l-minus.desktop msgctxt "Name(l-minus.desktop)" @@ -14664,7 +14617,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/lamp.desktop msgctxt "Name(lamp.desktop)" msgid "lamp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "灯泡" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/led_display.desktop msgctxt "Name(led_display.desktop)" @@ -14709,37 +14662,37 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/mux_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(mux_h.desktop)" msgid "mux h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mux 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/mux_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(mux_v.desktop)" msgid "mux v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mux 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/nand_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(nand_h.desktop)" msgid "nand h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或与水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/nand_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(nand_v.desktop)" msgid "nand v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或与垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/negative-shift.desktop msgctxt "Name(negative-shift.desktop)" msgid "negative-shift" -msgstr "" +msgstr "负偏移" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/nmos_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(nmos_h.desktop)" msgid "nmos h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nmos 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/nmos_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(nmos_v.desktop)" msgid "nmos v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nmos 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Scenegraph/nodekit.desktop msgctxt "Name(nodekit.desktop)" @@ -14749,12 +14702,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/nor_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(nor_h.desktop)" msgid "nor h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或非水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/nor_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(nor_v.desktop)" msgid "nor v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或非垂直" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/okularApplication_odp.desktop #, fuzzy @@ -14790,43 +14743,42 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/or_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(or_h.desktop)" msgid "or h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/or_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(or_v.desktop)" msgid "or v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "或垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_out.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(l_out.desktop)" msgid "out" -msgstr "K 语音精灵" +msgstr "out" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_outj.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_outj.desktop)" msgid "outj" -msgstr "" +msgstr "outj" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_outnot.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_outnot.desktop)" msgid "outnot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "outnot" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_outr.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_outr.desktop)" msgid "outr" -msgstr "" +msgstr "outr" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_outrcep.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_outrcep.desktop)" msgid "outrcep" -msgstr "" +msgstr "outrcep" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_outs.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_outs.desktop)" msgid "outs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "outs" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Jigsaw/part_iiii.desktop msgctxt "Name(part_iiii.desktop)" @@ -14931,12 +14883,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/photo_emiting_part.desktop msgctxt "Name(photo_emiting_part.desktop)" msgid "photo emitting part" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发光部分" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/photo_sensitive_part.desktop msgctxt "Name(photo_sensitive_part.desktop)" msgid "photo sensitive part" -msgstr "" +msgstr "光敏部分" #: /usr/share/applications/kde4/picmi.desktop msgctxt "Name(picmi.desktop)" @@ -14961,12 +14913,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/pmos_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(pmos_h.desktop)" msgid "pmos h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pmos 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/pmos_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(pmos_v.desktop)" msgid "pmos v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pmos 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/pneum.desktop msgctxt "Name(pneum.desktop)" @@ -14986,29 +14938,27 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/port_in.desktop msgctxt "Name(port_in.desktop)" msgid "port in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "端口入" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/port_inout.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(port_inout.desktop)" msgid "port inout" -msgstr "导出布局" +msgstr "端口出入" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/port_out.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(port_out.desktop)" msgid "port out" -msgstr "导出布局" +msgstr "端口出" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/positive-shift.desktop msgctxt "Name(positive-shift.desktop)" msgid "positive-shift" -msgstr "" +msgstr "正偏移" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/potenciometer.desktop msgctxt "Name(potenciometer.desktop)" msgid "potentiometer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电位器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Pneumatic/press.desktop msgctxt "Name(press.desktop)" @@ -15033,7 +14983,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/product.desktop msgctxt "Name(product.desktop)" msgid "product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产物" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Scenegraph/property.desktop msgctxt "Name(property.desktop)" @@ -15043,12 +14993,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/pump.desktop msgctxt "Name(pump.desktop)" msgid "pump" -msgstr "" +msgstr "泵" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/r-integrator.desktop msgctxt "Name(r-integrator.desktop)" msgid "r-integrator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "r 积分器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/r-minus.desktop msgctxt "Name(r-minus.desktop)" @@ -15078,12 +15028,12 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/reg_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(reg_h.desktop)" msgid "reg h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "reg 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/reg_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(reg_v.desktop)" msgid "reg v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "reg 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/regval.desktop msgctxt "Name(regval.desktop)" @@ -15096,10 +15046,9 @@ msgstr "" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/relay.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(relay.desktop)" msgid "relay" -msgstr "爱尔兰" +msgstr "继电器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Chemistry_Lab/ring.desktop #, fuzzy @@ -15186,52 +15135,52 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/source.desktop msgctxt "Name(source.desktop)" msgid "source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电源" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/source_current.desktop msgctxt "Name(source_current.desktop)" msgid "source current" -msgstr "" +msgstr "直流电源" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/source_substitution.desktop msgctxt "Name(source_substitution.desktop)" msgid "source substitution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "替代电源" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/source_voltage.desktop msgctxt "Name(source_voltage.desktop)" msgid "source voltage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交流电源" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/source_voltage_alternating.desktop msgctxt "Name(source_voltage_alternating.desktop)" msgid "source voltage alternating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交流电压源" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/source_voltage_direct.desktop msgctxt "Name(source_voltage_direct.desktop)" msgid "source voltage direct" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交流电压源" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_sout.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_sout.desktop)" msgid "sout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sout" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_soutnot.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_soutnot.desktop)" msgid "soutnot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "soutnot" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_soutr.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_soutr.desktop)" msgid "soutr" -msgstr "" +msgstr "soutr" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Contact/l_souts.desktop msgctxt "Name(l_souts.desktop)" msgid "souts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "souts" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/spray.desktop msgctxt "Name(spray.desktop)" @@ -15287,7 +15236,7 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/t-integrator.desktop msgctxt "Name(t-integrator.desktop)" msgid "t-integrator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "t 积分器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/t-minus.desktop msgctxt "Name(t-minus.desktop)" @@ -15332,62 +15281,62 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric2/transformer.desktop msgctxt "Name(transformer.desktop)" msgid "transformer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "变压器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_bipolar_npn_1.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_bipolar_npn_1.desktop)" msgid "transistor bipolar npn 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "双极晶体管 npn 1" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_bipolar_npn_2.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_bipolar_npn_2.desktop)" msgid "transistor bipolar npn 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "双极晶体管 npn 2" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_bipolar_pnp_1.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_bipolar_pnp_1.desktop)" msgid "transistor bipolar pnp 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "双极晶体管 pnp 1" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_bipolar_pnp_2.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_bipolar_pnp_2.desktop)" msgid "transistor bipolar pnp 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "双极晶体管 pnp 2" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_jfe_n.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_jfe_n.desktop)" msgid "transistor jfe n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结型场效应晶体管 n" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_jfe_p.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_jfe_p.desktop)" msgid "transistor jfe p" -msgstr "" +msgstr "结型场效应晶体管 p" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_misfe_c_n.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_misfe_c_n.desktop)" msgid "transistor misfe c n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "金氧半场效晶体管 c n" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_misfe_c_p.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_misfe_c_p.desktop)" msgid "transistor misfe c p" -msgstr "" +msgstr "金氧半场效晶体管 c p" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_misfe_i_n.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_misfe_i_n.desktop)" msgid "transistor misfe i n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "金氧半场效晶体管 i n" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_misfe_i_p.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_misfe_i_p.desktop)" msgid "transistor misfe i p" -msgstr "" +msgstr "金氧半场效晶体管 i p" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/transistor_single_pn.desktop msgctxt "Name(transistor_single_pn.desktop)" msgid "transistor single pn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单极晶体管 pn" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/RDP/transition.desktop msgctxt "Name(transition.desktop)" @@ -15400,20 +15349,19 @@ msgstr "" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/triac.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(triac.desktop)" msgid "triac" -msgstr "奥地利" +msgstr "三端双向交流开关" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/tyristor_diode.desktop msgctxt "Name(tyristor_diode.desktop)" msgid "tyristor diode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "二级晶闸管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/tyristor_triode.desktop msgctxt "Name(tyristor_triode.desktop)" msgid "tyristor triode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "三级晶闸管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/ubr910_cable_dsu.desktop msgctxt "Name(ubr910_cable_dsu.desktop)" @@ -15428,17 +15376,17 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/vacuum_diode.desktop msgctxt "Name(vacuum_diode.desktop)" msgid "vacuum diode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "真空二极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/vacuum_pentode.desktop msgctxt "Name(vacuum_pentode.desktop)" msgid "vacuum pentode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "真空五级管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/vacuum_triode.desktop msgctxt "Name(vacuum_triode.desktop)" msgid "vacuum triode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "真空三极管" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/val.desktop msgctxt "Name(val.desktop)" @@ -15463,32 +15411,32 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/varicap.desktop msgctxt "Name(varicap.desktop)" msgid "varicap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可变电容" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vcommand.desktop msgctxt "Name(vcommand.desktop)" msgid "vcommand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直令电器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vcontact_f.desktop msgctxt "Name(vcontact_f.desktop)" msgid "vcontact f" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直闭合触点" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vcontact_o.desktop msgctxt "Name(vcontact_o.desktop)" msgid "vcontact o" -msgstr "" +msgstr "垂直开放触点" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/vdd_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(vdd_h.desktop)" msgid "vdd h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vdd 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/vdd_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(vdd_v.desktop)" msgid "vdd v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vdd 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/ChemEng/vessel.desktop msgctxt "Name(vessel.desktop)" @@ -15498,28 +15446,27 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vintpos_f.desktop msgctxt "Name(vintpos_f.desktop)" msgid "vintpos f" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vintpos 闭" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vintpos_o.desktop msgctxt "Name(vintpos_o.desktop)" msgid "vintpos o" -msgstr "" +msgstr "vintpos 开" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vlamp.desktop msgctxt "Name(vlamp.desktop)" msgid "vlamp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "灯泡垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electronic/voltmeter.desktop msgctxt "Name(voltmeter.desktop)" msgid "voltmeter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电压表" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Electric/vrelay.desktop -#, fuzzy msgctxt "Name(vrelay.desktop)" msgid "vrelay" -msgstr "爱尔兰" +msgstr "垂直继电器" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/krita/templates/comics/a4_waffle_grid.desktop msgctxt "Name(a4_waffle_grid.desktop)" @@ -15549,22 +15496,22 @@ #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/xnor_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(xnor_h.desktop)" msgid "xnor h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "xnor 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/xnor_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(xnor_v.desktop)" msgid "xnor v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "xnor 垂直" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/xor_h.desktop msgctxt "Name(xor_h.desktop)" msgid "xor h" -msgstr "" +msgstr "xor 水平" #: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/xor_v.desktop msgctxt "Name(xor_v.desktop)" msgid "xor v" -msgstr "" +msgstr "xor 垂直" #~ msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)" #~ msgid "Applet for finding anything" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90556 - trunk/lcn/es/po
by robin_listas＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: robin_listas Date: 2014-10-30 19:00:56 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90556 Modified: trunk/lcn/es/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.es.po Log: work in progress Modified: trunk/lcn/es/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.es.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/es/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.es.po 2014-10-30 14:44:45 UTC (rev 90555) +++ trunk/lcn/es/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.es.po 2014-10-30 18:00:56 UTC (rev 90556) @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ # David <dark.orion(a)gmail.com>, 2010. # David Montero Isusi <dark.orion(a)gmail.com>, 2011, 2012. # Javier Llorente <javier(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# Carlos E. R. <robin_listas(a)no-mx.forums.opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-03 23:53+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Carlos E. Robinson <carlos.e.r(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 19:00+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Carlos E. R. <robin_listas(a)no-mx.forums.opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -27,11 +28,11 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title) msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notas de la versión" #: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo) msgid "@VERSION@" -msgstr "" +msgstr "@VERSION@" #: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname) msgid "openSUSE" @@ -39,16 +40,29 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber) msgid "13.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "13.2" #: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) -msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" +msgid "" +"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or " +"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, " +"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" msgstr "" +"openSUSE es un sistema operativo libre y basado en Linux para su PC, " +"ordenador portátil o servidor. Usted puede navegar por la web, gestionar sus " +"correos electrónicos y fotos, hacer trabajo de oficina, reproducir vídeos o " +"música ¡y divertirse un montón!" #. Previous Release Notes #: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) -msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" -msgstr "Si actualiza desde una versión anterior de openSUSE, lea las notas de las versiones anteriores listadas aquí: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Release_Notes\"/>" +msgid "" +"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous " +"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas" +"e_Notes\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si actualiza desde una versión anterior de openSUSE, lea las notas de las " +"versiones anteriores listadas aquí: <ulink " +"url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Release_Notes\"/>" #: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" @@ -63,16 +77,43 @@ msgstr "UEFI—Interface Unificada Extensible del Firmware" #: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." -msgstr "Antes de instalar openSUSE en un sistema que inicia utilizando UEFI (Interface Unificada Extensible del Firmware), se recomienda encarecidamente verificar si hay actualizaciones del firmware del fabricante, y, de existir, instalar esas actualizaciones. Un sistema con Windows 8 pre-instalado, es un fuerte indicador de que su sistema inicia utilizando UEFI." +msgid "" +"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified " +"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any " +"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install " +"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your " +"system boots using UEFI." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar openSUSE en un sistema que inicia utilizando UEFI " +"(Interface Unificada Extensible del Firmware), se recomienda encarecidamente " +"verificar si hay actualizaciones del firmware del fabricante, y, de existir, " +"instalar tal actualización. Un sistema con Windows 8 pre-instalado es un " +"fuerte indicador de que su sistema inicia utilizando UEFI." #: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgstr "<emphasis>Más información:</emphasis> Algunos firmwares UEFI tienen bugs (gazapos) que causan problemas si demasiada información es escrita en el área de almacenamiento UEFI. Nadie sabe realmente cuanto es realmente \"demasiado\". openSUSE minimiza el riesgo al no escribir más que el mínimo necesario requerido para iniciar el sistema. Lo mínimo significa, indicar al firmware UEFI la ubicación del cargador de arranque de openSUSE. El kernel Linux tiene características que utilizan el área de almacenamiento UEFI para grabar información de inicio e información de fallos (<literal>pstore</literal>), las cuales han sido deshabilitadas. Aún así, se recomienda instalar cualquier actualización de firmware recomendada por el fabricante." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to " +"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really " +"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not " +"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means " +"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. " +"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing " +"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by " +"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the " +"hardware vendor recommends." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Más información:</emphasis> Algunos firmwares UEFI tienen bugs " +"(gazapos) que causan problemas si demasiada información es escrita en el área " +"de almacenamiento UEFI. Nadie sabe realmente cuanto es realmente " +"\"demasiado\". openSUSE minimiza el riesgo al no escribir más que el mínimo " +"necesario requerido para iniciar el sistema. Lo mínimo significa, indicar al " +"firmware UEFI la ubicación del cargador de arranque de openSUSE. El kernel " +"Linux original tiene características que utilizan el área de almacenamiento " +"UEFI para grabar información de inicio e información de fallos (<literal>" +"pstore</literal>), las cuales han sido deshabilitadas. Aún así, se recomienda " +"instalar cualquier actualización de firmware recomendada por el fabricante." #. bnc#850056 #: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) @@ -82,22 +123,54 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." -msgstr "Junto con la especificación EFI/UEFI ha llegado un nuevo estilo de particionamiento: GPT (GUID Partition Table). Este nuevo esquema usa identificadores globalmente únicos (valores de 128-bit mostrados como 32 dígitos hexadecimales) para identificar dispositivos y tipos de partición." +msgid "" +"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning " +"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique " +"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify " +"devices and partition types." +msgstr "" +"Junto con la especificación EFI/UEFI ha llegado un nuevo estilo de " +"particionamiento: GPT (GUID Partition Table). Este nuevo esquema usa " +"identificadores globalmente únicos (valores de 128-bit mostrados como 32 " +"dígitos hexadecimales) para identificar dispositivos y tipos de partición." #: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgstr "Además, la especificación UEFI también permite particiones tradicionales MBR (MS-DOS). Los cargadores de arranque de Linux (ELILO o GRUB2) tratan de generar automáticamente un GUID para esas particiones tradicionales, y escribirlos al firmware. Tal GUID puede cambiar frecuentemente, causando una escritura en el firmware. Una escritura consta de dos operaciones distintas: quitar la entrada antigua, y crear una nueva que reemplaza la antigua." +msgid "" +"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) " +"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically " +"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. " +"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A " +"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and " +"creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +msgstr "" +"Además, la especificación UEFI también permite particiones tradicionales MBR " +"(MS-DOS). Los cargadores de arranque de Linux (ELILO o GRUB2) tratan de " +"generar automáticamente un GUID para esas particiones tradicionales, y " +"escribirlos al firmware. Tal GUID puede cambiar frecuentemente, causando una " +"escritura en el firmware. Una escritura consta de dos operaciones distintas: " +"quitar la entrada antigua, y crear una nueva que reemplaza la antigua." #: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) -msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." -msgstr "Los firmware modernos tienen un recolector de basura que lista las entradas borradas y libera la memoria reservada para entradas antiguas. Surge un problema cuando algún firmware falluto no lista y libera esas entradas; esto puede terminar causando un sistema no arrancable." +msgid "" +"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and " +"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty " +"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a " +"non-bootable system." +msgstr "" +"Los firmware modernos tienen un recolector de basura que lista las entradas " +"borradas y libera la memoria reservada para entradas antiguas. Surge un " +"problema cuando algún firmware falluto no lista y libera esas entradas; esto " +"puede terminar causando un sistema no arrancable." #: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) -msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." -msgstr "La solución es simple: convertir la la partición tradicional MBR al nuevo sistema GPT para evitar el problema por completo." +msgid "" +"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to " +"avoid this problem completely." +msgstr "" +"La solución es simple: convertir la la partición tradicional MBR al nuevo " +"sistema GPT para evitar el problema por completo." #. bnc#850052 #: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) @@ -111,8 +184,20 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgstr "La nueva versión del cargador cuña permite arrancar más máquinas con Arranque Seguro activado que con openSUSE 12.3. Sin embargo, en caso de problemas, primero actualice su BIOS a la última versión. Si la actualización de la BIOS no ayuda, reporte el modelo de su máquina en la página wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Entonces podemos rastrearlo para la siguiente versión." +msgid "" +"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure " +"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first " +"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update " +"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki " +"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next " +"release." +msgstr "" +"La nueva versión del cargador cuña permite arrancar más máquinas con Arranque " +"Seguro activado que con openSUSE 12.3. Sin embargo, en caso de problemas, " +"primero actualice su BIOS a la última versión. Si la actualización de la BIOS " +"no ayuda, reporte el modelo de su máquina en la página wiki " +"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Entonces podemos rastrearlo para la " +"siguiente versión." #: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" @@ -128,12 +213,37 @@ msgstr "Basura en pantalla durante la instalación con el controlador Nouveau." #: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) -msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." -msgstr "En algunos sistemas con tarjetas NVIDIA, el instalador puede mostrar basura en la parte superior de la pantalla debido a problemas con el controlador nouveau por defecto. Si usted está afectado por este problema, puede desactivar el módulo del kernel nouveau al correr el instalador y después activarlo una vez el sistema esté instalado o actualizado." +msgid "" +"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top " +"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you " +"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to " +"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or " +"upgraded." +msgstr "" +"En algunos sistemas con tarjetas NVIDIA, el instalador puede mostrar basura " +"en la parte superior de la pantalla debido a problemas con el controlador " +"nouveau por defecto. Si usted está afectado por este problema, puede " +"desactivar el módulo del kernel nouveau al correr el instalador y después " +"activarlo una vez el sistema esté instalado o actualizado." #: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) -msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." -msgstr "Para desactivar el módulo del kernel, una vez que arranque desde el medio de instalación, seleccione la entrada 'Installation' en grub y pulse 'e' para editar los parámetros. Entonces vaya a la linea que empieza por 'linux' (o 'linuxefi') y añada <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> al final. Ahora pulse F10 para continuar con el arranque con el nuevo parámetro. Después que el sistema esté instalado, puede reactivar el módulo nouveau editando <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> y quitando la línea que anula nouveau." +msgid "" +"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, " +"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. " +"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>" +"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting " +"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the " +"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam" +"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +msgstr "" +"Para desactivar el módulo del kernel, una vez que arranque desde el medio de " +"instalación, seleccione la entrada 'Installation' en grub y pulse 'e' para " +"editar los parámetros. Entonces vaya a la linea que empieza por 'linux' (o " +"'linuxefi') y añada <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> al final. Ahora " +"pulse F10 para continuar con el arranque con el nuevo parámetro. Después que " +"el sistema esté instalado, puede reactivar el módulo nouveau editando <" +"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> y quitando la línea que " +"anula nouveau." #. bnc#902947 #: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) @@ -141,7 +251,10 @@ msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) -msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." +msgid "" +"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<" +"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>" +"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) @@ -149,15 +262,22 @@ msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) -msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" +"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) -msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <" +"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) -msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." +msgid "" +"For more information and examples, see <filename>" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the " +"installed system." msgstr "" #. bnc#850058 @@ -168,8 +288,16 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "AppArmor está activado por defecto. Esto significa más seguridad, pero impide que algunos servicios se ejecuten, si los usa en modos menos habituales. Si se encuentra con problemas extraños de permisos, pruebe a cambiar el perfil AppArmor del servicio afectado al modo \"complain\" así:" +msgid "" +"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent " +"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter " +"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the " +"affected service to complain mode with:" +msgstr "" +"AppArmor está activado por defecto. Esto significa más seguridad, pero impide " +"que algunos servicios se ejecuten, si los usa en modos menos habituales. Si " +"se encuentra con problemas extraños de permisos, pruebe a cambiar el perfil " +"AppArmor del servicio afectado al modo \"complain\" así:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -177,14 +305,22 @@ msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$su_servicio" #: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." -msgstr "El modo \"complain\" significa: permitir todo, y apuntar en la bitácora todo lo que el perfil no hubiera permitido." +msgid "" +"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would " +"not allow." +msgstr "" +"El modo \"complain\" significa: permitir todo, y apuntar en la bitácora todo " +"lo que el perfil no hubiera permitido." #: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) #, fuzzy #| msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." -msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." -msgstr "Incluso si funciona repórtelo como bug (gazapo), porque queremos ajustar los perfiles de AppArmor para cubrir también casos inusuales." +msgid "" +"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to " +"also cover corner cases." +msgstr "" +"Incluso si funciona repórtelo como bug (gazapo), porque queremos ajustar los " +"perfiles de AppArmor para cubrir también casos inusuales." #: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -204,7 +340,8 @@ msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) -msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" +msgid "" +"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) @@ -217,19 +354,26 @@ msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) -msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." +msgid "" +"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for " +"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) -msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." +msgid "" +"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or " +"updated documentation." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) -msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." +msgid "" +"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news " +"from openSUSE." msgstr "" #: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90555 - trunk/yast/zh_CN/po
by marguerite＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: marguerite Date: 2014-10-30 15:44:45 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90555 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po Log: [cn]update cluster Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 12:52:37 UTC (rev 90554) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2014-10-30 14:44:45 UTC (rev 90555) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:58+0800\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 22:44+0800\n" "Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 <marguerite(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese Simplified <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" @@ -409,7 +409,6 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" #| "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" @@ -469,25 +468,24 @@ "IPV6 网络。这种情况下，必须指定完整地址且无法像 IPV4 那样在特定子网中自动选择网络接口。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。<" "br>\n" "<big>多播地址</big> 这是 openais 执行文件使用的多播地址。默认值应可用于多数网络，但也应询问网络管理员要使用的" -"多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置的\" 多播地址。 这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 " +"多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置\" 多播地址。 这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 " "网络。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。\n" "<big>端口</big> 这指定了 UDP 端口号。可以在同一网络中为配置了不同的 UDP 端口的 openais " "服务使用相同的多播地址。 \n" -"<big>成员地址</big> 这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu 时这里是可以配置的。 <" -"/p>\n" +"<big>成员地址</big> 这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu (Unicast) " +"时这里是可以配置的。 \n" "<big>节点 ID</big> 该配置选项使用 IPv4 时为可选，IPv6 时为必选。这是一个 32 " "位值，指定了将传送给集群成员服务的节点标识符。若 IPv4 下该选项未指定，将使用该系统以环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址。节点标识符值 0 " "是预留的，不应该使用。 \n" -"<big>rrp 模式</big> 这指定了冗余环的模式，可以为无，主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低，但" -"性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无，仅使用一个网络接口来运行 TOTEM " +"<big>rrp 模式</big> 这指定了冗余环的模式，可以为无，主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络环境中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低" +"，但性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无，仅使用一个网络接口来运行 TOTEM " "协议。若只指定了一个接口指令，则将自动选无。若指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择主动或被动。 \n" "<big>期望票数</big> 参与表决的法定节点数的期望票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist{} " "部分时将自动计算，也可以在 quorum{} 部分指定。 \n" -"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 当使用 IDv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。<" +"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 当使用 IPv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。<" "br>\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" @@ -522,7 +520,7 @@ "\n" "<big>启用安全认证</big> 这指定了是否应该使用 HMAC/SHA1 认证来认证全部消息。它进一步指定了是否应该使用 " "sober128 加密算法加密全部数据来保护数据不受窃听。启用此选项将添加一个 36 字节的头部到每条 TOTEM " -"发送的消息，这将降低总吞吐量。启用后，据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证消耗了 aisexec 中 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU " +"发送的消息，这将降低总吞吐量。启用后，据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证在 aisexec 中消耗了 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU " "帧传输的 100mbit 网络来说，在开启了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，100% CPU 使用率可达到 9mb/秒的吞吐量; 在关闭了此选项的 " "3ghz CPU 上，20% 的 CPU 使用率可以达到 10mb/sec 的吞吐量。对于帧传输很大的 gig-e 网络来说：在启用了此选项的 3ghz " "CPU 上可以达到 20mb/秒的吞吐量; 在禁用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 60mb/秒的吞吐量。默认为开。 \n" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90554 - trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po
by elchevive＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: elchevive Date: 2014-10-30 13:52:37 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90554 Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pt_BR.po trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/software-opensuse-org.pt_BR.po Log: updates Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:37 UTC (rev 90554) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-30 10:31+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:09-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:42-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -38,13 +38,26 @@ msgstr "13.2" #: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para) -msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" -msgstr "O openSUSE é um sistema operacional livre baseado no Linux para o seu PC, laptop ou servidor. Você pode navegar na internet, gerenciar seus e-mails e fotos, fazer seu trabalho de escritório, reproduzir vídeos ou músicas e divertir-se!" +msgid "" +"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or " +"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, " +"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!" +msgstr "" +"O openSUSE é um sistema operacional livre baseado no Linux para o seu PC, " +"laptop ou servidor. Você pode navegar na internet, gerenciar seus e-mails e " +"fotos, fazer seu trabalho de escritório, reproduzir vídeos ou músicas e " +"divertir-se!" #. Previous Release Notes #: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para) -msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" -msgstr "Se você atualizar a partir de uma versão antiga para esta versão do openSUSE, veja as notas de lançamento antigas aqui: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" +msgid "" +"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous " +"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas" +"e_Notes\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Se você atualizar a partir de uma versão antiga para esta versão do openSUSE, " +"veja as notas de lançamento antigas aqui: <ulink " +"url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>" #: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title) msgid "Installation" @@ -56,19 +69,48 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:172(title) msgid "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface" -msgstr "UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (interface unificada de firmware extensível)" +msgstr "" +"UEFI—Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (interface unificada de " +"firmware extensível)" #: xml/release-notes.xml:173(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." -msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI." -msgstr "Antes de instalar o openSUSE em um sistema que inicia usando o UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) você é aconselhado a verificar por qualquer atualização de firmware que o fabricante do hardware recomenda e, se disponível, instalar tal atualização. Um Windows 8 pré-instalado é uma forte indicação que seu sistema inicia usando o UEFI." +msgid "" +"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified " +"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any " +"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install " +"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your " +"system boots using UEFI." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar o openSUSE em um sistema que inicia usando o UEFI (Unified " +"Extensible Firmware Interface), você é aconselhado a verificar por qualquer " +"atualização de firmware que o fabricante do hardware recomenda e, se " +"disponível, instalar tal atualização. Um Windows 8 pré-instalado é uma forte " +"indicação que seu sistema inicia usando o UEFI." #: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends." -msgstr "<emphasis>Plano de fundo:</emphasis> Alguns firmwares UEFI tem bugs que causam falha se muitos dados são escritos na área de armazenamento do UEFI. Ninguém realmente sabe quando \"muitos dados\" realmente são. O openSUSE minimiza o risco não escrevendo mais que o mínimo necessário para iniciar o SO. O mínimo significa dizer ao firmware UEFI sobre a localização do carregador de inicialização do openSUSE. Os recursos do kernel Linux que usam a área de armazenamento UEFI para armazenar informações de falhas e inicializações (<literal>pstore</literal>) foram desabilitados por padrão.ave been disabled by default. Entretanto, é recomendável instalar qualquer atualização de firmware que o fabricante do hardware recomendar." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to " +"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really " +"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not " +"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means " +"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. " +"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing " +"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by " +"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the " +"hardware vendor recommends." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Plano de fundo:</emphasis> Alguns firmwares UEFI tem bugs que " +"causam falha se muitos dados são escritos na área de armazenamento do UEFI. " +"Ninguém realmente sabe quando \"muitos dados\" realmente são. O openSUSE " +"minimiza o risco não escrevendo mais que o mínimo necessário para iniciar o " +"SO. O mínimo significa dizer ao firmware UEFI sobre a localização do " +"carregador de inicialização do openSUSE. Os recursos do kernel Linux que usam " +"a área de armazenamento UEFI para armazenar informações de falhas e " +"inicializações (<literal>pstore</literal>) foram desabilitados por padrão.ave " +"been disabled by default. Entretanto, é recomendável instalar qualquer " +"atualização de firmware que o fabricante do hardware recomendar." #. bnc#850056 #: xml/release-notes.xml:198(title) @@ -76,24 +118,54 @@ msgstr "Partições UEFI, GPT e MS-DOS" #: xml/release-notes.xml:199(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." -msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types." -msgstr "Junto com a especificação EFI/UEFI um novo estilo de particionamento chegou: GPT (GUID Partition Table - Tabela de Partição GUID). Este novo esquema usa identificadores únicos globais (valores de 128-bit exibidos em 32 dígitos hexadecimais) para identificar os dispositivos e tipos de partições." +msgid "" +"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning " +"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique " +"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify " +"devices and partition types." +msgstr "" +"Junto com a especificação EFI/UEFI um novo estilo de particionamento chegou: " +"GPT (GUID Partition Table - Tabela de Partição GUID). Este novo esquema usa " +"identificadores únicos globais (valores de 128-bit exibidos em 32 dígitos " +"hexadecimais) para identificar os dispositivos e tipos de partições." #: xml/release-notes.xml:205(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one." -msgstr "Adicionalmente, a especificação UEFI também permite partições antigas MBR (MS-DOS). Os carregadores de inicialização do Linux (ELILO ou GRUB2) tentam gerar automaticamente um GUID para estas partições antigas e gravá-los no firmware. Tal GUID pode alterar frequentemente, causando uma reescrita no firmware. Uma reescrita consiste em duas operações diferentes: remover a entrada antiga e criar uma nova entrada que substitui a primeira." +msgid "" +"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) " +"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically " +"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. " +"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A " +"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and " +"creating a new entry that replaces the first one." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente, a especificação UEFI também permite partições antigas MBR " +"(MS-DOS). Os carregadores de inicialização do Linux (ELILO ou GRUB2) tentam " +"gerar automaticamente um GUID para estas partições antigas e gravá-los no " +"firmware. Tal GUID pode alterar frequentemente, causando uma reescrita no " +"firmware. Uma reescrita consiste em duas operações diferentes: remover a " +"entrada antiga e criar uma nova entrada que substitui a primeira." #: xml/release-notes.xml:214(para) -msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system." -msgstr "Firmwares modernos têm um coletor de lixo que coleta entradas removidas e libera a memória reservada para entradas antigas. Um problema pode ocorrer quando um firmware problemático não coleta e libera estas entradas, isto pode levar a um sistema não inicializável." +msgid "" +"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and " +"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty " +"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a " +"non-bootable system." +msgstr "" +"Firmwares modernos têm um coletor de lixo que coleta entradas removidas e " +"libera a memória reservada para entradas antigas. Um problema pode ocorrer " +"quando um firmware problemático não coleta e libera estas entradas, isto pode " +"levar a um sistema não inicializável." #: xml/release-notes.xml:220(para) -msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely." -msgstr "O conserto é simples: converta a partição antiga MBR para a nova GPT para evitar este problema completamente." +msgid "" +"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to " +"avoid this problem completely." +msgstr "" +"O conserto é simples: converta a partição antiga MBR para a nova GPT para " +"evitar este problema completamente." #. bnc#850052 #: xml/release-notes.xml:228(title) @@ -102,13 +174,25 @@ #: xml/release-notes.xml:229(para) msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled." -msgstr "Isto afeta apenas máquinas no modo UEFI com a inicialização segura habilitada." +msgstr "" +"Isto afeta apenas máquinas no modo UEFI com a inicialização segura habilitada." #: xml/release-notes.xml:232(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 12.3. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine it the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next release." -msgstr "A nova versão do carregador shim permite a mais máquinas inicializar com a inicialização segura habilitada do que com o openSUSE 12.3. Mesmo assim, em caso de problemas, primeiro atualize a BIOS de sua máquina para a última versão. Se a atualização da BIOS não ajudar, relate o modelo de sua máquina na wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI - em inglês). Então, podemos rastreá-la para a próxima versão." +msgid "" +"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure " +"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first " +"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update " +"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki " +"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI). Then we can track it for the next " +"release." +msgstr "" +"A nova versão do carregador shim permite a mais máquinas inicializar com a " +"inicialização segura habilitada do que com o openSUSE 13.1. Mesmo assim, em " +"caso de problemas, primeiro atualize a BIOS de sua máquina para a última " +"versão. Se a atualização da BIOS não ajudar, relate o modelo de sua máquina " +"na wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI - em inglês). Então, podemos " +"rastreá-la para a próxima versão." #: xml/release-notes.xml:245(title) msgid "System Upgrade" @@ -124,37 +208,82 @@ msgstr "Lixo na tela durante a instalação com o driver nouveau" #: xml/release-notes.xml:257(para) -msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded." -msgstr "Em alguns sistemas com placas de vídeo NVIDIA, o instalador pode apresentar lixo na parte superior da tela devido a problemas com o driver padrão nouveau. Se você é afetado por este problema, você pode desabilitar o módulo do kernel nouveau para executar o instalador e então habilitá-lo novamente uma vez que o sistema for instalado ou atualizado." +msgid "" +"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top " +"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you " +"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to " +"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or " +"upgraded." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns sistemas com placas de vídeo NVIDIA, o instalador pode apresentar " +"lixo na parte superior da tela devido a problemas com o driver padrão " +"nouveau. Se você é afetado por este problema, você pode desabilitar o módulo " +"do kernel nouveau para executar o instalador e então habilitá-lo novamente " +"uma vez que o sistema for instalado ou atualizado." #: xml/release-notes.xml:261(para) -msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." -msgstr "Para desabilitar o módulo do kernel, uma vez que você inicializou a partir da mídia de instalação, selecione a entrada 'Instalação' no grub e pressione 'e' para editar os parâmetros. Vá para a linha começando com 'linux' (ou 'linuxefi') e adicione <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> ao final. Pressione F10 para continuar a inicialização com o novo parâmetro. Após o sistema estar instalado, você pode reabilitar o módulo nouveau editando <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> e removendo a entrada que coloca o módulo nouveau na lista negra." +msgid "" +"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, " +"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. " +"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>" +"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting " +"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the " +"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam" +"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau." +msgstr "" +"Para desabilitar o módulo do kernel, uma vez que você inicializou a partir da " +"mídia de instalação, selecione a entrada 'Instalação' no grub e pressione 'e' " +"para editar os parâmetros. Vá para a linha começando com 'linux' (ou " +"'linuxefi') e adicione <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> ao final. " +"Pressione F10 para continuar a inicialização com o novo parâmetro. Após o " +"sistema estar instalado, você pode reabilitar o módulo nouveau editando <" +"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> e removendo a entrada " +"que coloca o módulo nouveau na lista negra." #. bnc#902947 #: xml/release-notes.xml:271(title) msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migração do cifstab para openSUSE pré-13.2" #: xml/release-notes.xml:273(para) -msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." +msgid "" +"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<" +"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>" +"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it." msgstr "" +"Montar compartilhamentos cifs na inicialização do sistema via <filename>" +"/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> foi descontinuado e tornado obsoleto. Agora o " +"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> genérico cuida disto." #: xml/release-notes.xml:279(para) msgid "The migration process requires two steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "O processo de migração requer duas etapas:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:284(para) -msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" +"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"Anexe todos os pontos de montagem de <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<" +"/filename> em <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:291(para) -msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." +msgid "" +"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <" +"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." msgstr "" +"Adicione <literal>0 0</literal> no final de cada nova linha de montagens do " +"cifs em <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>." #: xml/release-notes.xml:298(para) -msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system." +msgid "" +"For more information and examples, see <filename>" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the " +"installed system." msgstr "" +"Para mais informações e exemplos, veja <filename>" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> no " +"sistema instalado" #. bnc#850058 #: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title) @@ -162,10 +291,17 @@ msgstr "AppArmor e configurações de permissões" #: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working, if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:" -msgstr "O AppArmor é habilitado por padrão. Isto significa mais segurança, mas previne os serviços de executar, se você executar eles de um jeito não esperado. Se você encontrar problemas de permissão estranhos, tente alterar o perfil do AppArmor para o serviço afetado para o modo de reclamação com:" +msgid "" +"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent " +"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter " +"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the " +"affected service to complain mode with:" +msgstr "" +"O AppArmor é habilitado por padrão. Isto significa mais segurança, mas " +"previne os serviços de executar se você executar eles de um jeito não " +"esperado. Se você encontrar problemas de permissão estranhos, tente alterar o " +"perfil do AppArmor para o serviço afetado para o modo de reclamação com:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:339(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -173,14 +309,21 @@ msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service" #: xml/release-notes.xml:340(para) -msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow." -msgstr "Modo de reclamação significa: permitir tudo e gravar no log coisas que o perfil não permitiria." +msgid "" +"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would " +"not allow." +msgstr "" +"Modo de reclamação significa: permitir tudo e gravar no log coisas que o " +"perfil não permitiria." #: xml/release-notes.xml:341(para) -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Even if it helps report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to cover also corner cases." -msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases." -msgstr "Mesmo se isto ajudar, relate como erro! Queremos corrigir os perfis do AppArmor para cobrir também os casos limites." +msgid "" +"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to " +"also cover corner cases." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo se isto ajudar, relate como erro! Queremos corrigir os perfis do " +"AppArmor para cobrir também os casos limites." #: xml/release-notes.xml:374(title) msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -200,8 +343,11 @@ msgstr "Leia os READMEs nos CDs." #: xml/release-notes.xml:388(para) -msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" -msgstr "Obtenha informação de changelog (log de alterações) detalhadas sobre um pacote em particular a partir do RPM:" +msgid "" +"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:" +msgstr "" +"Obtenha informação de changelog (log de alterações) detalhadas sobre um " +"pacote em particular a partir do RPM:" #: xml/release-notes.xml:389(screen) #, no-wrap @@ -213,20 +359,35 @@ msgstr "<NOME_DO_ARQUIVO>. é o nome do RPM." #: xml/release-notes.xml:393(para) -msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." -msgstr "Verifique o arquivo <filename>ChangeLog</filename> no nível superior do DVD para um log cronológico de todas as alterações feitas para os pacotes atualizados." +msgid "" +"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for " +"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages." +msgstr "" +"Verifique o arquivo <filename>ChangeLog</filename> no nível superior do DVD " +"para um log cronológico de todas as alterações feitas para os pacotes " +"atualizados." #: xml/release-notes.xml:397(para) -msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." -msgstr "Encontre mais informação no diretório <filename>docu</filename> no DVD." +msgid "" +"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD." +msgstr "" +"Encontre mais informação no diretório <filename>docu</filename> no DVD." #: xml/release-notes.xml:400(para) -msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation." -msgstr "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contém documentação adicional ou atualizada." +msgid "" +"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or " +"updated documentation." +msgstr "" +"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contém documentação " +"adicional ou atualizada." #: xml/release-notes.xml:405(para) -msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE." -msgstr "Visite <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> para as notícias mais recentes de produtos do openSUSE." +msgid "" +"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news " +"from openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Visite <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> para as notícias mais " +"recentes de produtos do openSUSE." #: xml/release-notes.xml:410(para) msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC" Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/software-opensuse-org.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/software-opensuse-org.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) +++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/software-opensuse-org.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:37 UTC (rev 90554) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: software\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 14:18+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 16:09-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:38-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -45,11 +45,32 @@ msgid "64 Bit PC" msgstr "PC de 64 bits" -msgid "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE startup guide</a>" -msgstr "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">Manual de Inicialização (em inglês)</a>" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE " +"startup guide</a>" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">Manual de " +"Inicialização (em inglês)</a>" -msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a special client to handle it though." -msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> é um padrão aberto que combina vários modos (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) de obter arquivos em um formato fácil de download. Isto o torna ótimo para baixar ISOs; principalmente para pessoas que não podem usar P2P por causa de restrições de seus provedores de Internet ou Universidades. Ele pode ter velocidades de download altas já que a maioria dos clientes suporta múltiplas conexões, a múltiplos mirrors, automaticamente. Adicionalmente, ele pode fazer detecção e correção de erros automaticamente. Ele precisa de um cliente especial para manejá-lo." +msgid "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open " +"standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files " +"into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading " +"ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from " +"their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most " +"clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In " +"addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a " +"special client to handle it though." +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> é um padrão " +"aberto que combina vários modos (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) de obter arquivos em um " +"formato fácil de download. Isto o torna ótimo para baixar ISOs; " +"principalmente para pessoas que não podem usar P2P por causa de restrições de " +"seus provedores de Internet ou Universidades. Ele pode ter velocidades de " +"download altas já que a maioria dos clientes suporta múltiplas conexões, a " +"múltiplos mirrors, automaticamente. Adicionalmente, ele pode fazer detecção e " +"correção de erros automaticamente. Ele precisa de um cliente especial para " +"manejá-lo." msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">License</a>" msgstr "<a href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/Licen%C3%A7a_openSUSE\">Licença</a>" @@ -63,11 +84,19 @@ msgid "official update" msgstr "atualização oficial" -msgid "A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -msgstr "Uma área de trabalho GNOME que você pode executar a partir de %s ou de um pendrive USB. Pode ser instalada como é (sem atualização)." +msgid "" +"A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed " +"as is (no upgrade)." +msgstr "" +"Uma área de trabalho GNOME que você pode executar a partir de %s ou de um " +"pendrive USB. Pode ser instalada como é (sem atualização)." -msgid "A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as is (no upgrade)." -msgstr "Uma área de trabalho KDE que você pode executar a partir de %s ou de um pendrive USB. Pode ser instalada como é (sem atualização)." +msgid "" +"A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick. Can be installed as " +"is (no upgrade)." +msgstr "" +"Uma área de trabalho KDE que você pode executar a partir de %s ou de um " +"pendrive USB. Pode ser instalada como é (sem atualização)." msgid "Add repository and install manually" msgstr "Adicionar repositório e instalar manualmente" @@ -75,21 +104,32 @@ msgid "Add-On Downloads (optional)" msgstr "Downloads complementares (opcional)" -msgid "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." -msgstr "Após ter baixado a imagem ISO com sucesso, crie um pendrive inicializável ou queime a imagem em um DVD (ou um CD se a imagem escolhida couber)" +msgid "" +"After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB " +"stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)." +msgstr "" +"Após ter baixado a imagem ISO com sucesso, crie um pendrive inicializável ou " +"queime a imagem em um DVD (ou um CD se a imagem escolhida couber)" msgid "" "All data is used only for sending openSUSE promotional material\n" " and will not be spread to third parties. We store the data to\n" " inform the users if a new version is available. All requests have\n" " to be screened to fulfill the US export embargo. More information\n" -" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a " +"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" +"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." msgstr "" "Todos os dados são usados apenas para enviar o material promocional\n" -" do openSUSE e não serão repassados a terceiros. Armazenamos os dados\n" -" para informar aos usuários que uma nova versão está disponível. Todos as requisições\n" -" são examinadas para preencherem o embargo de exportação americano. Mais informação\n" -" sobre o embardo e a lista de países na Wikipédia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." +" do openSUSE e não serão repassados a terceiros. Armazenamos os " +"dados\n" +" para informar aos usuários que uma nova versão está disponível. " +"Todos as requisições\n" +" são examinadas para preencherem o embargo de exportação americano. " +"Mais informação\n" +" sobre o embardo e a lista de países na Wikipédia <a " +"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>" +"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>." msgid "An internal error happened :-(" msgstr "Ocorreu um erro interno :-(" @@ -103,8 +143,14 @@ msgid "BitTorrent" msgstr "BitTorrent" -msgid "Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow booting from it." -msgstr "Inicialize a partir do DVD, CD ou pendrive USB. Caso seu computador não inicialize automaticamente a partir do dispositivo escolhido, abra a configuração da BIOS para permitir a inicialização a partir dele." +msgid "" +"Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not " +"automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow " +"booting from it." +msgstr "" +"Inicialize a partir do DVD, CD ou pendrive USB. Caso seu computador não " +"inicialize automaticamente a partir do dispositivo escolhido, abra a " +"configuração da BIOS para permitir a inicialização a partir dele." msgid "Bronze Sponsor" msgstr "Patrocinador bronze" @@ -121,11 +167,17 @@ msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoria" -msgid "Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative download method." -msgstr "Escolha uma mídia de instalação clicando e apertando o botão Download para iniciar o download. Opcionalmente, escolha seu tipo de computador ou o método de download alternativo." +msgid "" +"Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to " +"start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative " +"download method." +msgstr "" +"Escolha uma mídia de instalação clicando e apertando o botão Download para " +"iniciar o download. Opcionalmente, escolha seu tipo de computador ou o método " +"de download alternativo." msgid "Click here to display these alternative versions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique aqui para exibir estas versões alternativas." msgid "Click to Download" msgstr "Clique para baixar" @@ -133,8 +185,12 @@ msgid "Community" msgstr "Comunidade" -msgid "Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. Suitable for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Contém uma grande coleção de softwares para o uso na área de trabalho ou em servidores. Adequado para instalação ou atualização." +msgid "" +"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use. " +"Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Contém uma grande coleção de softwares para o uso na área de trabalho ou em " +"servidores. Adequado para instalação ou atualização." msgid "Countdown" msgstr "Contador" @@ -199,8 +255,12 @@ msgid "Downloads" msgstr "Downloads" -msgid "Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories. Suitable for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Baixe o sistema de instalação e todos os pacotes de repositórios online. Adequado para instalação e atualização." +msgid "" +"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories.<" +"br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Baixe o sistema de instalação e todos os pacotes de repositórios online. " +"Adequado para instalação e atualização." msgid "Expand all sections ('e')" msgstr "Expandir todas as seções ('e')" @@ -215,13 +275,20 @@ msgstr "Idiomas extras (64 bits)" msgid "For %s run the following as root:" -msgstr "Para %s execute o seguinte como root:" +msgstr "" +"Para %s execute o seguinte como root:" msgid "For %s run the following:" msgstr "Para %s execute o seguinte:" -msgid "For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following (note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since pacman always downloads the first found package):" -msgstr "Para o Arch Linux, edite o /etc/pacman.conf e adicione o seguinte (note que a ordem dos repositórios no pacman.conf é importante, já que o pacman sempre baixa o primeiro pacote encontrado):" +msgid "" +"For Arch Linux, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following " +"(note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since " +"pacman always downloads the first found package):" +msgstr "" +"Para o Arch Linux, edite o /etc/pacman.conf e adicione o " +"seguinte (note que a ordem dos repositórios no pacman.conf é importante, já " +"que o pacman sempre baixa o primeiro pacote encontrado):" msgid "Games" msgstr "Jogos" @@ -250,8 +317,14 @@ msgid "How to Proceed" msgstr "Como proceder" -msgid "If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." -msgstr "Se você quiser usar um link direto mas vive em um lugar do mundo onde nosso redirecionador de downloads não tem muitas informações para redirecionar ao mirror mais rápido, você pode escolher um mirror você mesmo." +msgid "" +"If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our " +"download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest " +"mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself." +msgstr "" +"Se você quiser usar um link direto mas vive em um lugar do mundo onde nosso " +"redirecionador de downloads não tem muitas informações para redirecionar ao " +"mirror mais rápido, você pode escolher um mirror você mesmo." msgid "Image:" msgstr "Imagem:" @@ -273,17 +346,30 @@ msgid "" "Join the fast-growing community, put openSUSE into more hands by\n" -" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, school\n" -" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and conferences.\n" +" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, " +"school\n" +" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and " +"conferences.\n" " Promo DVDs help to increase awareness and visibility of openSUSE!" msgstr "" -"Junte-se a comunidade que está crescendo rápido, coloque o openSUSE em mais mãos\n" -" obtendo a última versão do PromoDVD para o seu grupo, organização sem fins lucrativos,\n" -" escola, universidade ou evento como encontros Linux, Installfests e conferências.\n" +"Junte-se a comunidade que está crescendo rápido, coloque o openSUSE em mais " +"mãos\n" +" obtendo a última versão do PromoDVD para o seu grupo, organização sem " +"fins lucrativos,\n" +" escola, universidade ou evento como encontros Linux, Installfests e " +"conferências.\n" " Os PromoDVDs ajudam a aumentar a visibilidade do openSUSE!" -msgid "Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>continue</a>." -msgstr "Infelizmente, o Konqueror do KDE 3 não é mais continuado e sua implementação do javascript contém defeitos que a tornam impossível de ser usada com esta página. Por favor, tenha certeza de que você desabilitou o javascript antes de <a href='%s'>continuar</a>." +msgid "" +"Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript " +"implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. " +"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>" +"continue</a>." +msgstr "" +"Infelizmente, o Konqueror do KDE 3 não é mais continuado e sua implementação " +"do javascript contém defeitos que a tornam impossível de ser usada com esta " +"página. Por favor, tenha certeza de que você desabilitou o javascript antes " +"de <a href='%s'>continuar</a>." msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" @@ -303,8 +389,14 @@ msgid "Live KDE" msgstr "LiveCD KDE" -msgid "Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you wanted to download and not some broken version." -msgstr "Muitos aplicativos podem conferir a soma de verificação de um download. Verificar o seu download pode ser importante, pois indica que você realmente tem o arquivo ISO completo, ao invés de uma versão corrompida." +msgid "" +"Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your " +"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you " +"wanted to download and not some broken version." +msgstr "" +"Muitos aplicativos podem conferir a soma de verificação de um download. " +"Verificar o seu download pode ser importante, pois indica que você realmente " +"tem o arquivo ISO completo, ao invés de uma versão corrompida." msgid "Metalink" msgstr "Metalink" @@ -312,14 +404,37 @@ msgid "More information on burning the ISO file to CD/DVD" msgstr "Mais informações sobre gravação de um arquivo ISO em um CD/DVD" -msgid "More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>" -msgstr "Mais informações sobre a criação de um <a href='http://pt.opensuse.org/Live_USB'>pendrive USB inicializável</a>" +msgid "" +"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'" +">bootable USB stick</a>" +msgstr "" +"Mais informações sobre a criação de um <a " +"href='http://pt.opensuse.org/Live_USB'>pendrive USB inicializável</a>" -msgid "More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." -msgstr "Mais informação sobre como baixar o openSUSE está disponível nas páginas <a href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/SDB:Ajuda_de_download\">Ajuda de download</a> e <a href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/SDB:Instala%C3%A7%C3%A3o_pela_Rede\">Instalação pela rede</a> em nosso <a href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/Portal:Documenta%C3%A7%C3%A3o\">portal de documentação</a>." +msgid "" +"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a " +"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a " +"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network " +"Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Document" +"ation\">Documentation Wiki</a>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informação sobre como baixar o openSUSE está disponível nas páginas <a " +"href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/SDB:Ajuda_de_download\">Ajuda de download</a> e " +"<a href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/SDB:Instala%C3%A7%C3%A3o_pela_Rede\">" +"Instalação pela rede</a> em nosso <a href=\"http://pt.opensuse.org/Portal:Docu" +"menta%C3%A7%C3%A3o\">portal de documentação</a>." -msgid "Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it." -msgstr "A maioria dos novos computadores suporta <a href=\"http://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/AMD64\">x86-64</a> (também conhecidos como AMD64 e Intel64), mas alguns processadores de laptops e netbooks não suportam isso. Você deve verificar na Wikipédia se quiser ter certeza que seu computador suporta x86-64." +msgid "" +"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">" +"x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and " +"netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you " +"want to be sure your computer supports it." +msgstr "" +"A maioria dos novos computadores suporta <a " +"href=\"http://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/AMD64\">x86-64</a> (também conhecidos " +"como AMD64 e Intel64), mas alguns processadores de laptops e netbooks não " +"suportam isso. Você deve verificar na Wikipédia se quiser ter certeza que seu " +"computador suporta x86-64." msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "Multimídia" @@ -357,8 +472,12 @@ msgid "Official Manuals" msgstr "Manuais oficiais" -msgid "Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." +msgid "" +"Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or " +"rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use." msgstr "" +"Apenas as mídias de DVD e rede são testadas completamente. As alternativas " +"como Live, sistema de resgate são recomendadas apenas para uso limitado." msgid "Package %s not found..." msgstr "Pacote '%s' não encontrado..." @@ -379,25 +498,38 @@ msgstr "Patrocinador platina" msgid "" -"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial repositories.\n" -" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or experimental software." +"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial " +"repositories.\n" +" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or " +"experimental software." msgstr "" "Note que os seguintes pacotes são de repositórios não oficiais.\n" -" Isto significa que eles não foram revisados pelo openSUSE e podem conter software instável e experimental." +" Isto significa que eles não foram revisados pelo openSUSE e podem conter " +"software instável e experimental." -msgid "Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and provide a link of the event/purpose." -msgstr "Por favor, digite um breve motivo (em inglês) do porque você necessita dos DVDs e forneça um link do evento/propósito." +msgid "" +"Please enter a brief reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and " +"provide a link of the event/purpose." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, digite um breve motivo (em inglês) do porque você necessita " +"dos DVDs e forneça um link do evento/propósito." msgid "Please enter more than 2 characters" msgstr "Por favor digite mais de 2 caracteres" -msgid "Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " -msgstr "Note que esta não é a última versão do openSUSE. Você pode baixar a última versão <a href='/'>aqui</a>. " +msgid "" +"Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the " +"latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. " +msgstr "" +"Note que esta não é a última versão do openSUSE. Você pode baixar a última " +"versão <a href='/'>aqui</a>. " msgid "" "Promo DVDs and all the related artwork -labels and sleeve- can be\n" -" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n" -" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special version of openSUSE,\n" +" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\"" +">promodvd\n" +" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special " +"version of openSUSE,\n" " namely designed for promotional distribution." msgstr "" "Os PromoDVDs e toda a arte relacionada -etiquetes e capas- podem ser\n" @@ -418,8 +550,12 @@ msgid "Rescue" msgstr "Recuperação" -msgid "Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used for installation or upgrade." -msgstr "Um sistema de recuperação que você pode executar a partir do CD ou de um pendrive USB. Não pode ser usado nem para instalação nem para atualização." +msgid "" +"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick. Can not be used " +"for installation or upgrade." +msgstr "" +"Um sistema de recuperação que você pode executar a partir do CD ou de um " +"pendrive USB. Não pode ser usado nem para instalação nem para atualização." msgid "Search" msgstr "Pesquisar" @@ -457,11 +593,22 @@ msgid "Silver Sponsor" msgstr "Patrocinador prata" -msgid "Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." +msgid "" +"Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, " +"although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use." msgstr "" +"Algumas mídias alternativas (por ex. Live e sistema de resgate) também estão " +"disponíveis,are also available, embora são menos testadas e recomendadas " +"apenas para uso limitado." -msgid "Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." -msgstr "Algumas das distribuições Live baseadas no openSUSE. Aqueles interessados em construir suas próprias derivadas, podem dar uma olhada no <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +msgid "" +"Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying " +"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a " +"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." +msgstr "" +"Algumas das distribuições Live baseadas no openSUSE. Aqueles interessados em " +"construir suas próprias derivadas, podem dar uma olhada no <a " +"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>." msgid "Source" msgstr "Fonte" @@ -490,20 +637,56 @@ msgid "Support" msgstr "Suporte" -msgid "The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." -msgstr "O processo de instalação está disponível em vários idiomas mas, para a maioria deles, a tradução dos aplicativos não está incluído na imagem. Se você quiser que seu openSUSE suporte algum idioma adicional, você precisa baixá-lo da Internet durante a instalação ou a qualquer hora após a instalação. Se você tem fácil acesso à Internet você não precisa deste CD, mas se você planeja instalar o openSUSE em alguma máquina sem conexão à Internet, ele fornecerá o acesso a todas as traduções disponíveis." +msgid "" +"The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of " +"them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If " +"you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need " +"to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after " +"it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if " +"you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet " +"connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations." +msgstr "" +"O processo de instalação está disponível em vários idiomas mas, para a " +"maioria deles, a tradução dos aplicativos não está incluído na imagem. Se " +"você quiser que seu openSUSE suporte algum idioma adicional, você precisa " +"baixá-lo da Internet durante a instalação ou a qualquer hora após a " +"instalação. Se você tem fácil acesso à Internet você não precisa deste CD, " +"mas se você planeja instalar o openSUSE em alguma máquina sem conexão à " +"Internet, ele fornecerá o acesso a todas as traduções disponíveis." msgid "Then run the following as root" msgstr "Então execute o seguinte como root" -msgid "There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgstr "Não existe versão do openSUSE em fase de testes neste momento. Se você quer usar os softwares mais recentes, use o <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgid "" +"There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. If you " +"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." +msgstr "" +"Não existe versão do openSUSE em fase de testes neste momento. Se você " +"quer usar os softwares mais recentes, use o <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Factory'>openSUSE Factory</a>." -msgid "This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS repository." -msgstr "Este CD contém programas gratuitos distribuídos sob licenças proprietárias que não permitem sua inclusão na mídia de instalação principal junto com programas livres. Todos os programas deste CD podem ser baixados do repositório NON-OSS." +msgid "" +"This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not " +"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free " +"open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from " +"NON-OSS repository." +msgstr "" +"Este CD contém programas gratuitos distribuídos sob licenças proprietárias " +"que não permitem sua inclusão na mídia de instalação principal junto com " +"programas livres. Todos os programas deste CD podem ser baixados do " +"repositório NON-OSS." -msgid "This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." -msgstr "Esta versão executa em todos os computadores, incluindo aqueles que suportam 64 bits. Se você tem mais que 3 GB de memória RAM você deve preferir a versão 64 bits. O openSUSE não suporta processadores mais antigos que o Pentium - os LiveCDs suportam apenas i686 (Pentium Pro e mais atual)." +msgid "" +"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have " +"more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE " +"does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only " +"i686 (Pentium Pro and later)." +msgstr "" +"Esta versão executa em todos os computadores, incluindo aqueles que suportam " +"64 bits. Se você tem mais que 3 GB de memória RAM você deve preferir a versão " +"64 bits. O openSUSE não suporta processadores mais antigos que o Pentium - os " +"LiveCDs suportam apenas i686 (Pentium Pro e mais atual)." msgid "Top 1-click downloads:" msgstr "Top downloads 1-click:" @@ -520,11 +703,33 @@ msgid "Unsupported distributions:" msgstr "Distribuições não suportadas:" -msgid "User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>." -msgstr "Os manuais do usuário estão disponíveis em <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">doc.opensuse.org</a>, por exemplo o <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Manual de Inicialização (em inglês)</a>." +msgid "" +"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">" +"activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a " +"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official " +"Start-Up Guide</a>." +msgstr "" +"Os manuais do usuário estão disponíveis em <a " +"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">doc.opensuse.org</a>, por exemplo o <a " +"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Manual de " +"Inicialização (em inglês)</a>." -msgid "Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the download at any time and resume it later." -msgstr "Usar o <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> é o recomendado em links lentos, especialmente ao baixar a imagem ISO do DVD. O download via BitTorrent tem muitos benefícios, os clientes protegem contra o corrompimento de dados e você ajuda a diminuir a carga nos servidores participando do upload - se várias pessoas participam ele também será mais rápido que servidores centralizado - para todo mundo.O que é mais importante, ele permite a você parar o download a qualquer hora e continuar mais tarde." +msgid "" +"Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is " +"recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. " +"BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data " +"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in " +"the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the " +"centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the " +"download at any time and resume it later." +msgstr "" +"Usar o <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> é o " +"recomendado em links lentos, especialmente ao baixar a imagem ISO do DVD. O " +"download via BitTorrent tem muitos benefícios, os clientes protegem contra o " +"corrompimento de dados e você ajuda a diminuir a carga nos servidores " +"participando do upload - se várias pessoas participam ele também será mais " +"rápido que servidores centralizado - para todo mundo.O que é mais importante, " +"ele permite a você parar o download a qualquer hora e continuar mais tarde." msgid "Verify your download before use" msgstr "Verifique seu download antes de usar" @@ -533,34 +738,70 @@ msgstr "Versão" msgid "We offer three different checksums:" -msgstr "Oferecemos três diferentes métodos para verificar a integridade de um arquivo:" +msgstr "" +"Oferecemos três diferentes métodos para verificar a integridade de um arquivo:" msgid "" "We would like you, to keep us informed about your usage of the DVDs, so we\n" " can help you to promote your organization, event or school on our\n" -" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news page</a>\n" -" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). Please contact us at\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news " +"page</a>\n" +" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). " +"Please contact us at\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" +"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" " to discuss promotion and/or other ways we can assist you." msgstr "" "Gostaríamos que você nos mantivesse informado sobre o seu uso dos DVDs, para\n" -" podermos ajudar você a promover sua organização, evento ou escola em nossa\n" -" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>página de notícias</a>\n" -" ou outros recursos. (Dica! Amamos fotos. Tire várias delas!). Por favor, contate-nos (em inglês) em\n" -" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" -" para discutir e promover e/ou outras formas em que possamos ajudar você." +" podermos ajudar você a promover sua organização, evento ou escola em " +"nossa\n" +" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>página " +"de notícias</a>\n" +" ou outros recursos. (Dica! Amamos fotos. Tire várias delas!). Por " +"favor, contate-nos (em inglês) em\n" +" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>" +"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n" +" para discutir e promover e/ou outras formas em que possamos ajudar " +"você." -msgid "When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk of corrupted data." -msgstr "Ao baixar outras imagens que não o CD para instalação via rede é altamente recomendado usar um gerenciador de downloads apropriado para reduzir o risco de dados corrompidos." +msgid "" +"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is " +"strongly recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk " +"of corrupted data." +msgstr "" +"Ao baixar outras imagens que não o CD para instalação via rede é " +"altamente recomendado usar um gerenciador de downloads apropriado para " +"reduzir o risco de dados corrompidos." -msgid "You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" -msgstr "Você pode adicionar a chave do repositório no apt. Tenha em mente que o dono da chave pode distribuir atualizações, pacotes e repositórios que o seu sistema irá confiar (<a href=\"%s\">mais informação</a>). Para adicionar a chave execute:" +msgid "" +"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key " +"may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust " +"(<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:" +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar a chave do repositório no apt. Tenha em mente que o dono " +"da chave pode distribuir atualizações, pacotes e repositórios que o seu " +"sistema irá confiar (<a href=\"%s\">mais informação</a>). Para adicionar a " +"chave execute:" -msgid "You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for another base distribution (currently )." -msgstr "Você pode tentar expandir sua pesquisa para os pacotes de desenvolvimento ou pesquisar em outra distribuição base (atualmente )." +msgid "" +"You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for " +"another base distribution (currently )." +msgstr "" +"Você pode tentar expandir sua pesquisa para os pacotes de desenvolvimento ou " +"pesquisar em outra distribuição base (atualmente )." -msgid "You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." -msgstr "Você pode verificar o arquivo ao baixar. Por exemplo, uma soma de verificação (SHA256) será usada automaticamente se você escolher <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</ a> no campo acima e usar o plug-in DownThemAll! no <a href='http://pt.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>." +msgid "" +"You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a " +"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above " +"and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>" +"Firefox</a>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode verificar o arquivo ao baixar. Por exemplo, uma soma de verificação " +"(SHA256) será usada automaticamente se você escolher <a " +"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</ a> no campo acima e " +"usar o plug-in DownThemAll! no <a href='http://pt.opensuse.org/Firefox'>" +"Firefox</a>." msgid "gpg signature" msgstr "Assinatura GPG" @@ -601,8 +842,12 @@ msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/" -msgid "is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right before burning." -msgstr "ainda é a soma de verificação mais amplamente usada. Muitos gravadores de ISO a exibem antes da gravação." +msgid "" +"is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right " +"before burning." +msgstr "" +"ainda é a soma de verificação mais amplamente usada. Muitos gravadores de ISO " +"a exibem antes da gravação." msgid "is the less known but more secure checksum than md5." msgstr "é a menos conhecida, mas é mais segura que o MD5." @@ -610,8 +855,12 @@ msgid "md5 checksum" msgstr "Soma de verificação MD5" -msgid "offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%s</tt>." -msgstr "oferece a maior segurança já que você pode ver quem o assinou. Ela deve ser <tt>%s</tt>." +msgid "" +"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%" +"s</tt>." +msgstr "" +"oferece a maior segurança já que você pode ver quem o assinou. Ela deve ser <" +"tt>%s</tt>." msgid "openSUSE Countdown" msgstr "Contador do openSUSE" @@ -619,8 +868,12 @@ msgid "openSUSE Derivatives" msgstr "Derivadas do openSUSE" -msgid "openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for network installation is only available via http." -msgstr "O openSUSE está disponível via http (link direto) ou BitTorrent. O CD para instalação via rede está disponível apenas via http." +msgid "" +"openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for " +"network installation is only available via http." +msgstr "" +"O openSUSE está disponível via http (link direto) ou BitTorrent. O CD para " +"instalação via rede está disponível apenas via http." msgid "openSUSE only supports PCs with 32 Bits and 64 Bits." msgstr "O openSUSE somente suporta PCs de 32 bits e 64 bits." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r90553 - trunk/yast/pt_BR/po
by elchevive＠svn2.opensuse.org 30 Oct '14

30 Oct '14

Author: elchevive Date: 2014-10-30 13:52:23 +0100 (Thu, 30 Oct 2014) New Revision: 90553 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po Log: updates Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/audit-laf.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 21:56-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:43-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "Quantidade de registros a escrever antes de iniciar a liberação do disco" +msgstr "" +"Quantidade de registros a escrever antes de iniciar a liberação do disco" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -107,7 +108,9 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "Espaço livre na partição de log (em MBytes) quando o sistema estiver ficando sem espaço" +msgstr "" +"Espaço livre na partição de log (em MBytes) quando o sistema estiver ficando " +"sem espaço" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -117,12 +120,15 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "Script a ser executado (caminho completo) caso space_left seja alcançado" +msgstr "" +"Script a ser executado (caminho completo) caso space_left seja alcançado" #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "Espaço livre na partição de log (em MBytes) quando o sistema estiver sem espaço livre" +msgstr "" +"Espaço livre na partição de log (em MBytes) quando o sistema estiver sem " +"espaço livre" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -132,12 +138,15 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "Script a ser executado (caminho completo) caso admin_space_left seja alcançado" +msgstr "" +"Script a ser executado (caminho completo) caso admin_space_left seja alcançado" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "E-mail enviado para esta conta (se space_left_action estiver configurado como EMAIL)" +msgstr "" +"E-mail enviado para esta conta (se space_left_action estiver configurado como " +"EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -233,7 +242,8 @@ "As regras já estão bloqueadas, não é possível redefini-las.\n" "\n" "Se você quiser desbloqueá-las, defina o indicador de habilitado de acordo\n" -"e conclua a configuração. Após isto, uma reinicialização do sistema é necessária." +"e conclua a configuração. Após isto, uma reinicialização do sistema é " +"necessária." #. Report success #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 @@ -243,7 +253,9 @@ #. Report error - error during reset #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "Não foi possível redefinir as regras. Verifique o arquivo /etc/audit/audit.rules." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível redefinir as regras. Verifique o arquivo " +"/etc/audit/audit.rules." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -298,7 +310,8 @@ msgstr "" "A configuração do auditor está bloqueada (opção -e 2).\n" "Isto significa que as regras estão bloqueadas até a próxima inicialização!\n" -"Se você realmente deseja isso, tenha certeza de que '-e 2' é a última entrada\n" +"Se você realmente deseja isso, tenha certeza de que '-e 2' é a última " +"entrada\n" "no arquivo de regras. Se não, habilite ou desabilite a auditoria.\n" "Para verificar ou mudar as regras, retorne ao editor de regras.\n" @@ -493,7 +506,8 @@ "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializando a configuração do Framework de Auditoria Linux</big> \n" +"<big>Inicializando a configuração do Framework de Auditoria Linux</big>" +" \n" "\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -503,7 +517,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar" +" agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -531,21 +546,32 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " +"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " +"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " +"watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Configuração do arquivo de log do auditd</big> \n" -"O daemon do auditor é o componente do sistema de auditoria Linux responsável por registrar todos os eventos do auditor no arquivo de log /var/log/audit/audit.log (padrão).\n" -"Eventos podem se originar do módulo do kernel apparmor, de aplicativos que usam libaudit (ex.: PAM) ou incidentes causados por regras." +"O daemon do auditor é o componente do sistema de auditoria Linux responsável " +"por registrar todos os eventos do auditor no arquivo de log " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (padrão).\n" +"Eventos podem se originar do módulo do kernel apparmor, de aplicativos " +"que usam libaudit (ex.: PAM) ou incidentes causados por regras." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " +"and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"O diálogo Regras para o auditctl oferece mais informações sobre regras e a possibilidade de adicionar regras.\n" -"Informações detalhadas sobre as configurações do arquivo de log podem ser obtidas na página de manual ('man auditd.conf')." +"O diálogo Regras para o auditctl oferece mais informações sobre " +"regras e a possibilidade de adicionar regras.\n" +"Informações detalhadas sobre as configurações do arquivo de log podem ser " +"obtidas na página de manual ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -559,105 +585,141 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " +"as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing " +"it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formato: configure como RAW para registrar todos os dados (armazena os dados\n" -"no formato utilizado pelo kernel) ou NOLOG para descartar todas as informações de auditoria ao invés de escrevê-las em disco\n" +"Formato: configure como RAW para registrar todos os dados " +"(armazena os dados\n" +"no formato utilizado pelo kernel) ou NOLOG para descartar todas as " +"informações de auditoria ao invés de escrevê-las em disco\n" " (não afeta os dados enviados ao despachante)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " +"INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " +"explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep " +"data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Liberar: descreve como os dados são escritos em disco. Se definido como INCREMENTAL, o parâmetro \n" -"Frequência dirá quantos registros serão escritos antes de emitir uma liberação explícita do disco.\n" -"NONE significa que nenhum esforço especial é feito para a liberação dos dados, DATA mantém a seção dos dados sincronizada,\n" +"Liberar: descreve como os dados são escritos em disco. Se definido " +"como INCREMENTAL, o parâmetro \n" +"Frequência dirá quantos registros serão escritos antes de emitir uma " +"liberação explícita do disco.\n" +"NONE significa que nenhum esforço especial é feito para a liberação " +"dos dados, DATA mantém a seção dos dados sincronizada,\n" "SYNC: mantém os dados e os metadados totalmente sincronizados." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " +"when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configure o tamanho máximo do arquivo de log (em megabytes) e a ação a ser tomada quando\n" +"Configure o tamanho máximo do arquivo de log (em megabytes) e a ação a ser " +"tomada quando\n" "este valor for alcançado em Tamanho e ação.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " +"specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " +"warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " +"to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Se a ação definida for ROTATE, o Número de arquivos de log especifica o número\n" -"de arquivos a serem mantidos. Se a ação for SYSLOG, o daemon auditor escreverá um aviso em /var/log/messages.\n" -"Com SUSPEND o daemon para de escrever os registros em disco. IGNORE não faz nada, KEEP_LOGS é semelhante\n" +"Se a ação definida for ROTATE, o Número de arquivos de log " +"especifica o número\n" +"de arquivos a serem mantidos. Se a ação for SYSLOG, o daemon auditor " +"escreverá um aviso em /var/log/messages.\n" +"Com SUSPEND o daemon para de escrever os registros em disco. " +"IGNORE não faz nada, KEEP_LOGS é semelhante\n" "a ROTATE, mas os arquivos de log não são sobrescritos.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " +"the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " +"the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " +"qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"O Formato do nome do computador descreve como escrever o nome do computador no arquivo de log.\n" -"Se estiver configurado como USER, o Nome definido pelo usuário é usado. NONE significa que o nome\n" -"do computador não será inserido, HOSTNAME insere o nome retornado pela chamada de sistema 'gethostname',\n" +"O Formato do nome do computador descreve como escrever o nome do " +"computador no arquivo de log.\n" +"Se estiver configurado como USER, o Nome definido pelo usuário " +"é usado. NONE significa que o nome\n" +"do computador não será inserido, HOSTNAME insere o nome retornado pela " +"chamada de sistema 'gethostname',\n" "FQD: nome de domínio totalmente qualificado.\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " +"manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuração do despachante do auditd</big> \n" -"Informações detalhadas sobre a configuração do despachante podem ser obtidas na página de manual\n" +"Informações detalhadas sobre a configuração do despachante podem ser obtidas " +"na página de manual\n" "('man auditd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " +"and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"Despachante: O aplicativo despachante é iniciado pelo daemon auditor e\n" +"Despachante: O aplicativo despachante é iniciado pelo daemon " +"auditor e\n" "recebe todos os eventos do auditor na entrada padrão." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " +"the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " +"dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a " +"blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Comunicação: Controla a comunicação entre o daemon e o programa despachante.\n" -"A opção lossy (com perdas, padrão) faz com que os eventos na entrada do despachante sejam descartados\n" -"quando esta fila (buffer de 128k) estiver cheia. Escolha lossless (sem perdas) se você quiser\n" +"Comunicação: Controla a comunicação entre o daemon e o programa " +"despachante.\n" +"A opção lossy (com perdas, padrão) faz com que os eventos na entrada " +"do despachante sejam descartados\n" +"quando esta fila (buffer de 128k) estiver cheia. Escolha lossless (sem " +"perdas) se você quiser\n" "uma comunicação sem perdas ou bloqueante." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " +"audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "O despachante 'audispd' é um multiplexador de eventos de auditoria.\n" -"Para mais informações consulte a página do manual ('man audispd' e 'man audispd.conf')." +"Para mais informações consulte a página do manual ('man audispd' e 'man " +"audispd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -665,7 +727,8 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Observação: O aplicativo despachante deve ser de propriedade do root, possuir\n" +"Observação: O aplicativo despachante deve ser de propriedade do " +"root, possuir\n" "permissão '0750' e o caminho completo deve ser fornecido.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 @@ -676,26 +739,34 @@ "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuração de espaço em disco do Auditd</big> \n" -"As configurações feitas aqui referem-se ao espaço em disco na partição de logs.\n" -"Para informações detalhadas, consulta a página de manuel ('man auditd.conf')\n" +"As configurações feitas aqui referem-se ao espaço em disco na partição de " +"logs.\n" +"Para informações detalhadas, consulta a página de manuel ('man auditd.conf')<" +"/p>\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an " +"Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Espaço restante (em megabytes) indica ao daemon auditor quando executar uma Ação caso\n" +"Espaço restante (em megabytes) indica ao daemon auditor quando " +"executar uma Ação caso\n" "o sistema esteja ficando sem espaço livre." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " +"system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action " +"will be performed." msgstr "" -"O valor para Espaço restante do administrador deve ser menor que o valor acima. O sistema está ficando\n" -"sem espaço livre em disco se o valor for atingido e a Ação especificada será realizada." +"O valor para Espaço restante do administrador deve ser menor que o " +"valor acima. O sistema está ficando\n" +"sem espaço livre em disco se o valor for atingido e a Ação " +"especificada será realizada." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 @@ -708,32 +779,45 @@ "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Se uma ação estiver definida como EMAIL, um e-mail de aviso será enviado para \n" -"a conta especificada em Ação de envio de e-mail. SYSLOG significa que \n" -"o aviso sobre espaço em disco será escrito em /var/log/messages. IGNORE quer dizer que\n" -"não será feito nada. EXEC executa o script a partir do Caminho para o script. \n" -"SUSPEND suspende a escrita dos registros em disco. SINGLE coloca o sistema \n" +"Se uma ação estiver definida como EMAIL, um e-mail de aviso será " +"enviado para \n" +"a conta especificada em Ação de envio de e-mail. SYSLOG " +"significa que \n" +"o aviso sobre espaço em disco será escrito em /var/log/messages. IGNORE" +" quer dizer que\n" +"não será feito nada. EXEC executa o script a partir do Caminho para " +"o script. \n" +"SUSPEND suspende a escrita dos registros em disco. SINGLE " +"coloca o sistema \n" "no modo monousuário. HALT desliga o sistema.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " +"already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " +"writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"Você também pode especificar uma Ação a ser executada caso o disco esteja cheio (o disco já está cheio) e\n" -"uma Ação em caso de erro em disco (realizada quando um erro é detectado enquanto se escreve em disco).\n" -"As ações disponíveis são as mesmas exibidas acima, exceto por EMAIL." +"Você também pode especificar uma Ação a ser executada caso o disco " +"esteja cheio (o disco já está cheio) e\n" +"uma Ação em caso de erro em disco (realizada quando um erro é " +"detectado enquanto se escreve em disco).\n" +"As ações disponíveis são as mesmas exibidas acima, exceto por EMAIL.<" +"/p>" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " +"entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Observação: Todos os scripts especificados para EXEC devem ser de propriedade\n" -"do root, possuir permissão '0750' e o caminho completo deve ser fornecido.\n" +"Observação: Todos os scripts especificados para EXEC devem " +"ser de propriedade\n" +"do root, possuir permissão '0750' e o caminho completo deve ser fornecido." +"\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -746,36 +830,49 @@ "<big>Regras para o auditctl</big> \n" "Este diálogo oferece a possibilidade de habilitar ou desabilitar a auditoria\n" "das chamadas de sistema, bem como bloquear a configuração do auditor.\n" -"O indicador selecionado em Definir indicador de habilitado será adicionado às regras." +"O indicador selecionado em Definir indicador de habilitado será " +"adicionado às regras." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." -msgstr "Observação: O bloqueio das regras torna impossível sua modificação até a próxima reinicialização." +msgid "" +"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " +"reboot." +msgstr "" +"Observação: O bloqueio das regras torna impossível sua " +"modificação até a próxima reinicialização." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to " +"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Habilitar a auditoria sem regras adicionais fará com que \n" -"os aplicativos que usam libaudit, por exemplo, PAM, registrem os eventos em /var/log/audit/audit.log (por padrão)." +"os aplicativos que usam libaudit, por exemplo, PAM, registrem os " +"eventos em /var/log/audit/audit.log (por padrão)." #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " +"advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Também é possível editar as regras manualmente, o que é recomendado somente para usuários avançados. \n" +"Também é possível editar as regras manualmente, o que é recomendado " +"somente para usuários avançados. \n" "Para mais informações sobre todas as opções, consulte 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "" +"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " +"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from " +"/etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" -"Verificar sintaxe envia as regras via auditctl para o subsistema auditor e informa se a sintaxe está correta. \n" +"Verificar sintaxe envia as regras via auditctl para o " +"subsistema auditor e informa se a sintaxe está correta. \n" "Restaurar restaura as configurações de /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -787,8 +884,10 @@ "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" "Clique em Restaurar e redefinir para chamar o auditctl \n" -"e restaurar as regras anteriores e redefinir as mudanças (a partir das verificações de sintaxe anteriores). \n" -"Clique em Carregar para abrir uma janela de seleção de arquivos na qual é possível carregar\n" +"e restaurar as regras anteriores e redefinir as mudanças (a partir das " +"verificações de sintaxe anteriores). \n" +"Clique em Carregar para abrir uma janela de seleção de arquivos na " +"qual é possível carregar\n" "um arquivo exemplo de regras.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -819,8 +918,12 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." -msgstr "Para configurar a configuração da Auditoria Linux, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado." +msgid "" +"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " +"must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar a configuração da Auditoria Linux, o pacote %1 deve " +"estar instalado." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -896,12 +999,13 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" -msgstr "Deseja iniciá-lo e habilitar o início na inicialização\n" +msgstr "" +"Deseja iniciá-lo e habilitar o início na inicialização\n" +"ou apenas iniciar o daemon por hora?" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" @@ -909,7 +1013,6 @@ #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" #| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -920,10 +1023,9 @@ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" msgstr "" -" O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está carregado.\n" +"O módulo do kernel 'apparmor' está carregado.\n" "O kernel usa um daemon auditor em execução para registrar os eventos\n" -"de auditoria em /var/log/audit/audit.log (padrão). \n" -"Você deseja iniciar o daemon agora?" +"de auditoria em /var/log/audit/audit.log (padrão).\n" #. Headline of a popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 17:13-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:45-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -89,7 +89,8 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado" +msgstr "" +"Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -100,9 +101,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." -msgstr "O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais tarde no sistema instalado." +msgid "" +"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later " +"in the installed system." +msgstr "" +"O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais " +"tarde no sistema instalado." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -114,9 +118,12 @@ msgstr "[configurado manualmente]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." -msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do servidor LDAP para continuar." +msgid "" +"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " +"continue." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do " +"servidor LDAP para continuar." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -209,9 +216,12 @@ "sem instalar os pacotes requeridos." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -#, fuzzy -msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." -msgstr "Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da instalação." +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " +"finished." +msgstr "" +"Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da " +"instalação." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -232,14 +242,17 @@ msgstr "Configuração existente detectada." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " +"running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " +"you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em execução atualmente.\n" -"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração ou você quer criar\n" +"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em " +"execução atualmente.\n" +"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração " +"ou você quer criar\n" "uma nova configuração do zero?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 @@ -266,7 +279,8 @@ "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" "Seu sistema está atualmente configurado para usar a configuração em\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de configuração\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de " +"configuração\n" "dinâmica do OpenLDAP (back-config). Você deseja migrar sua configuração\n" "existente para o banco de dados de configuração?\n" @@ -325,9 +339,12 @@ msgstr "O Servidor LDAP não está executando." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você deseja criar uma nova configuração?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " +"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você " +"deseja criar uma nova configuração?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -357,7 +374,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto." +msgstr "" +"Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 msgid "" @@ -539,16 +557,20 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " +"server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor " +"provedor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados \"cn=config\"\n" +"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados " +"\"cn=config\"\n" "e se você digitou a senha corretamente.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 @@ -561,7 +583,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?" +msgstr "" +"Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -582,14 +605,20 @@ "ele já está se comportando como um consumidor de replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada atualmente." +msgid "" +"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "" +"A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada " +"atualmente." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração de replicação do servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "" +"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " +"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "" +"Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração " +"de replicação do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -611,11 +640,12 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de configuração precisa\n" -"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da configuração.\n" +"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de " +"configuração precisa\n" +"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da " +"configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" @@ -650,15 +680,17 @@ msgstr "<h4>Iniciar o servidor LDAP</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " +"started. Note:\n" "After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Selecione Sim se o servidor LDAP deve ser iniciado automaticamente\n" -"durante a inicialização. Selecione Não se o servidor LDAP não deve ser iniciado. Nota:\n" -"Após selecionar Não você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas configurações\n" +"durante a inicialização. Selecione Não se o servidor LDAP não deve ser " +"iniciado. Nota:\n" +"Após selecionar Não você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas " +"configurações\n" "OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -667,21 +699,27 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP." +msgstr "" +"Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " +"communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " +"configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n" -"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor configurado." +"LDAP é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma " +"comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n" +"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor " +"configurado." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " +"protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " +"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -690,8 +728,10 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPI habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode acessar\n" -"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a interface LDAPI,\n" +"LDAPI habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode " +"acessar\n" +"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a " +"interface LDAPI,\n" "já que o YaST a utiliza para se comunicar com o servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -713,13 +753,17 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " +"Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " +"and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library " +"to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " +"more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -731,31 +775,40 @@ " que será criado." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password" +" \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " +"other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the " +"\n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>" +"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " +"Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" "O Administrador DN junto com a Senha do administrador LDAP\n" -"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando todas ACLs e outros \n" -"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de Adicionar banco de dados DN adiciona o \n" -"Banco DN digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n" -"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN efetivo\n" +"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando " +"todas ACLs e outros \n" +"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de Adicionar banco de " +"dados DN adiciona o \n" +"Banco DN digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>" +"dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n" +"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN " +"efetivo\n" "do <tt>c=Admin,dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " +"password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Se este assistente foi iniciado durante a instalação, a\n" -"Senha do administrador LDAP está definida como a senha do root do sistema\n" +"Senha do administrador LDAP está definida como a senha do root do " +"sistema\n" "fornecida anteriormente no processo de instalação." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 @@ -767,11 +820,16 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente OpenLDAP\n" -"(ex. ldapsearch) marque Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para clientes OpenLDAP.Isto\n" -"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o DN base fornecido acima no arquivo\n" -"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta caixa de seleção\n" -"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.\n" +"Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente " +"OpenLDAP\n" +"(ex. ldapsearch) marque Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para " +"clientes OpenLDAP.Isto\n" +"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o DN base " +"fornecido acima no arquivo\n" +"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta " +"caixa de seleção\n" +"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" @@ -788,13 +846,15 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP simples)\n" -"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. A autenticação de texto plano\n" -"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem utilizadas \n" +"Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP " +"simples)\n" +"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. " +"A autenticação de texto plano\n" +"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem " +"utilizadas \n" "conexões suficientemente protegidas (ex: SSL/TLS criptografada).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -803,9 +863,12 @@ "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de configuração, clique em Alterar senha.\n" -"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" -"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha sido definida na configuração.\n" +"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de " +"configuração, clique em Alterar senha.\n" +"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e " +"selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" +"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha " +"sido definida na configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -816,42 +879,59 @@ msgstr "Altere configurações básicas dos bancos de dados BDB e HDB." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " +"automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base automaticamente \n" +"Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base " +"automaticamente \n" "com Adicionar DN base." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " +"Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " +"Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " +"set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em Alterar senha.\n" -"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" -"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi definida na configuração.\n" +"Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em Alterar " +"senha.\n" +"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e " +"selecionar a Criptografia de senha.\n" +"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi " +"definida na configuração.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " +"adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " +"number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " +"RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " +"Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " +"HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " +"entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Através do Cache de entradas e Cache de índice (cache IDL) você pode ajustar\n" -"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O Cache de entradas define o número de entradas\n" -"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n" -"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O Cache de índice (cache IDL)\n" -"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n" -"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho do cache de entradas como\n" +"Através do Cache de entradas e Cache de índice (cache IDL) " +"você pode ajustar\n" +"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O Cache de entradas " +"define o número de entradas\n" +"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver " +"memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n" +"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <" +"b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)\n" +"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, " +"especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n" +"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho " +"do cache de entradas como\n" "regra)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 @@ -867,17 +947,23 @@ "Habilitar políticas de senha." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " +"server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before " +"storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " +"but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " +"extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Marque Senhas não criptografadas com hash para especificar se o servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n" -"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n" -" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n" +"Marque Senhas não criptografadas com hash para especificar se o " +"servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n" +"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no " +"banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n" +" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não " +"usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n" " para gerenciar senhas." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 @@ -888,24 +974,32 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Se a opção Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\" estiver habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n" -"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode fornecer informações úteis\n" -" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.\n" +"Se a opção Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\" estiver " +"habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n" +"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode " +"fornecer informações úteis\n" +" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." -msgstr "Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em DN de objeto de política padrão." +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " +"DN." +msgstr "" +"Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em DN de objeto de política " +"padrão." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " +"may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em Editar política. Pode ser necessário\n" -"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto de política seja lido\n" +"Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em Editar política. " +"Pode ser necessário\n" +"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto " +"de política seja lido\n" "do servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 @@ -917,42 +1011,52 @@ msgstr "Altere as opções de indexação de um banco de dados hdb ou bdb." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." -msgstr "A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice definido." +msgid "" +"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " +"defined." +msgstr "" +"A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice " +"definido." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " +"types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em tipos específicos\n" -"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais comuns que são realizadas\n" -"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de índices.\n" +"Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em " +"tipos específicos\n" +"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais " +"comuns que são realizadas\n" +"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de " +"índices.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " +"configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Presença: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de presença\n" -"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente ser configurados para atributos\n" +"Presença: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de " +"presença\n" +"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente " +"ser configurados para atributos\n" "que ocorrem raramente no banco de dados.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " +"index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Igualdade: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de igualdade (por ex.\n" -"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de igualdade deve ser sempre configurado\n" +"Igualdade: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de " +"igualdade (por ex.\n" +"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de " +"igualdade deve ser sempre configurado\n" "a partir do atributo <tt>classe do objeto</tt>.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 @@ -960,7 +1064,8 @@ "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Substring: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro substring\n" +"Substring: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro " +"substring\n" "(por ex.: <tt>(Tipo de atributo=<substring>*)</tt>).\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 @@ -969,21 +1074,26 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para definir opções de indexação para um novo atributo,Remover para\n" -"remover um índice existente e Editar para modificar as opções de indexação de um atributo\n" +"Use Adicionar para definir opções de indexação para um novo " +"atributo,Remover para\n" +"remover um índice existente e Editar para modificar as opções de " +"indexação de um atributo\n" "já indexado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " +"added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" "written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo até que um\n" -"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita da configuração no servidor,\n" -"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação para o banco de dados.\n" +"Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo " +"até que um\n" +"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita " +"da configuração no servidor,\n" +"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação " +"para o banco de dados.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" @@ -994,74 +1104,92 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso que estão\n" +"Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso " +"que estão\n" "atualmente configuradas para o banco de dados selecionado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a regra. Para ter uma visão\n" -"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela e clique em Editar\n" +"Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a " +"regra. Para ter uma visão\n" +"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela " +"e clique em Editar\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Adicionar para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e Remover para remover\n" +"Use Adicionar para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e " +"Remover para remover\n" "uma regra de controle de acesso\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " +"using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de destino cujo destino\n" -"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n" -"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões Up eDownpara isso\n" +"A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de " +"destino cujo destino\n" +"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. " +"Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n" +"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões Up eDownpara " +"isso\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Configurações do provedor de replicação</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, " +"if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Marque a caixa de seleção \"Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este banco de dados\" se você \n" -"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado para outro servidor." +"Marque a caixa de seleção \"Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este " +"banco de dados\" se você \n" +"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado " +"para outro servidor." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Configurações de checkpoint</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " +"(stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " +"synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " +"or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " +"indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " +"is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado de sincronização (armazenado no \n" -"atributo \"contextCSN\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o banco de dados de\n" -"após a quantidade de \"Operações\" de escrita especificada ou após a passagem de\n" -"\"Minutos\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n" -"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n" -"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora de desempenho em ambientes com\n" +"Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado " +"de sincronização (armazenado no \n" +"atributo \"contextCSN\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o " +"banco de dados de\n" +"após a quantidade de \"Operações\" de escrita especificada ou após a " +"passagem de\n" +"\"Minutos\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os " +"valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n" +"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez " +"frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n" +"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora " +"de desempenho em ambientes com\n" "muitas operações de escrita do LDAP.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 @@ -1069,16 +1197,22 @@ msgstr "<h4>Registro de sessão</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " +"operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " +"the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " +"replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " +"server." msgstr "" -"Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre operações de escrita\n" -"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n" -"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"refreshOnly\". Nesse \n" +"Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre " +"operações de escrita\n" +"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem " +"ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n" +"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"" +"refreshOnly\". Nesse \n" "caso, ele pode acelerar a replicação e reduzir a carga no servidor mestre." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1086,12 +1220,12 @@ msgstr "<h3>Configurações do consumidor de replicação</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Selecione \"Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação\" se você deseja que o banco de dados \n" +"Selecione \"Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação\" se " +"você deseja que o banco de dados \n" "seja uma réplica de um banco de dados em outro servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -1099,19 +1233,23 @@ msgstr "<h4>Provedor: </h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using " +"non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor mestre. Selecione o \n" -"protocolo a ser utilizado (ldap ou ldaps) e digite o nome de máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n" -"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n" -"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap padrões.\n" +"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor " +"mestre. Selecione o \n" +"protocolo a ser utilizado (ldap ou ldaps) e digite o nome de " +"máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n" +"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o " +"certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n" +"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap " +"padrões.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" @@ -1128,9 +1266,12 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshOnly: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma conexão, \n" -"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de execução \n" -"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção Intervalo de Replicação.\n" +"refreshOnly: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma " +"conexão, \n" +"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de " +"execução \n" +"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção Intervalo de " +"Replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" @@ -1138,39 +1279,48 @@ "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão persistente ao servidor mestre para\n" -"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.\n" +"refreshAndPersist: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão " +"persistente ao servidor mestre para\n" +"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente " +"enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Autenticação</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " +"authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " +"database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n" -"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.\n" +"Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor " +"escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n" +"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no " +"banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>Atualizar a Referência</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " +"configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " +"the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o servidor escravo responderá \n" +"Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o " +"servidor escravo responderá \n" "às operações de escrita com uma referência LDAP.\n" -"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n" -"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na qual\n" +"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode " +"configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n" +"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na " +"qual\n" "o provedor para o servidor escravo também é um servidor escravo.\n" #. Read dialog help @@ -1185,7 +1335,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora." +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar</" +"b> agora." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1214,19 +1365,25 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Este diálogo fornece um pequeno resumo sobre a configuração que você\n" -"acaba de criar. Clique em Concluir para escrever a configuração e sair do módulo\n" +"acaba de criar. Clique em Concluir para escrever a configuração e sair " +"do módulo\n" "do servidor LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -#, fuzzy -msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " -msgstr "Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não inicia ou para o servidor LDAP." +msgid "" +"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server." +" " +msgstr "" +"Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não inicia ou para o servidor LDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." -msgstr "Se você selecionou Sim, clique em Próximo para iniciar o assistente de configuração." +msgid "" +"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " +"wizard." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionou Sim, clique em Próximo para iniciar o " +"assistente de configuração." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" @@ -1238,16 +1395,21 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" -msgstr "Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários estão disponíveis:" +msgid "" +"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " +"are available:" +msgstr "" +"Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários " +"estão disponíveis:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " +"with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" -msgstr "Servidor avulso: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação para replicação\n" +msgstr "" +"Servidor avulso: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação " +"para replicação\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" @@ -1255,15 +1417,17 @@ "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" "Servidor mestre de replicação: crie uma configuração LDAP \n" -"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de replicação.\n" +"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de " +"replicação.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " +"replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Servidor escravo de replicação: configura um servidor escravo OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n" +"Servidor escravo de replicação: configura um servidor escravo " +"OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n" "incluindo configuração, a partir de um servidor mestre." #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 @@ -1281,29 +1445,33 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione Habilitar TLS. Adicionalmente,\n" +"Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione Habilitar TLS. " +"Adicionalmente,\n" "você precisa configurar um certificado para uso do servidor.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation." +"\n" msgstr "" -"Selecione Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps) para que o servidor\n" -"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP suportará apenas \n" +"Selecione Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps) para que o " +"servidor\n" +"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP " +"suportará apenas \n" "conexões TLS criptografadas através da operação estendida StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " +"that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Se você já tem um certificado de servidor comum instalado usando o \n" -"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione Usar certificado de servidor comum \n" +"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione Usar certificado de servidor " +"comum \n" "para que o OpenLDAP utilize esse certificado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 @@ -1311,23 +1479,28 @@ msgstr "<h4>Importar certificado</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File" +",\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " +"corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o OpenLDAP use\n" -"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do Arquivo de certificado CA, \n" -"Arquivo de certificado e Arquivo da chave do certificado nos campos correspondentes.\n" +"Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o " +"OpenLDAP use\n" +"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do Arquivo de " +"certificado CA, \n" +"Arquivo de certificado e Arquivo da chave do certificado nos " +"campos correspondentes.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de CA\n" +"Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de " +"CA\n" "clicando em Iniciar módulo de gerenciamento de CA.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1337,71 +1510,84 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in " +"which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " +"support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em Adicionar para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n" -"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta atualmente a remoção de\n" +"Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em " +"Adicionar para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n" +"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta " +"atualmente a remoção de\n" "dados de esquema." #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e estatísticas\n" +"Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e " +"estatísticas\n" "que serão salvas no syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" -msgstr "Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou proibir: " +msgid "" +"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " +"disallow:" +msgstr "" +"Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou " +"proibir: " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Selecionar indicadores de permissão</h3> " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " +"requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Requisições de acesso LDAPv2: para deixar o servidor aceitar as requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n" +"Requisições de acesso LDAPv2: para deixar o servidor aceitar as " +"requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n" "Note que o OpenLDAP não implementa completamente o LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " +"when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " +"present) " msgstr "" -"Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.: Para permitir associação anônima quando \n" -"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a associação DN não está presente) " +"Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.: Para " +"permitir associação anônima quando \n" +"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a " +"associação DN não está presente) " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio: Para permitir sessões \n" +"Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio: Para permitir " +"sessões \n" "(anônimas) não autenticada quando DN não está vazio" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " +"unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -"Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar: para permitir operações\n" -"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda estão sujeitas às\n" +"Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar: para permitir " +"operações\n" +"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda " +"estão sujeitas às\n" "regras de controle de acesso e outras limitações administrativas.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 @@ -1414,27 +1600,30 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos: o servidor\n" -"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe acesso anônimo\n" +"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos: o " +"servidor\n" +"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe " +"acesso anônimo\n" "a diretórios.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples: desabilita completamente a\n" +"Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples: desabilita " +"completamente a\n" "autenticação de acesso simples\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " +"back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS :\n" +"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma " +"operação StartTLS :\n" "o servidor não irá mais forçar uma conexão autenticada para o \n" "estado anônimo quando receber a operação StartTLS.\n" @@ -1450,104 +1639,142 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " +"\"Frontend\"\n" "database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " +"of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o tipo \"frontend\" \n" -"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados \"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n" -"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os bancos de dados.O \n" +"Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o " +"tipo \"frontend\" \n" +"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados " +"\"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n" +"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os " +"bancos de dados.O \n" "banco de dados \"Config\" contém a configuração do servidor LDAP.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em Adicionar banco de dados...." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em Adicionar banco de " +"dados...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " +"Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e pressione Remover banco de dados....\n" +"Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e " +"pressione Remover banco de dados....\n" "Você não pode remover os bancos de dados \"config\" e \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " +"here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"cn=config\"). Isto é necessário para \n" +"Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"cn=config" +"\"). Isto é necessário para \n" "tornar o banco de dados de configuração acessível remotamente." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the " +"\"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed " +"for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione \"Prepara para replicação MirrorMode\".\n" -"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a replicação MirrorMode.\n" +"Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione " +"\"Prepara para replicação MirrorMode\".\n" +"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a " +"replicação MirrorMode.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " +"server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps<" +"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n" -"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n" -"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"cn=config\")." +"Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do " +"servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n" +"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") " +"e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n" +"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"cn=config" +"\")." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgstr "Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu servidor Kerberos." +msgid "" +"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " +"Kerberos server." +msgstr "" +"Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu " +"servidor Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras maiúsculas.\n" +msgid "" +"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to " +"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "" +"Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, " +"convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras " +"maiúsculas.\n" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." -msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para este domínio." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para " +"este domínio." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." -msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos principais no banco de dados." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " +"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "" +"Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de " +"acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos " +"principais no banco de dados." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." -msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " +"authenticate to the database." +msgstr "" +"Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo " +"kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." -msgstr "Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais criados neste realm." +msgid "" +"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " +"created in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais " +"criados neste realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -#, fuzzy -msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." -msgstr "Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados neste realm." +msgid "" +"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados " +"neste realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -1556,7 +1783,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -1565,7 +1793,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -1574,7 +1803,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -1591,9 +1821,12 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " +"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para " +"outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -1601,9 +1834,17 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." -msgstr "Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " +"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " +"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only " +"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "" +"Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele " +"principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer " +"tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os " +"tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes " +"com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -1611,9 +1852,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer tickets." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a " +"hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "" +"Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para " +"pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer " +"tickets." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" @@ -1621,9 +1866,11 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este principal." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este " +"principal." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -1631,9 +1878,14 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que era usado para obter o TGT." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a " +"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that " +"was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num " +"ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que " +"era usado para obter o TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -1641,9 +1893,13 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." -msgstr "Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm." +msgid "" +"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " +"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " +"this realm." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. " +"Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" @@ -1660,110 +1916,177 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -#, fuzzy -msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." -msgstr "Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo processo normal de autenticação de senha." +msgid "" +"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " +"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " +"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " +"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço " +"de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por " +"exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets " +"para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo " +"processo normal de autenticação de senha." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita." +msgid "" +"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not " +"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " +"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "" +"A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são " +"permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir " +"política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." -msgstr "Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind escutará neste domínio." +msgid "" +"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " +"for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind " +"escutará neste domínio." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada com kdb5_stash." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " +"with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "" +"Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada " +"com kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." -msgstr "Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este realm." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este " +"realm." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O valor padrão é K/M." +msgid "" +"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master " +"key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "" +"Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O " +"valor padrão é K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra." +msgstr "" +"Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra.<" +"/p>" #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." -msgstr "Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser válido neste realm." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"valid for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser " +"válido neste realm." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser renovado neste realm." +msgid "" +"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " +"renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "" +"Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser " +"renovado neste realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt padrões dos principais neste realm." +msgid "" +"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " +"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "" +"Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt " +"padrões dos principais neste realm." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste realm." +msgid "" +"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " +"realm." +msgstr "" +"Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste " +"realm." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf" +msgid "" +"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " +"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " +"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "" +"Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve " +"ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a " +"seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas pelo servidor LDAP." +msgid "" +"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " +"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas " +"pelo servidor LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos." +msgid "" +"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords " +"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "" +"Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed " +"para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." -msgstr "Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na subárvore." +msgid "" +"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " +"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The " +"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the " +"subtree." +msgstr "" +"Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A " +"lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). <" +"/p> O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na " +"subárvore." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm." +msgid "" +"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " +"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " +"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "" +"Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm " +"serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para " +"um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm." +msgstr "" +"Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -msgstr "Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste realm." +msgid "" +"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<" +"/p>" +msgstr "" +"Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste " +"realm." #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -2089,17 +2412,22 @@ msgstr "URI do servidor" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -#, fuzzy -msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em \"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP." +msgid "" +"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " +"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "" +"Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em " +"\"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview" msgstr "Resumo de MirrorMode do OpenLDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n" +msgid "" +"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." @@ -2417,17 +2745,23 @@ msgstr "Selecionar indicadores de &permissão: " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" -msgstr "Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso anônimo a diretórios) " +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " +"directory access)" +msgstr "" +"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso " +"anônimo a diretórios) " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Desabilitar autenticação por associação simples " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS " +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "" +"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de " +"uma operação StartTLS " #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2524,7 +2858,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados." +msgstr "" +"Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2891,7 +3226,8 @@ "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" "O banco de dados selecionado contém regras de controle de acesso que não\n" -"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será desabilitado.\n" +"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será " +"desabilitado.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -2961,8 +3297,11 @@ msgstr "Falha na verificação dos recursos LDAPsync do provedor." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um provedor LDAPsync" +msgid "" +"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "" +"Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um " +"provedor LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3188,9 +3527,12 @@ msgstr "Atualizando objetos da política de senha padrão" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" -msgstr "Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas (isto pode levar alguns minutos)" +msgid "" +"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " +"some minutes)" +msgstr "" +"Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas " +"(isto pode levar alguns minutos)" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -3209,9 +3551,11 @@ msgstr "A criação da política de senha falhou." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -#, fuzzy -msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" -msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "" +"Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados " +"OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3256,7 +3600,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491 msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?" @@ -3272,7 +3617,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. " +msgstr "" +"Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -3296,7 +3642,8 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado." +msgstr "" +"Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3305,16 +3652,22 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." -msgstr "Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859 msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente " +"qualificado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -#, fuzzy -msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." +msgid "" +"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own " +"fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "" +"Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem " +"conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 @@ -3344,8 +3697,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033 -msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no ISO-3166." +msgid "" +"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country " +"2-letter code." +msgstr "" +"O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no " +"ISO-3166." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3386,8 +3743,10 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 -msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" +msgid "" +"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "" +"Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format @@ -3418,7 +3777,9 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' e 'hdb'." +msgstr "" +"O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' " +"e 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3559,3 +3920,4 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "Não foi possível salvar o arquivo de certificado CA." + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-29 22:39-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:44-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Executando scripts de instalação automática no ambiente de instalação..." +msgstr "" +"Executando scripts de instalação automática no ambiente de instalação..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -132,8 +133,10 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Cliente para a criação de perfil do AutoYaST baseado no sistema em execução" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Cliente para a criação de perfil do AutoYaST baseado no sistema em execução" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -145,10 +148,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" -msgstr "%1 já existe! Realmente sobrescrever?" +msgstr "O arquivo %1 já existe! Realmente sobrescrever?" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98 msgid "Cloning the system..." @@ -163,22 +165,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Usando este diálogo, copie os conteúdos do arquivo e especifique o caminho\n" -"final no sistema instalado. O YaST irá copiar este arquivo para o local especificado." +"Usando este diálogo, copie os conteúdos do arquivo e especifique o " +"caminho\n" +"final no sistema instalado. O YaST irá copiar este arquivo para o local " +"especificado." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Para proteger arquivos copiados, defina o proprietário e as permissões dos arquivos.\n" -"Defina o proprietário usando a sintaxe userid.groupid. Permissões podem ser uma representação simbólica \n" -"de alterações a realizar ou um número octal representando o padrão de bits para as novas \n" +"Para proteger arquivos copiados, defina o proprietário e as permissões dos " +"arquivos.\n" +"Defina o proprietário usando a sintaxe userid.groupid. Permissões " +"podem ser uma representação simbólica \n" +"de alterações a realizar ou um número octal representando o padrão de bits " +"para as novas \n" "permissões." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -252,13 +262,16 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Para muitos aplicativos e serviços, você pode ter preparado um \n" "arquivo de configuração que poderia ser copiado de uma forma completa para \n" -"um local no sistema instalado. Por exemplo, este é o caso se você está instalando um \n" +"um local no sistema instalado. Por exemplo, este é o caso se você está " +"instalando um \n" "servidor web e possui um arquivo de configuração httpd.conf preparado." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -392,7 +405,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação automática.\n" +"Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação " +"automática.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -492,7 +506,9 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação automática." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, aguarde enquanto o sistema é preparado para a instalação " +"automática." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -547,10 +563,9 @@ msgstr "Configurando o carregador de inicialização..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Repairing file system..." msgid "Registering the system..." -msgstr "Reparando o sistema de arquivos..." +msgstr "Registrando o sistema..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." @@ -658,7 +673,8 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "É recomendado exibir todas as mensagens com tempo de espera.\n" -"Os avisos podem ser pulados em alguns lugares, mas não devem ser ignorados.\n" +"Os avisos podem ser pulados em alguns lugares, mas não devem ser ignorados.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -673,12 +689,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecione uma das seguintes seleções base e clique em Detalhado para\n" +"Selecione uma das seguintes seleções base e clique em Detalhado " +"para\n" "adicionar mais seleções e pacotes complementares.\n" "\n" @@ -690,8 +708,11 @@ msgstr "Localização da fonte de instalação (como http://meuhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "A fonte de instalação deste sistema (você não pode criar imagens se escolher esta opção)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"A fonte de instalação deste sistema (você não pode criar imagens se escolher " +"esta opção)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -706,29 +727,38 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Montar em /etc/fstab pelo:\n" -"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos a ser montado é identificado em /etc/fstab\n" -"\tpelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser alterada para que o sistema de arquivos a ser montado\n" -"\tseja encontrado quando você procurar por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Nem todos os sistemas de arquivos podem ser\n" -"\tmontados por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Se uma opção estiver desabilitada, isso não será possível.\n" +"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos a ser montado é identificado em " +"/etc/fstab\n" +"\tpelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser alterada para que o " +"sistema de arquivos a ser montado\n" +"\tseja encontrado quando você procurar por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Nem " +"todos os sistemas de arquivos podem ser\n" +"\tmontados por UUID ou um rótulo de volume. Se uma opção estiver " +"desabilitada, isso não será possível.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Rótulo de volume:\n" -"\t O nome digitado neste campo é usado como rótulo de volume. Isso normalmente faz sentido\n" +"\t O nome digitado neste campo é usado como rótulo de volume. Isso " +"normalmente faz sentido\n" "\t apenas quando você ativa a opção de montagem pelo rótulo de volume.\n" "\t Um rótulo de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n" "\t" @@ -829,7 +859,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Você escolheu criar a partição, mas você não selecionou um sistema de arquivos válido.\n" +"Você escolheu criar a partição, mas você não selecionou um sistema de " +"arquivos válido.\n" "Selecione um sistema de arquivos válido para continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -898,8 +929,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "O tamanho \"auto\" é válido somente se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou \"swap\" estiver selecionado." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"O tamanho \"auto\" é válido somente se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou " +"\"swap\" estiver selecionado." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -967,8 +1001,10 @@ "Verifique se informou o local correto\n" "na linha de comando e tente novamente. Devido a este erro, você\n" "pode informar um URL somente em um perfil, e não em um diretório. Se você\n" -"está usando arquivos de controle baseados em regras ou nomes de máquinas, reinicie\n" -"o processo de instalação e certifique-se de que os arquivos de controle estão acessíveis.\n" +"está usando arquivos de controle baseados em regras ou nomes de máquinas, " +"reinicie\n" +"o processo de instalação e certifique-se de que os arquivos de controle estão " +"acessíveis.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1077,7 +1113,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Use esta interface para definir classes de arquivos de controle. \n" +msgstr "" +"Use esta interface para definir classes de arquivos de controle. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1370,8 +1407,12 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema atual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema " +"atual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1385,8 +1426,11 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema atual?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema atual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1525,11 +1569,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "O arquivo Kickstart foi importado.\n" -"Verifique a sintaxe importada e certifique-se de que a seleção de pacotes e o\n" +"Verifique a sintaxe importada e certifique-se de que a seleção de pacotes e " +"o\n" "particionamento foram importados corretamente." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1659,12 +1705,14 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "A opção de confirmação da instalação é selecionada por padrão para\n" -"evitar uma instalação indesejada. O sistema é parado durante a instalação e é\n" +"evitar uma instalação indesejada. O sistema é parado durante a instalação e " +"é\n" "exibido um resumo das operações requeridas na tela usual de propostas.\n" "Desmarque a opção para instalar automaticamente sem interrupção.\n" "\n" @@ -1672,12 +1720,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se você desativar a segunda etapa do AutoYaST, a instalação prosseguirá em modo manual\n" +"Se você desativar a segunda etapa do AutoYaST, a instalação prosseguirá em " +"modo manual\n" "após a primeira reinicialização (após a instalação de pacotes).\n" "\n" @@ -1714,7 +1764,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Lista de caminhos para respostas (múltiplos caminhos são separados por espaço)" +msgstr "" +"Lista de caminhos para respostas (múltiplos caminhos são separados por espaço)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1821,12 +1872,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta ferramenta usa o xmllint para validar o perfil de acordo com o DTD e\n" -"verifica dados omitidos. Algumas omissões de dados podem ser intencionais e qualquer\n" +"Esta ferramenta usa o xmllint para validar o perfil de acordo com " +"o DTD e\n" +"verifica dados omitidos. Algumas omissões de dados podem ser intencionais e " +"qualquer\n" "erro reportado pode ser ignorado, por exemplo, na criação de classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1849,13 +1903,15 @@ msgstr "" "Para importar um arquivo Kickstart, informe o caminho do arquivo\n" "de configuração. Os dados serão carregados no sistema de gerência de \n" -"configuração para adicionar mais opções de configuração disponíveis com o openSUSE.\n" +"configuração para adicionar mais opções de configuração disponíveis com o " +"openSUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" "Esta ferramenta cria um perfil de referência através da leitura\n" "da informação do sistema. Selecione os recursos para ler deste sistema,\n" @@ -1867,10 +1923,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A tabela à direita exibe as partições atuais a serem criadas no sistema destino.\n" +"A tabela à direita exibe as partições atuais a serem criadas no sistema " +"destino.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1908,7 +1966,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Se nenhuma partição for definida e a unidade especificada for\n" @@ -1928,8 +1987,18 @@ msgstr "Opções avançadas" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Por padrão, o AutoYaST2 criará uma partição estendida e adicionará todas as partições novas como dispositivos lógicos. É possível, no entanto, instruir o AutoYaST2 a criar uma certa partição como primária ou como estendida. Adicionalmente, é possível especificar o tamanho da partição usando setores ao invés de tamanho em MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão, o AutoYaST2 criará uma partição estendida e adicionará todas as " +"partições novas como dispositivos lógicos. É possível, no entanto, instruir o " +"AutoYaST2 a criar uma certa partição como primária ou como estendida. " +"Adicionalmente, é possível especificar o tamanho da partição usando setores " +"ao invés de tamanho em MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1943,7 +2012,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1956,12 +2026,16 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor retornou o código %2." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor " +"retornou o código %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo FTP. O servidor retornou o código %2." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo FTP. O servidor retornou " +"o código %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2041,7 +2115,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts de pré-instalação</h3>\n" -"Adicione comandos para executar no sistema antes do início da instalação. \n" +"Adicione comandos para executar no sistema antes do início da instalação. " +"\n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 @@ -2066,7 +2141,8 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " +"\n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2074,9 +2150,11 @@ "<H3>Scripts chroot</H3>\n" "Para que seu script de pós-instalação seja executado em ambiente chroot\n" "escolha as opções scripts chroot. Estes scripts são executados\n" -"antes do sistema inicializar pela primeira vez. Por padrão, os scripts chroot\n" +"antes do sistema inicializar pela primeira vez. Por padrão, os scripts " +"chroot\n" "são executados no sistema de instalação. Para acessar arquivos no sistema\n" -"de instalação você sempre deve usar o ponto de montagem \"/mnt\" nos scripts.\n" +"de instalação você sempre deve usar o ponto de montagem \"/mnt\" nos " +"scripts.\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2084,13 +2162,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " +"\"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "É possível executar scripts chroot em uma etapa posterior depois de\n" -"configurar o carregador de inicialização usando a marcação booleana \"chrooted\"\n" +"configurar o carregador de inicialização usando a marcação booleana " +"\"chrooted\"\n" "que fará os scripts serem executados no sistema instalado.\n" "\n" @@ -2108,7 +2188,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Scripts init</H3>\n" -"Estes scripts são executados durante o processo de inicialização inicial e após\n" +"Estes scripts são executados durante o processo de inicialização inicial e " +"após\n" "o YaST ter concluído a configuração do sistema. Os scripts finais são \n" "executados com um script rc especial, que é executado apenas uma vez.\n" "Os scripts finais são executados até o final do processo de inicialização e\n" @@ -2120,13 +2201,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpretador:</H3>\n" -"Scripts de pré-instalação podem ser somente scripts shell. Não use Perl ou \n" +"Scripts de pré-instalação podem ser somente scripts shell. Não use " +"Perl ou \n" "Python para scripts de pré-instalação.\n" "\n" @@ -2136,32 +2219,42 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Acesso à rede:</H3>\n" "Durante a execução dos scripts de pós-instalação, a rede é desabilitada e\n" "necessita da inicialização nos scripts para voltar a ser acessível. Uma\n" -"alternativa aos scripts de pós-instalação com rede é o uso de scripts de inicialização, o que\n" -"garante um sistema totalmente configurado durante a execução dos scripts. Caso tenha feito uma instalação\n" -"através da rede, você pode usar a opção Rede também para o script de pós-instalação.\n" +"alternativa aos scripts de pós-instalação com rede é o uso de scripts de " +"inicialização, o que\n" +"garante um sistema totalmente configurado durante a execução dos scripts. " +"Caso tenha feito uma instalação\n" +"através da rede, você pode usar a opção Rede também para o script de " +"pós-instalação.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " +"as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retorno e depuração:</H3>\n" -" Todos os scripts, exceto os scripts de inicialização, podem exibir STDOUT+STDERR em uma caixa de alerta como retorno.\n" -"Ao ativar a depuração, você obtém maior saída na caixa de diálogo de retorno,\n" +" Todos os scripts, exceto os scripts de inicialização, podem exibir " +"STDOUT+STDERR em uma caixa de alerta como retorno.\n" +"Ao ativar a depuração, você obtém maior saída na caixa de diálogo de " +"retorno,\n" "o que pode ajudá-lo a depurar o script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2249,12 +2342,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " +"for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ao adicionar scripts ao processo de instalação automática, personalize a instalação\n" -"de acordo com suas necessidades e controle as diferentes etapas da instalação.\n" +"Ao adicionar scripts ao processo de instalação automática, personalize a " +"instalação\n" +"de acordo com suas necessidades e controle as diferentes etapas da " +"instalação.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2281,8 +2377,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do AutoYaST. Mensagem de erro:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do AutoYaST. " +"Mensagem de erro:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059 @@ -2296,7 +2396,8 @@ "\n" "As classes definidas pelo usuário não foram recuperadas. Certifique-se\n" "de que todas as classes estão definidas corretamente e disponíveis para este\n" -"sistema na rede ou localmente. O sistema não pode ser instalado com o arquivo\n" +"sistema na rede ou localmente. O sistema não pode ser instalado com o " +"arquivo\n" "de controle original sem usar classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2357,17 +2458,21 @@ msgstr "" "<h3>Sistema de gerenciamento de configuração AutoYaST</h3>\n" "Com algumas exceções, quase todos recursos do arquivo de controle\n" -"podem ser configurados usando o sistema de gerenciamento de configuração.\n" +"podem ser configurados usando o sistema de gerenciamento de configuração." +"\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A maioria dos módulos usados para criar a configuração são idênticos àqueles\n" +"A maioria dos módulos usados para criar a configuração são idênticos " +"àqueles\n" "disponíveis no centro de controle YaST. Ao invés de configurar o sistema,\n" "os dados informados serão exportados para o arquivo de controle que pode \n" "ser usado para instalar outro sistema usando o AutoYaST.\n" @@ -2376,7 +2481,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Além dos módulos familiares existentes,\n" @@ -2481,13 +2587,16 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Não foi possível reutilizar o grupo do volume %1. O grupo de volume não existe." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível reutilizar o grupo do volume %1. O grupo de volume não " +"existe." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "O grupo de volume '%1' deve ter pelo menos um volume físico. Forneça um." +msgstr "" +"O grupo de volume '%1' deve ter pelo menos um volume físico. Forneça um." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2569,16 +2678,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Por favor, " +"verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Criando imagem - instalando pacotes" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Por favor, " +"verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392 @@ -2590,14 +2707,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " +"anymore." msgstr "" "Agora você pode alterar a imagem em %1/\n" -"Se você pressionar o botão Ok, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser alterada." +"Se você pressionar o botão Ok, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser " +"alterada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Por favor, verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Por favor, verifique o arquivo " +"/tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2638,10 +2759,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Agora você pode alterar a imagem ISO em %1, adicionando um arquivo XML do AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" +"Agora você pode alterar a imagem ISO em %1, adicionando um arquivo XML do " +"AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n" "Se você pressionar o botão OK, a imagem ISO será criada." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2683,13 +2806,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacotes. Verifique sua seção de software no perfil do AutoYaST." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Falha na execução do resolvedor de pacotes. Verifique sua seção de software " +"no perfil do AutoYaST." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "O plano de particionamento configurado em seu perfil XML não cabe no disco rígido. %1MB faltando" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"O plano de particionamento configurado em seu perfil XML não cabe no disco " +"rígido. %1MB faltando" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 16:59-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:44-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -39,10 +39,9 @@ #. command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Set a global option" msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "Configurar opção global" +msgstr "Remover a opção global" #. command line help text for set action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 @@ -76,10 +75,9 @@ #. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Value: %1" msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Valor: %1" +msgstr "Valor: %s" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 @@ -115,13 +113,20 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não inicializar." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Nenhum carregador de inicialização selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema " +"pode não inicializar." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser " +"instalado corretamente" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224 @@ -154,12 +159,16 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Definir indicador ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização \n" -"Para ativar a partição que contém o carregador de inicialização. Em seguida, o código genérico da MBR inicializará\n" +"Definir indicador ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de " +"inicialização \n" +"Para ativar a partição que contém o carregador de inicialização. Em seguida, " +"o código genérico da MBR inicializará\n" "a partição ativa. As BIOS mais antigas requerem uma partição ativa, mesmo\n" "que o carregador de inicialização esteja instalado na MBR." @@ -181,10 +190,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Tempo de espera em segundos \n" -"Especifica quanto tempo o carregador de inicialização deverá aguardar até que o kernel padrão seja carregado.\n" +"Especifica quanto tempo o carregador de inicialização deverá aguardar até que " +"o kernel padrão seja carregado.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -196,113 +207,152 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Ao pressionar Definir como padrão, você marca a seção \n" -"selecionada como padrão. Durante a inicialização, o carregador de inicialização fornecerá \n" -"um menu de inicialização e aguardará até que o usuário selecione o kernel ou um outro \n" -"SO para inicialização. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo de espera, o \n" -"kernel ou o SO padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do carregador de inicialização\n" -"pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões Para cima e Para baixo.\n" +"selecionada como padrão. Durante a inicialização, o carregador de " +"inicialização fornecerá \n" +"um menu de inicialização e aguardará até que o usuário selecione o kernel ou " +"um outro \n" +"SO para inicialização. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo " +"de espera, o \n" +"kernel ou o SO padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do " +"carregador de inicialização\n" +"pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões Para cima e Para baixo.<" +"/p>\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Gravar código de inicialização genérico na MBR substitui a MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu disco por um código genérico\n" +"Gravar código de inicialização genérico na MBR substitui a MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) do seu disco por um código genérico\n" "(código independente do SO que inicializa a partição ativa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +"other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Inicializar da partição de inicialização é uma das opções recomendadas, a outra é\n" +"Inicializar da partição de inicialização é uma das opções " +"recomendadas, a outra é\n" "Inicializar da partição raiz." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " +"operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"Inicializar da MBR (Master Boot Record) não é recomendado se você possui outro sistema operacional\n" +"Inicializar da MBR (Master Boot Record) não é recomendado se você " +"possui outro sistema operacional\n" "instalado no computador" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " +"is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Inicializar da partição de inicialização é a opção recomendada sempre que houver uma partição\n" -"adequada. Selecione Definir indicador ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização e Gravar código de inicialização genérico na MBR\n" -"nas Opções do carregador de inicialização para atualizar a MBR, caso seja necessário ou configurar o outro\n" +"Inicializar da partição de inicialização é a opção recomendada " +"sempre que houver uma partição\n" +"adequada. Selecione Definir indicador ativo na tabela de partição para a " +"partição de inicialização e Gravar código de inicialização genérico na " +"MBR\n" +"nas Opções do carregador de inicialização para atualizar a MBR, caso " +"seja necessário ou configurar o outro\n" "carregador de inicialização para iniciar esta seção." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +"partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Inicializar da partição estendida deve ser selecionado se sua partição raiz está\n" +"Inicializar da partição estendida deve ser selecionado se sua " +"partição raiz está\n" "em uma partição lógica e a partição /boot está faltando" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "Partição de inicialização personalizada permite que você escolha uma partição da qual será feita a inicialização" +msgid "" +"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" +"Partição de inicialização personalizada permite que você escolha " +"uma partição da qual será feita a inicialização" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"A lista MD é construída a partir de 2 discos. Habilitar redundância para\n" +"A lista MD é construída a partir de 2 discos. Habilitar redundância " +"para\n" "lista de MD habilita a escrita do GRUB para a MBR em ambos os discos." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" #| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" +"/code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usar console serial permite que você defina os parâmetros a serem usados\n" -"para um console serial. Consulte a documentação do grub (<code>info grub</code>) para detalhes." +"Usar console serial permite que você defina os parâmetros a serem " +"usados\n" +"para um console serial. Consulte a documentação do grub (<code>info grub2<" +"/code>) para detalhes." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " +"serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" +"/code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " +"you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -"Definição de terminal Define o tipo de terminal a ser usado. Para um terminal serial (por exemplo, um console serial),\n" -"especifique <code>serial</code>. Você também pode passar <code>console</code> para o\n" +"Definição de terminal Define o tipo de terminal a ser " +"usado. Para um terminal serial (por exemplo, um console serial),\n" +"especifique <code>serial</code>. Você também pode passar <code>console</code> " +"para o\n" "comando, como <code>serial console</code>. Nesse caso, um terminal \n" -"no qual você pressionar qualquer tecla será selecionado como um terminal GRUB." +"no qual você pressionar qualquer tecla será selecionado como um terminal " +"GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +"numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Seções alternativas se o padrão falhar contém uma lista de números de\n" -"seção que serão usados para a inicialização se não for possível inicializar a seção padrão." +"Seções alternativas se o padrão falhar contém uma lista de números " +"de\n" +"seção que serão usados para a inicialização se não for possível inicializar a " +"seção padrão." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "A seleção de Ocultar menu durante inicialização ocultará o menu de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"A seleção de Ocultar menu durante inicialização ocultará o menu de " +"inicialização." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " +"only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Proteger o carregador de inicialização com senha \n" -"Defina a senha que será obrigatória para acessar o menu de inicialização. O YaST somente aceitará a senha se você a repetir\n" +"Defina a senha que será obrigatória para acessar o menu de inicialização. O " +"YaST somente aceitará a senha se você a repetir\n" "em Redigitar senha." #. help text 1/5 @@ -326,7 +376,9 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "Definir indicador &ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de inicialização" +msgstr "" +"Definir indicador &ativo na tabela de partição para a partição de " +"inicialização" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 @@ -487,28 +539,55 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parâmetro opcional de linha de comando do kernel permite definir parâmetros globais adicionais a serem passados para o kernel." +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parâmetro opcional de linha de comando do kernel permite definir " +"parâmetros globais adicionais a serem passados para o kernel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -msgstr "Modo VGA define o modo VGA para o console a ser definido pelo kernel na inicialização." +msgid "" +"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" +"/i> to when booting." +msgstr "" +"Modo VGA define o modo VGA para o console a ser definido " +"pelo kernel na inicialização." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Parâmetro da linha de comando do kernel para o modo de segurança permite definir parâmetros do modo de segurança a serem passados para o kernel." +msgid "" +"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Parâmetro da linha de comando do kernel para o modo de segurança " +"permite definir parâmetros do modo de segurança a serem passados para o " +"kernel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Testar SO estrangeiro na forma do os-prober para multi-inicialização com outras distribuições estrangeiras" +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Testar SO estrangeiro na forma do os-prober para " +"multi-inicialização com outras distribuições estrangeiras" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Indicador de proteção MBR é uma configuração avançada que é necessária apenas em hardwares exóticos. Para detalhes veja proteção MBR em discos GPT. Não toque se você não tem certeza." +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " +"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " +"you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Indicador de proteção MBR é uma configuração avançada que é " +"necessária apenas em hardwares exóticos. Para detalhes veja proteção MBR em " +"discos GPT. Não toque se você não tem certeza." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -msgstr "Distribuidor especifica o nome do distribuidor do kernel usado para criar a nome da entrada de inicialização. " +msgid "" +"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " +"boot entry name. " +msgstr "" +"Distribuidor especifica o nome do distribuidor do kernel usado para " +"criar a nome da entrada de inicialização. " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -606,7 +685,9 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Carregador de inicialização não suportado '%s'. Ajuste seu perfil do AutoYaST de acordo." +msgstr "" +"Carregador de inicialização não suportado '%s'. Ajuste seu perfil do AutoYaST " +"de acordo." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 @@ -619,7 +700,9 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "A partição de inicialização é do tipo NFS. O carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado." +msgstr "" +"A partição de inicialização é do tipo NFS. O carregador de inicialização não " +"pode ser instalado." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -629,7 +712,8 @@ #. message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "Não há opções a serem definidas para o carregador de inicialização atual." +msgstr "" +"Não há opções a serem definidas para o carregador de inicialização atual." #. combo box #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 @@ -679,7 +763,8 @@ #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:228 msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "Salvar no disco o código de inicialização do carregador de inicialização" +msgstr "" +"Salvar no disco o código de inicialização do carregador de inicialização" #. menu button #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:236 @@ -717,7 +802,8 @@ "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" "Change the settings of your boot loader." msgstr "" -"<BIG>Ferramenta de configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG> \n" +"<BIG>Ferramenta de configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG>" +" \n" "Alterar as configurações do carregador de inicialização." #. help text @@ -726,20 +812,23 @@ "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<BIG>Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG> \n" +"<BIG>Salvando a configuração do carregador de inicialização</BIG><" +"BR>\n" "Por favor, aguarde... " #. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " +"\n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Em Outros,\n" "você pode editar manualmente os arquivos de configuração do carregador de\n" -"inicialização, limpar a configuração atual e propor uma nova, iniciar do zero ou reler\n" +"inicialização, limpar a configuração atual e propor uma nova, iniciar do zero " +"ou reler\n" "a configuração salva no seu disco. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -780,11 +869,15 @@ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" " Ao pressionar Definir como padrão, marque a seção \n" -"selecionada como padrão. Ao inicializar, o carregador de inicialização fornecerá \n" -"um menu de inicialização e aguardará o usuário selecionar o kernel ou a inicialização de outro \n" +"selecionada como padrão. Ao inicializar, o carregador de inicialização " +"fornecerá \n" +"um menu de inicialização e aguardará o usuário selecionar o kernel ou a " +"inicialização de outro \n" "OS. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo de espera, o \n" -"kernel ou o OS padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do carregador de inicialização\n" -"pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões Para cima e Para baixo." +"kernel ou o OS padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do " +"carregador de inicialização\n" +"pode ser alterada com o uso dos botões Para cima e Para baixo.<" +"/P>" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94 @@ -792,7 +885,8 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Pressione Adicionar para criar uma nova seção do carregador de inicialização\n" +"Pressione Adicionar para criar uma nova seção do carregador de " +"inicialização\n" "ou Remover para remover a seção selecionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -804,7 +898,8 @@ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" msgstr "" "<big>Localização do carregador de inicialização</big> \n" -"O carregador de inicialização (%1) pode ser instalado nas seguintes formas:" +"O carregador de inicialização (%1) pode ser instalado nas seguintes formas:<" +"/p>" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:118 @@ -824,18 +919,22 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" +"/b>\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- No Setor de inicialização da partição <tt>/boot</tt> ou <tt>/</tt> (raiz)\n" +"- No Setor de inicialização da partição <tt>/boot</tt> ou <tt>/</tt> " +"(raiz)\n" "Esta é a opção recomendada sempre que houver uma partição\n" "adequada. Defina Ativar partição do carregador de inicialização e\n" -"Substituir a MBR por código genérico em Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização\n" +"Substituir a MBR por código genérico em Detalhes da instalação do " +"carregador de inicialização\n" "para atualizar o registro mestre de inicialização (MBR),\n" -"caso seja necessário ou para configurar o seu outro carregador de inicialização\n" +"caso seja necessário ou para configurar o seu outro carregador de " +"inicialização\n" "para iniciar o &product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 @@ -846,7 +945,8 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Em alguma Outra partição. Leve em consideração as restrições do sistema\n" +"- Em alguma Outra partição. Leve em consideração as restrições do " +"sistema\n" "ao selecionar essa opção." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -859,7 +959,8 @@ msgstr "" "Por exemplo, a maioria dos PCs tem um limite de BIOS\n" "que restringe a inicialização em \n" -"cilindros do disco rígido inferiores a 1024. Dependendo do gerenciador de inicialização usado,\n" +"cilindros do disco rígido inferiores a 1024. Dependendo do gerenciador de " +"inicialização usado,\n" "talvez você consiga ou não iniciar a partir de uma partição lógica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -881,8 +982,10 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização \n" -"Para ajustar as opções avançadas de instalação do carregador de inicialização (por exemplo, o mapeamento do\n" -"dispositivo), clique em Detalhes da instalação do carregador de inicialização." +"Para ajustar as opções avançadas de instalação do carregador de inicialização " +"(por exemplo, o mapeamento do\n" +"dispositivo), clique em Detalhes da instalação do carregador de " +"inicialização." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189 @@ -903,7 +1006,8 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opções do carregador de inicialização \n" -"Para ajustar as opções do carregador de inicialização, como o tempo de espera, clique em\n" +"Para ajustar as opções do carregador de inicialização, como o tempo de " +"espera, clique em\n" "Opções do carregador de inicialização." #. help text 1/1 @@ -914,7 +1018,8 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuração manual avançada \n" -"Aqui você pode editar manualmente a configuração do carregador de inicialização.\n" +"Aqui você pode editar manualmente a configuração do carregador de " +"inicialização.\n" "Observação: o arquivo de configuração final poderá ter recuo diferente." #. help text 1/1 @@ -945,7 +1050,8 @@ "selected section." msgstr "" "Selecione Clonar seção selecionada para clonar a seção atualmente\n" -"selecionada. Em seguida, altere as opções que devem ser diferentes daquelas da\n" +"selecionada. Em seguida, altere as opções que devem ser diferentes daquelas " +"da\n" "seção selecionada." #. help text 3/5 @@ -954,7 +1060,8 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Selecione Seção de imagem para adicionar um novo kernel do Linux ou\n" +"Selecione Seção de imagem para adicionar um novo kernel do Linux " +"ou\n" "outra imagem a ser carregada e iniciada." #. help text 4/5 @@ -963,7 +1070,8 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Selecione Seção do XEN para adicionar um novo kernel do Linux ou outra imagem,\n" +"Selecione Seção do XEN para adicionar um novo kernel do Linux ou " +"outra imagem,\n" "mas iniciá-lo em um ambiente do XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -973,18 +1081,22 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Selecione Outro sistema (chainloader) para adicionar uma seção que \n" -"carrega e inicia um setor de inicialização de uma partição do disco. Essa opção é usada para\n" +"Selecione Outro sistema (chainloader) para adicionar uma seção que " +"\n" +"carrega e inicia um setor de inicialização de uma partição do disco. Essa " +"opção é usada para\n" "inicializar outros sistemas operacionais." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " +"disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Selecione Seção do menu para adicionar uma seção que\n" -"carregue um arquivo de configuração (a lista de seções de inicializaçõ) de uma partição do disco. Isto é usado para\n" +"carregue um arquivo de configuração (a lista de seções de inicializaçõ) de " +"uma partição do disco. Isto é usado para\n" "inicializar outros sistemas operacionais." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1110,40 +1222,70 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser instalado corretamente." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de inicialização não pode ser " +"instalado corretamente." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">não instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">não " +"instalar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Não instalar o código de inicialização na MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">" +"instalar</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">não instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a " +"href=\"disable_boot_boot\">não instalar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição /boot (<a " +"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">não instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a " +"href=\"disable_boot_root\">não instalar</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Não instalar o código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (<a " +"href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a localização acima." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Aviso: Nenhuma localização para o estágio 1 do carregador de inicialização " +"selecionado. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione a " +"localização acima." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 @@ -1185,27 +1327,44 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "A combinação da plataforma de hardware %1 e do carregador de inicialização %2 não é suportada" +msgstr "" +"A combinação da plataforma de hardware %1 e do carregador de inicialização %2 " +"não é suportada" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Inicializar a partir da MBR não funciona bem com o sistema de arquivos btrfs e rótulos de disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir isto, crie a partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos ext para a partição de inicialização ou não instale o estágio 1 na MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " +"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " +"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Inicializar a partir da MBR não funciona bem com o sistema de arquivos btrfs " +"e rótulos de disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir isto, crie a " +"partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos ext para a partição de " +"inicialização ou não instale o estágio 1 na MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização está no raid tipo: %1. O sistema não irá inicializar." +msgstr "" +"O dispositivo de inicialização está no raid tipo: %1. O sistema não irá " +"inicializar." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "O dispositivo de inicialização é um software RAID1. Selecione outra localização do carregador de inicialização, por exemplo, a MBR" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"O dispositivo de inicialização é um software RAID1. Selecione outra " +"localização do carregador de inicialização, por exemplo, a MBR" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partição ext faltante para a inicialização. Não foi possível instalar o código de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"Partição ext faltante para a inicialização. Não foi possível instalar o " +"código de inicialização." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -2,22 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:56+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:45-0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -56,20 +58,18 @@ #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Fiber channel" msgid "Filter channels" -msgstr "Canal de fibra" +msgstr "Canais de fibra" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Selecionar tudo" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Detailed selection..." msgid "&Clear selection" -msgstr "Seleção &detalhada..." +msgstr "&Limpar seleção" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 #, fuzzy @@ -84,10 +84,9 @@ msgstr "&Pesquisar os Canais" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Exit" msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "Sair" +msgstr "&Sair" #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 @@ -101,10 +100,12 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "" + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 22:05-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:45-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -101,10 +101,9 @@ msgstr "Endereço IP redundante" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Node IP" msgid "Node ID" -msgstr "IP do Nó" +msgstr "ID do nó" #. Set need to require 'set' #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163 @@ -112,10 +111,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgid "Node ID must be unique" -msgstr "O endereço de hardware deve ser único." +msgstr "O ID do nó deve ser único." #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245 @@ -151,7 +149,9 @@ msgstr "O valor para pos deve ser um número inteiro positivo." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270 -msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgid "" +"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " +"passive." msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr @@ -235,12 +235,20 @@ msgstr "Threads:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740 -msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." -msgstr "Para um cluster recém criado, clique no botão abaixo para gerar etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "" +"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " +"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "" +"Para um cluster recém criado, clique no botão abaixo para gerar " +"etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745 -msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." -msgstr "Para ingressar num cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de outros nodos manualmente." +msgid "" +"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " +"nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"Para ingressar num cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de outros " +"nodos manualmente." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" @@ -370,7 +378,8 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Arquivo de chave %1 gerado.\n" -"Clique em \"Adicionar arquivos sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de sincronização." +"Clique em \"Adicionar arquivos sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de " +"sincronização." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -379,11 +388,13 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " +"cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"O Conntrackd é um daemon que auxilia a duplicar o status de firewall entre os nós de um cluster.\n" +"O Conntrackd é um daemon que auxilia a duplicar o status de firewall entre os " +"nós de um cluster.\n" "O YaST pode auxiliar na configuração básica do conntrackd.\n" "É necessário iniciá-lo com ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -420,21 +431,88 @@ #| "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" #| "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " +"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " +"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " +"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " +"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " +"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " +"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " +"field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " +"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " +"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " +"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " +" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " +"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." +"\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " +"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " +"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " +"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " +"udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " +"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " +"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " +"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " +" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " +"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " +"not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " +"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " +"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " +"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " +"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " +"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " +"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " +"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " +"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" +"br>\n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " +"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " +"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " +"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Associar endereço de rede</big>Isto especifica o endereço ao qual o openais deve se associar. Este endereço deve sempre terminar em zero. Se o tráfego deve ser roteado para 192.168.5.92, configure o bindnetaddr para 192.168.5.0. Isto também pode ser um endereço IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Além disso, o endereço completo deve ser especificado e não existe seleção automática da interface de rede sentro de uma subrede específica, como no IPv4. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado. \n" -"<big>Endereço multicast</big>Este é o endereço multicast usado pelo openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o administrador de rede deve ser consultado sobre qual endereço multicast deve ser utilizado. Evite 224.x.x.x porque é um endereço multicast para \"configuração\". Também pode ser um endereço multicast IPv6, nesse caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve ser especificado.\n" -"<big>Porta</big> Isto especifica o número da porta UDP. É possível utilizar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes. \n" -"<big>Endereço do membro</big> Esta lista especifica todos os nós no cluster por endereço IP. Isto pode ser configurável ao utilizar udpu \n" -"<big>ID do nodo</big> Esta opção de configuração é opcional ao utilizar IPv4 e obrigatória ao utilizar IPv6. Isto é um valor 32 bits especificando o identificador do nodo entregue ao serviço de membros do cluster. Se não for especificado no IPv4, o id do novo será determinado a partir do endereço IP de 32 bits para qual o sistema estiver associado com o identificador ring igual a 0. O identificador de nodo com valor igual a zero é reservado e não deve ser utilizado. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Isto especifica o modo de anel redundante, que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece uma latência um pouco menor da transmissão para entrega em ambientes de rede falhos, mas com menor desempenho. Replicação passiva pode dobrar a velocidade do protocolo se o mesmo não for associado a cpu. A opção final é nenhum, caso em que somente uma interface de rede será utilizada para operar o protocolo. Se somente uma diretiva de interface for especificada, esta opção é configurada automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem especificadas, somente as opções ativo ou passivo podem ser configuradas. \n" +"<big>Associar endereço de rede</big>Isto especifica o endereço " +"ao qual o openais deve se associar. Este endereço deve sempre terminar em " +"zero. Se o tráfego deve ser roteado para 192.168.5.92, configure o " +"bindnetaddr para 192.168.5.0. Isto também pode ser um endereço IPv6, nesse " +"caso, a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Além disso, o endereço completo deve ser " +"especificado e não existe seleção automática da interface de rede sentro de " +"uma subrede específica, como no IPv4. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo " +"nodeid deve ser especificado. \n" +"<big>Endereço multicast</big>Este é o endereço multicast usado " +"pelo openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o " +"administrador de rede deve ser consultado sobre qual endereço multicast deve " +"ser utilizado. Evite 224.x.x.x porque é um endereço multicast para " +"\"configuração\". Também pode ser um endereço multicast IPv6, nesse caso, " +"a rede IPv6 será utilizada. Se a rede IPv6 for utilizada, o campo nodeid deve " +"ser especificado.\n" +"<big>Porta</big> Isto especifica o número da porta UDP. É " +"possível utilizar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços " +"openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes. \n" +"<big>Endereço do membro</big> Esta lista especifica todos os nós " +"no cluster por endereço IP. Isto pode ser configurável ao utilizar udpu <" +"/p>\n" +"<big>ID do nodo</big> Esta opção de configuração é opcional ao " +"utilizar IPv4 e obrigatória ao utilizar IPv6. Isto é um valor 32 bits " +"especificando o identificador do nodo entregue ao serviço de membros do " +"cluster. Se não for especificado no IPv4, o id do novo será determinado a " +"partir do endereço IP de 32 bits para qual o sistema estiver associado com o " +"identificador ring igual a 0. O identificador de nodo com valor igual a zero " +"é reservado e não deve ser utilizado. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Isto especifica o modo de anel redundante, " +"que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece uma " +"latência um pouco menor da transmissão para entrega em ambientes de rede " +"falhos, mas com menor desempenho. Replicação passiva pode dobrar a velocidade " +"do protocolo se o mesmo não for associado a cpu. A opção final é nenhum, caso " +"em que somente uma interface de rede será utilizada para operar o protocolo. " +"Se somente uma diretiva de interface for especificada, esta opção é " +"configurada automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem " +"especificadas, somente as opções ativo ou passivo podem ser configuradas. " +"\n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy @@ -444,53 +522,120 @@ #| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul t is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " +"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " +"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " +"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " +"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " +"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " +"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " +"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " +"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " +"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " +"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " +"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " +"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " +"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " +"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " +"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " +"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " +"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " +"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " +"The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> Esta diretiva controla quantas threads são utilizadas para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Se secauth estiver desabilitado, o protocolo nunca irá utilizar envio por threads. Se secauth estiver habilitado, esta diretiva permite que sistemas sejam configurados para utilizar várias threads para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Uma diretiva de thread igual a 0 (zero) indica que nenhum envio com thread deve ser utilizado. Este modo oferece o melhor desempenho para sistemas não-SMP. O valor padrão é 0. \n" -"<big>Habilitar autenticação de segurança</big> Isto especifica que a autenticação HMAC/SHA1 deve ser utilizada para autenticar todas as mensagens. Além disso, especifica que todos os dados devem ser criptografados com o algoritmo sober128 para proteger os dados contra interceptação. Habilitar esta opção adiciona um cabeçalho de 36 bytes a cada mensagem enviada, que reduz a vazão total. A criptografia e a autenticação consomem 75% dos ciclos da CPU em aisexec como medido pelo gprof quando habilitado. Para redes de 100mbits com transmissões de frames de 1500 MTU: é possível ter uma vazão de 9mb/s com utilização de 100% de cpu ao habilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 10mb/s com 20% de utilização de cpu ao desabilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. Para redes gig-e com transmissões de frames grandes: é possível ter uma vazaão de 20mb/s ao habilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 60mb /s ao desabilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. O padrão é \"habilitado\". \n" +"<big>Threads</big> Esta diretiva controla quantas threads são " +"utilizadas para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. Se secauth estiver " +"desabilitado, o protocolo nunca irá utilizar envio por threads. Se secauth " +"estiver habilitado, esta diretiva permite que sistemas sejam configurados " +"para utilizar várias threads para criptografar e enviar mensagens multicast. " +"Uma diretiva de thread igual a 0 (zero) indica que nenhum envio com thread " +"deve ser utilizado. Este modo oferece o melhor desempenho para sistemas " +"não-SMP. O valor padrão é 0. \n" +"<big>Habilitar autenticação de segurança</big> Isto especifica " +"que a autenticação HMAC/SHA1 deve ser utilizada para autenticar todas as " +"mensagens. Além disso, especifica que todos os dados devem ser criptografados " +"com o algoritmo sober128 para proteger os dados contra interceptação. " +"Habilitar esta opção adiciona um cabeçalho de 36 bytes a cada mensagem " +"enviada, que reduz a vazão total. A criptografia e a autenticação consomem 75%" +" dos ciclos da CPU em aisexec como medido pelo gprof quando habilitado. Para " +"redes de 100mbits com transmissões de frames de 1500 MTU: é possível ter uma " +"vazão de 9mb/s com utilização de 100% de cpu ao habilitar esta opção em cpus " +"com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 10mb/s com 20% de utilização de cpu ao " +"desabilitar esta opção em cpus com 3GHz. Para redes gig-e com transmissões de " +"frames grandes: é possível ter uma vazaão de 20mb/s ao habilitar esta opção " +"em cpus com 3GHz. É possível ter uma vazão de 60mb/s ao desabilitar esta " +"opção em cpus com 3GHz. O padrão é \"habilitado\". \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " +"or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " +"is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Inicializando</big> Inicie o serviço corosync durante a inicialização ou não\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Configurações do firewall</big> Habilite a porta quando o firewall estiver habilitado\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Inicializando</big> Inicie o serviço corosync durante " +"a inicialização ou não\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Configurações do firewall</big> Habilite a porta " +"quando o firewall estiver habilitado\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " +"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " +"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " +"synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " +"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " +"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " +"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sincronizar máquina</big> Os nomes de máquina utilizados aqui devem ser os nomes de máquina locais dos nodos do cluster. Isso significa que você deve utilizar exatamente a mesma string que é impressa pelo comando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sincronizar arquivo</big> O caminho completo do arquivo a ser sincronizado.\n" -"\t\t<big>Chaves pré-geradas</big> A autenticação é realizada utilizando os endereços IP e chaves pré-geradas no Csync2. O arquivo de chaves é gerado com csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. O arquivo key_hagroup deve ser copiado manualmente para todos os membros do cluster após sua criação.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sincronizar máquina</big> Os nomes de máquina " +"utilizados aqui devem ser os nomes de máquina locais dos nodos do cluster. " +"Isso significa que você deve utilizar exatamente a mesma string que é " +"impressa pelo comando hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sincronizar arquivo</big> O caminho completo do arquivo " +"a ser sincronizado.\n" +"\t\t<big>Chaves pré-geradas</big> A autenticação é realizada " +"utilizando os endereços IP e chaves pré-geradas no Csync2. O arquivo de " +"chaves é gerado com csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. O arquivo key_hagroup " +"deve ser copiado manualmente para todos os membros do cluster após sua " +"criação.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " +"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " +"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " +"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " +"used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " +"syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Interface dedicada</big> Uma interface de rede dedicada para sincronização. A interface deve suportar multicast e estar habilitada para uso. Você ainda deve tê-la pré-configurado. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> O endereço IPv4 atribuído à interface de rede dedicada. Ele é detectado automaticamente.\n" -"\t\t<big>Endereço multicast</big> O endereço multicast a ser utilizado na sincronização.\n" -"\t\t<big>Número do grupo</big> Um identificador numérico indica o grupo a ser sincronizado.\n" +"\t\t<big>Interface dedicada</big> Uma interface de rede dedicada " +"para sincronização. A interface deve suportar multicast e estar habilitada " +"para uso. Você ainda deve tê-la pré-configurado. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> O endereço IPv4 atribuído à interface de rede " +"dedicada. Ele é detectado automaticamente.\n" +"\t\t<big>Endereço multicast</big> O endereço multicast a ser " +"utilizado na sincronização.\n" +"\t\t<big>Número do grupo</big> Um identificador numérico indica " +"o grupo a ser sincronizado.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -509,7 +654,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big> \n" -"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em Cancelar" +" agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Flavio Arthur Leal Ferreira <flavio-arthur(a)procergs.rs.gov.br>, 2005. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 15:06-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:46-0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Congratulations!\n" @@ -52,7 +51,7 @@ "Após clicar em Concluir, você pode se logar no sistema.\n" "Visite-nos em %1.\n" "Divirta-se! Sua equipe de desenvolvimento openSUSE\n" -"\t " +" " #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" @@ -68,12 +67,15 @@ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" -"O ambiente de área de trabalho em seu computador fornece uma interface gráfica\n" +"O ambiente de área de trabalho em seu computador fornece uma interface " +"gráfica\n" "para o usuário, bem como um conjunto de aplicações para\n" -"email, navegação na Internet, produtividade no escritório, jogos e utilitários para\n" +"email, navegação na Internet, produtividade no escritório, jogos e " +"utilitários para\n" "gerenciar seu computador.\n" "\n" -"O openSUSE oferece diversas opções de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os ambientes\n" +"O openSUSE oferece diversas opções de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os " +"ambientes\n" "mais usados são o GNOME o KDE, e eles são igualmente suportados\n" "no openSUSE. Ambos são fáceis de usar, altamente integrados\n" "e possuem um visual atrativo. Cada ambiente de área de trabalho\n" @@ -141,10 +143,9 @@ #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "Carregar a configuração de rede do Linuxrc" +msgstr "Carregar a configuração de rede do linuxrc" #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2013. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2013. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-15 18:42-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:46-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Repository Name" msgid "Repository Name" -msgstr "&Nome do Repositório" +msgstr "Nome do repositório:" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96 msgid "URL" @@ -52,8 +52,10 @@ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " +"for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" +"s11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" @@ -64,7 +66,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Repository URL" msgid "Repository &URL" -msgstr "URL do Repositório" +msgstr "URL do repositório:" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135 @@ -89,16 +91,17 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "&Model" msgid "&Mode" -msgstr "&Modelo" +msgstr "&Modo" #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy." +"\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " +"space-separated list." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -154,8 +157,9 @@ #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306 +#, fuzzy msgid "Rou&ter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Roteador" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328 @@ -337,7 +341,8 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385 -msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgid "" +"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -380,7 +385,8 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"O servidor de administração de nuvem SUSE foi implantado. A alteração da rede\n" +"O servidor de administração de nuvem SUSE foi implantado. A alteração da " +"rede\n" "não é suportada atualmente.\n" "\n" "Você pode visitar a interface web do Crowbar em http://%1:3000/" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:41-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:47-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -23,10 +23,9 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module #: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" -msgstr "Configuração da impressora" +msgstr "Configuração do geo-cluster" #. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals #: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 @@ -71,10 +70,9 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do GeoCluster" +msgstr "Configuração do Geo Cluster" #. GeoCluster overview dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 @@ -180,16 +178,15 @@ msgstr "tentativas" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Height" msgid "weights" -msgstr "Altura" +msgstr "pesos" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Expired" msgid "expire" -msgstr "Expirado" +msgstr "Expirar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 #, fuzzy @@ -370,10 +367,9 @@ msgstr "Inicializando a configuração de segurança" #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" -msgstr "Ler as configurações do firewall" +msgstr "Ler as configurações do SuSEFirewall" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:42-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:48-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -23,10 +23,9 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xiplb module #: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of IPLB" -msgstr "Configuração do IPsec" +msgstr "Configuração do IPLB" #. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals #: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 @@ -70,10 +69,9 @@ msgstr "Configuração global" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração do servidor de e-mail" +msgstr "Configuração dos servidores virtuais" #. Iplb summary dialog caption #. Iplb configure1 dialog caption @@ -86,24 +84,21 @@ #. Iplb overview dialog caption #: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Overview" msgid "IPLB Overview" -msgstr "Resumo" +msgstr "Resumo do IPLB" #. Iplb configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" -msgstr "Primeira parte da configuração do CASA" +msgstr "Primeira parte da configuração do IPLB" #. Iplb configure2 dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" -msgstr "Segunda parte da configuração do CASA" +msgstr "Segunda parte da configuração do IPLB" #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 @@ -128,7 +123,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "CRL Check Interval" msgid "Check Interval" -msgstr "CRL Intervalo de Verificação" +msgstr "Inter&valo de verificação:" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 #, fuzzy @@ -158,7 +153,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Callback Of&f" msgid "Callback" -msgstr "Ret&orno de chamada inativo" +msgstr "retorno" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" @@ -196,7 +191,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ramificar" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 #, fuzzy @@ -208,7 +203,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log File" msgid "Log File" -msgstr "Arquivo de &log" +msgstr "Arquivo de log" #. All helps are here #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 @@ -219,88 +214,151 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " +"per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" +"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"" +"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " +"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a " +"href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " +"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " +"will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting" +"|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " +"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " +"are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " +"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " +"changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " +"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of " +"the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " +"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " +"autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " +"configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " +"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " +"configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, " +"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " +"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS<" +"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " +"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " +"increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " +"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " +"instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " +"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to " +"run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a " +"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">" +"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a " +"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>" +" for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -308,42 +366,87 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = " +"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " +"zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " +"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " +"service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = " +"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request<" +"b>\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " +"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " +"primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " +"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " +"which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " +"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must " +"be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " +"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " +"be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive " +"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " +"request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " +"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is " +"used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " +"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " +"address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " +"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " +"virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " +"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " +"that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " +"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " +"emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " +"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate" +"|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " +"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " +"connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " +"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " +"negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " +"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " +"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " +"services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " +"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " +"be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" +"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" +"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp" +"|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " +"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " +"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " +"server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive" +" sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -366,7 +469,9 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run " +"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " +"everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -377,68 +482,103 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " +"port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " +"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " +"overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or " +"the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL<" +"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " +"or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " +"occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " +"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind " +"that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " +"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " +"overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " +"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD<" +"/small>\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " +"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " +"the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is " +"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " +"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. " +"In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of " +"the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort " +"the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " +"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " +"in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " +"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " +"configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " +"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " +"will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , <" +"small>LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " +"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run " +"time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " +"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " +"performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " +"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " +"against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " +"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " +"(set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -452,73 +592,119 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " +"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">" +"ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP<" +"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " +"mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port " +"is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " +"53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " +"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " +"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a " +"per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " +"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " +"used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " +"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " +"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " +"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " +"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " +"requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any " +"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " +"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds " +"will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " +"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " +"configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting" +"|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " +"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " +"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options " +"are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic" +"ename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " +"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be " +"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " +"table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " +"be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " +"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " +"routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " +"information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " +"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " +"kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS<" +"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " +"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " +"overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -552,7 +738,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Setup Method" msgid "Http Method" -msgstr "Método de configuração" +msgstr "Método HTTP" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" @@ -577,10 +763,9 @@ msgstr "Senha" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Database Name:" msgid "Database Name" -msgstr "Nome do banco de dados:" +msgstr "Nome do banco de dados" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 #, fuzzy @@ -639,13 +824,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Socket type" msgid "Auth type" -msgstr "Tipo de soquete" +msgstr "Autenticação:" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other" msgid "Others" -msgstr "Outro" +msgstr "Outros" #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 @@ -676,10 +861,9 @@ msgstr "Editor de zona de encaminhamento" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Height" msgid "weight" -msgstr "Altura" +msgstr "peso" #. find next ] #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 @@ -782,3 +966,4 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumo da configuração..." + Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -2,22 +2,24 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. -# +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 12:31-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:49-0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 @@ -78,10 +80,9 @@ msgstr "Número da porta" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses." msgid "Bind all IP addresses" -msgstr "Lista de endereços IP inválida." +msgstr "Vincular todos os endereços IP" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" @@ -257,7 +258,8 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializando a configuração do LIO de destino do iSCSI</big> \n" +"<big>Inicializando a configuração do LIO de destino do iSCSI</big><" +"br>\n" "Por favor, aguarde... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -267,7 +269,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização</big> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar<" +"/b> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -400,30 +403,65 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." -msgstr "Selecione o tipo de autenticação. Use Sem Autenticação, Recebido ou Enviado (ou as duas últimas opções ao mesmo tempo). Depois informe o Usuário e a Senha." +msgid "" +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " +"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" +"/b> and Password." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o tipo de autenticação. Use Sem Autenticação, Recebido" +" ou Enviado (ou as duas últimas opções ao mesmo tempo). Depois informe " +"o Usuário e a Senha." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Utilize Adicionar para conceder acesso a um cliente vindo de um LUN importado de um grupo de portal de destino. Especifique quais clientes podem acessá-lo (o nome do cliente é InitiatorName em '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' no inicializador iscsi). Remover removerá o acesso do cliente ao LUN." +msgid "" +"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " +"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " +"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). " +"Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Utilize Adicionar para conceder acesso a um cliente vindo de um LUN " +"importado de um grupo de portal de destino. Especifique quais clientes podem " +"acessá-lo (o nome do cliente é InitiatorName em " +"'/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' no inicializador iscsi). Remover " +"removerá o acesso do cliente ao LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "É possível alterar os LUNs acessíveis ao cliente com Editar LUN. Por favor, observe que o número do LUN de destino deve ser único. Após pressionar Editar autenticação, selecione o tipo da autenticação. Utilize Recebido, Enviado ou ambos. Depois informe o Usuário e a Senha. Se Utilizar autenticação estiver desabilitado no diálogo anterior, Editar autenticação estará desabilitado aqui." +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " +"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " +"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " +"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " +"disabled here." +msgstr "" +"É possível alterar os LUNs acessíveis ao cliente com Editar LUN. " +"Por favor, observe que o número do LUN de destino deve ser único. Após " +"pressionar Editar autenticação, selecione o tipo da autenticação. " +"Utilize Recebido, Enviado ou ambos. Depois informe o " +"Usuário e a Senha. Se Utilizar autenticação estiver " +"desabilitado no diálogo anterior, Editar autenticação estará " +"desabilitado aqui." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." -msgstr "Copiar oferece a possibilidade de dar a um cliente adicional acesso ao LUN." +msgid "" +"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " +"the LUN." +msgstr "" +"Copiar oferece a possibilidade de dar a um cliente adicional acesso " +"ao LUN." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Lista de destinos oferecidos e grupos de portal de destino. Para criar um novo destino, clique em Adicionar.\n" -"Para remover ou alterar um item, selecione-o e pressione Alterar ou Remover." +"Lista de destinos oferecidos e grupos de portal de destino. Para criar um " +"novo destino, clique em Adicionar.\n" +"Para remover ou alterar um item, selecione-o e pressione Alterar ou " +"Remover." #. edit target #. add target @@ -434,58 +472,79 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " +"\n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"É possível disponibilizar dispositivos de bloco ou arquivos arbitrários em um LUN.\n" -"É necessário fornecer o caminho para os dispositivos de bloco ou arquivo. \n" -"O Nome do LUN é um nome arbitrário utilizado para identificar unicamente o LUN. \n" +"É possível disponibilizar dispositivos de bloco ou arquivos arbitrários em um " +"LUN.\n" +"É necessário fornecer o caminho para os dispositivos de bloco ou " +"arquivo. \n" +"O Nome do LUN é um nome arbitrário utilizado para identificar " +"unicamente o LUN. \n" "O nome deve ser único dentro do grupo de portal de destino. Se o usuário \n" "não fornecer um nome para o LUN, ele será gerado automaticamente." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Em Endereço IP e Número da porta você especificará em qual endereço\n" +"Em Endereço IP e Número da porta você especificará em qual " +"endereço\n" "e porta o serviço estará disponível. O valor padrão para a porta é 3260.\n" "É possível utilizar somente endereços atribuídos a uma das placas de rede." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "Criar novo destino. Substitua os valores do gabarito pelos valores corretos." +msgstr "" +"Criar novo destino. Substitua os valores do gabarito pelos valores corretos." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " +"\n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"É possível disponibilizar dispositivos de bloco ou arquivos arbitrários em um lun.\n" -"É necessário fornecer o caminho para os dispositivos de bloco ou arquivo. \n" -"O Nome do LUN é um nome arbitrário utilizado para identificar unicamente o LUN. \n" +"É possível disponibilizar dispositivos de bloco ou arquivos arbitrários em um " +"lun.\n" +"É necessário fornecer o caminho para os dispositivos de bloco ou " +"arquivo. \n" +"O Nome do LUN é um nome arbitrário utilizado para identificar " +"unicamente o LUN. \n" "O nome deve ser único dentro do grupo de portal de destino. Se o usuário \n" "não fornecer um nome para o LUN, ele será gerado automaticamente." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." -msgstr "É possível adicionar, editar ou remover todas as opções de configuração adicionais." +msgid "" +"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " +"configuration options." +msgstr "" +"É possível adicionar, editar ou remover todas as opções " +"de configuração adicionais." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " +"Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Edite o número de LUN se necessário, defina Tipo (nullio é usado para testes).\n" -"Se Tipo=fileio, defina Caminho como o arquivo ou o dispositivo de disco.ID de SCSI e Setores são opcionais." +"Edite o número de LUN se necessário, defina Tipo (nullio é " +"usado para testes).\n" +"Se Tipo=fileio, defina Caminho como o arquivo ou o dispositivo de " +"disco.ID de SCSI e Setores são opcionais." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -513,7 +572,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "O caminho selecionado deve ser de um dispositivo em bloco ou de um arquivo normal!" +msgstr "" +"O caminho selecionado deve ser de um dispositivo em bloco ou de um arquivo " +"normal!" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ # Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999. # Ralf Lanz <rlanz(a)genix.com.br>, 1999. # Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive68(a)gmail.com>, 2008. -# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011. +# Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014. # Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-06 21:14-0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Isis Binder <isis.binder(a)gmail.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:49-0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ "X-Poedit-Language: Portuguese\n" "X-Poedit-Country: BRAZIL\n" "X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the Xisns module #: src/clients/isns.rb:35 @@ -143,7 +143,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando a inicialização</big> \n" -"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar agora.\n" +"Cancele o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando Cancelar<" +"/b> agora.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -177,26 +178,76 @@ "Configure um servidor iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "A lista de todos os nós iSCSI disponíveis registrados no serviço iSNS é exibida.Os nós são registrados pelos iniciadores e destinatários iSCSI.É possível somente Remover os nós. Remover um nó remove-o do banco de dados do iSNS." +msgid "" +"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are " +"displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " +"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " +"removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "" +"A lista de todos os nós iSCSI disponíveis registrados no serviço iSNS é " +"exibida.Os nós são registrados pelos iniciadores e destinatários " +"iSCSI.É possível somente Remover os nós. Remover um nó remove-o " +"do banco de dados do iSNS." #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "Uma lista de todos os domínios de descoberta é exibida. É possível Criar ou Remover um domínio de descoberta. Remover um domínio remove os membros do domínio mas não exclui os membros do nó iSCSI." +msgid "" +"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create " +"a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " +"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "" +"Uma lista de todos os domínios de descoberta é exibida. É possível Criar<" +"/b> ou Remover um domínio de descoberta. Remover um domínio remove " +"os membros do domínio mas não exclui os membros do nó iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "Uma lista de todos os nós iSCSI é exibida pelo domínio de descoberta. Selecionar outro domínio de descoberta atualiza a lista de membros deste domínio de descoberta. É possível Adicionar um nó iSCSI a um domínio de descoberta ou Remover o nó. Remover um nó remove-o do domínio mas não exclui o nó iSCSI Criar um nó iSCSI permite que um nó ainda não registrado seja adicionado como membro no domínio de descoberta. Quando o iniciador ou o destinatário registra este nó, ele passa a fazer parte deste domínio Quando um iniciador iSCSI faz a requisição de descoberta, o serviço iSNS retorna todos os nós iSCSI destinatários que são membros dos mesmos domínios de descoberta." +msgid "" +"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " +"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " +"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " +"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " +"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet " +"registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the " +"initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain<" +"/p> When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service " +"returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery " +"Domains. " +msgstr "" +"Uma lista de todos os nós iSCSI é exibida pelo domínio de descoberta. " +"Selecionar outro domínio de descoberta atualiza a lista de membros deste " +"domínio de descoberta. É possível Adicionar um nó iSCSI a um domínio " +"de descoberta ou Remover o nó. Remover um nó remove-o do domínio " +"mas não exclui o nó iSCSI Criar um nó iSCSI permite que um nó ainda " +"não registrado seja adicionado como membro no domínio de descoberta. Quando o " +"iniciador ou o destinatário registra este nó, ele passa a fazer parte deste " +"domínio Quando um iniciador iSCSI faz a requisição de descoberta, o " +"serviço iSNS retorna todos os nós iSCSI destinatários que são membros dos " +"mesmos domínios de descoberta." #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "Uma lista de todos os conjuntos de domínios de descoberta é exibida acima. Domínios de descoberta pertencem a conjuntos de domínios de descoberta. Um domínio de descoberta deve ser membro de um conjunto de domínios de descoberta para que esteja ativo. Em um banco de dados iSNS, um conjunto de domínios de descoberta contém domínios de descoberta e os domínios de descoberta contêm os membros do Nó iSCSI. " +msgid "" +"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " +"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " +"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " +"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " +"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "" +"Uma lista de todos os conjuntos de domínios de descoberta é exibida acima. " +"Domínios de descoberta pertencem a conjuntos de domínios de descoberta. Um " +"domínio de descoberta deve ser membro de um conjunto de domínios de " +"descoberta para que esteja ativo. Em um banco de dados iSNS, um " +"conjunto de domínios de descoberta contém domínios de descoberta e os " +"domínios de descoberta contêm os membros do Nó iSCSI. " #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "A lista de membros do conjunto de domínios de descoberta é atualizada sempre que um conjunto de domínios de descoberta diferente for selecionado." +msgid "" +"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " +"discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "" +"A lista de membros do conjunto de domínios de descoberta é atualizada " +"sempre que um conjunto de domínios de descoberta diferente for selecionado.<" +"/p>" #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 @@ -238,10 +289,11 @@ #. boolean display = true; #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "Não foi possível conectar ao servidor iSNS. Verifique o endereço do servidor iSNS." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível conectar ao servidor iSNS. Verifique se o servidor iSNS está " +"em execução." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -255,8 +307,11 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Para configurar o serviço iSNS, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado." +msgid "" +"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar o serviço iSNS, o pacote %1 deve estar instalado.<" +"/p>" #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-24 19:28-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:49-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -114,10 +114,12 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " +"localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Escolhendo Sem conexão o servidor de e-mail será iniciado \n" -"mas somente o transporte de e-mails locais será possível. O MTA escutará o localhost.\n" +"mas somente o transporte de e-mails locais será possível. O MTA escutará o " +"localhost.\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -126,7 +128,8 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique a reescrita do endereço do remetente aqui para cada usuário.\n" +"Especifique a reescrita do endereço do remetente aqui para cada usuário.<" +"/p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 @@ -146,20 +149,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as " +"smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "O servidor de saída de e-mails é normalmente usado por \n" -"conexões discadas. Informe o servidor SMTP,tal como, smtp.provedor.com.br.\n" +"conexões discadas. Informe o servidor SMTP,tal como, smtp.provedor.com.br<" +"/b>.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " +"provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No campo Nome de usuário, informe o nome de usuário que recebeu do provedor.\n" +"No campo Nome de usuário, informe o nome de usuário que recebeu do " +"provedor.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -200,7 +207,8 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Esta tabela redireciona os e-mails entregues localmente. \n" @@ -363,16 +371,14 @@ msgstr "Iniciar o &fetchmail" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "[manually set]" msgid "manual" -msgstr "[configurado manualmente]" +msgstr "manual" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "FTP daemon" msgid "daemon" -msgstr "Daemon do FTP" +msgstr "daemon" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 @@ -703,7 +709,8 @@ "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Habilitar pesquisa de vírus (AMaVUS) verifica os e-mails de entrada e saída \n" +"Habilitar pesquisa de vírus (AMaVUS) verifica os e-mails de entrada " +"e saída \n" "com o AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -750,17 +757,22 @@ "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " +"send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"São necessárias ações adicionais para habilitar DKIM para e-mails enviados. Uma chave SSL\n" +"São necessárias ações adicionais para habilitar DKIM para e-mails " +"enviados. Uma chave SSL\n" "será gerada para o valor 'meudomínio' definido no Postfix. Um novo serviço\n" -"'envio' será configurado no Postfix. Depois que isso for configurado, você poderá\n" -"enviar e-mails com este serviço 'envio' de 'minhasredes' com autenticação SASL\n" -"habilitada. Somente e-mails enviados por esse novo serviço serão assinados com\n" +"'envio' será configurado no Postfix. Depois que isso for configurado, você " +"poderá\n" +"enviar e-mails com este serviço 'envio' de 'minhasredes' com autenticação " +"SASL\n" +"habilitada. Somente e-mails enviados por esse novo serviço serão assinados " +"com\n" "a chave de domínio.\n" #. help text @@ -771,23 +783,29 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " +"the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A chave pública da chave de domínio precisa ser emitida por um Serviço de Nomes\n" +"A chave pública da chave de domínio precisa ser emitida por um Serviço de " +"Nomes\n" "de Domínio. A chave pública será salva como um registro TXT de DNS\n" "em /var/db/dkim/[meudomínio].public.txt e precisa ser implantada em\n" "um Serviço de Nome de Domínio adequado. Se existe um serviço de nomes\n" -"em execução neste servidor, que é o servidor autoridade para aquele domínio, a\n" +"em execução neste servidor, que é o servidor autoridade para aquele domínio, " +"a\n" "chave pública será adicionada como um registro TXT naquela zona de domínio\n" "automaticamente.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "Se você habilitar o suporte a DKIM, o antivírus (AMaViS) também será habilitado." +msgid "" +"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "" +"Se você habilitar o suporte a DKIM, o antivírus (AMaViS) também será " +"habilitado." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -821,7 +839,8 @@ "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" "É recomendado ter uma conta de usuário regular\n" -"para o administrador de sistema e direcionar e-mail do root para esta conta." +"para o administrador de sistema e direcionar e-mail do root para esta conta.<" +"/p>" #. Translators: combo box label #. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA @@ -831,8 +850,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "O modo de entrega é geralmente Diretamentel, a não ser que você não encaminhe o e-mail do root ou queira acessar o e-mail via IMAP." +msgid "" +"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " +"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "" +"O modo de entrega é geralmente Diretamentel, a não ser que " +"você não encaminhe o e-mail do root ou queira acessar o e-mail via IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -872,7 +895,8 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "Não foi possível usar o procmail se o e-mail do root não é encaminhado." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível usar o procmail se o e-mail do root não é encaminhado." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-29 11:43-0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:50-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ #. %s is the default SCC URL #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:112 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" #. popup message #. popup message @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:216 msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O registro está sendo atualizado..." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:217 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." @@ -133,7 +133,9 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -203,11 +205,15 @@ msgstr "O sistema já está registrado." #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -599,7 +605,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " +"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -622,17 +630,22 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -661,7 +674,9 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " +"with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -717,22 +732,28 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"O registro do produto inclui seu produto no banco de dados da Central do Cliente SUSE,\n" +"O registro do produto inclui seu produto no banco de dados da Central do " +"Cliente SUSE,\n" " habilitando-o a receber atualizações onlines e suporte técnico.\n" -"Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione Realizar o registro do produto." +"Para registrar durante a instalação automática, selecione Realizar o " +"registro do produto." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" "Se sua rede possui um servidor de registro personalizado, informe o URL\n" -"correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em Configurações do servidor SMT.\n" +"correto do servidor e a localização do certificado SMT em Configurações do " +"servidor SMT.\n" "Consulte o seu manual do SMT para detalhes." #. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this @@ -803,28 +824,50 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos." +msgid "" +"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "" +"Uma conexão segura (HTTPS) utiliza certificados SSL para verificar a " +"autenticidade do servidor e para criptografar os dados transferidos." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e o emissor do certificado desconhecido." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " +"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher importar o certificado na lista de autoridades " +"certificadores (CA) conhecidas. Isso significa que você confia no elemento e " +"o emissor do certificado desconhecido." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um certificado auto-assinado." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"A importação de um certificação lhe permitirá utilizar, por exemplo, um " +"certificado auto-assinado." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "Importante: você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor." +msgid "" +"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " +"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "" +"Importante: você deve verificar a impressão digital do certificado " +"para garantir que o certificado genuíno seja importado do servidor." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação é um risco de segurança." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " +"risk." +msgstr "" +"A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem realizar a verificação " +"é um risco de segurança." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60 Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 11:42:13 UTC (rev 90552) +++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2014-10-30 12:52:23 UTC (rev 90553) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 13:13-0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:50-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: pt_BR\n" @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de discos rígidos.\n" +"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de " +"discos rígidos.\n" "\n" "Nunca particione discos que possam, de alguma forma, estar sendo usados\n" "(montados, realizando troca, etc.) a menos que saiba exatamente o que está\n" @@ -143,7 +144,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Se desejar fazer apenas pequenos ajustes na configuração\n" -"proposta (como, por exemplo, alterar os tipos de sistemas de arquivos), escolha \n" +"proposta (como, por exemplo, alterar os tipos de sistemas de arquivos), " +"escolha \n" "%1 e faça essas alterações no diálogo avançado\n" "do particionador.\n" @@ -279,7 +281,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "O redimensionamento real não será executado até após a confirmação\n" -"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo. Até lá, sua partição Windows\n" +"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo. Até lá, sua partição " +"Windows\n" "permanecerá inalterada.\n" "\n" @@ -529,7 +532,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento personalizado." +msgstr "" +"O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento " +"personalizado." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -666,8 +671,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver disponível, para a instalação." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver " +"disponível, para a instalação." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -794,7 +802,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "A partição /home não será formatada. Após a instalação,\n" -"tenha certeza de que as permissões dos diretórios do usuário estão definidas corretamente." +"tenha certeza de que as permissões dos diretórios do usuário estão definidas " +"corretamente." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -908,7 +917,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Observação: se você selecionar uma região que não é exibida como livre,\n" +"Observação: se você selecionar uma região que não é exibida como livre" +",\n" "você pode perder dados existentes no disco. Isso também pode afetar\n" "outros sistemas operacionais.\n" "" @@ -961,7 +971,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Se você remover o Windows, tudo nesta partição será irreversivelmente\n" -"perdido na instalação. Ao diminuir a partição do Windows, é extremamente\n" +"perdido na instalação. Ao diminuir a partição do Windows, é " +"extremamente\n" "recomendado salvar os dados, pois estes serão reorganizados.\n" "Isso pode falhar em situações raras.\n" "\n" @@ -1094,7 +1105,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Aviso: não há uma partição do tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Para iniciar a partir de um disco GPT utilizando o grub2, é necesário uma partição desse tipo.\n" +"Para iniciar a partir de um disco GPT utilizando o grub2, é necesário uma " +"partição desse tipo.\n" "\n" "Deseja realmente utilizar esta configuração?\n" @@ -1148,7 +1160,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Aviso: alguns subvolumes do sistema de arquivos raiz estão ocultos\n" -"por pontos de montagem de outros sistemas de arquivos. Isto pode gerar problemas.\n" +"por pontos de montagem de outros sistemas de arquivos. Isto pode gerar " +"problemas.\n" "\n" "Deseja realmente utilizar esta configuração?\n" @@ -1165,7 +1178,8 @@ "Aviso: com sua configuração atual, sua instalação %1\n" "pode não ser diretamente inicializável, porque seus arquivos\n" "em \"boot\" estão em um dispositivo de RAID de software.\n" -"A configuração do carregador de inicialização às vezes falha com esta configuração.\n" +"A configuração do carregador de inicialização às vezes falha com esta " +"configuração.\n" "\n" "Realmente usar esta configuração?\n" @@ -1231,13 +1245,15 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " +"\"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Você não atribuiu uma partição de troca. Na maioria dos casos, nós recomentados\n" +"Você não atribuiu uma partição de troca. Na maioria dos casos, nós " +"recomentados\n" "fortemente a criação e atribuição de uma partição de troca.\n" "Partições de troca no sistema são listadas na janela principal com o\n" "tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca ativada tem o ponto de montagem\n" @@ -1355,14 +1371,18 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"A partição estendida selecionada contém partições que estão montadas atualmente:\n" +"A partição estendida selecionada contém partições que estão montadas " +"atualmente:\n" "%1\n" -"Nós recomentamos *fortemente* desmontar essas partições antes de remover a partição estendida.\n" +"Nós recomentamos *fortemente* desmontar essas partições antes de remover a " +"partição estendida.\n" "Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1541,13 +1561,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Rótulo de Volume:\n" "O nome digitado neste campo é usado como rótulo de volume. Isso normalmente\n" -"faz sentido apenas quando você ativa a opção de montagem pelo rótulo de volume.\n" +"faz sentido apenas quando você ativa a opção de montagem pelo rótulo de " +"volume.\n" "Um rótulo de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n" #. label text @@ -1569,10 +1591,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "UUID" msgid "&UUID" -msgstr "UUID" +msgstr "&UUID" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526 @@ -1689,7 +1710,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "O sistema de arquivos na partição não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos." +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de " +"arquivos." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1700,7 +1722,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos." +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de " +"arquivos." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1724,8 +1747,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos." +"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo " +"YaST2.\n" +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de " +"arquivos." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1735,8 +1760,10 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n" -"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos." +"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido " +"pelo YaST2.\n" +"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de " +"arquivos." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1745,11 +1772,15 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "Você diminuiu o tamanho de uma partição com um sistema de arquivos reiser nela." +msgstr "" +"Você diminuiu o tamanho de uma partição com um sistema de arquivos reiser " +"nela." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "Você diminuiu o tamanho de um volume lógico com um sistema de arquivos reiser nele." +msgstr "" +"Você diminuiu o tamanho de um volume lógico com um sistema de arquivos reiser " +"nele." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1760,7 +1791,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"É possível diminuir o tamanho de um sistema de arquivos reiser, mas isso não foi \n" +"É possível diminuir o tamanho de um sistema de arquivos reiser, mas isso não " +"foi \n" "completamente testado. É recomendado fazer um backup dos dados.\n" "\n" "Diminuir o tamanho do sistema de arquivos agora?" @@ -1770,12 +1802,14 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "O dispositivo selecionado contém partições que estão atualmente montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Nós recomendados *fortemente* desmontar estas partições antes de remover a tabela de partições.\n" +"Nós recomendados *fortemente* desmontar estas partições antes de remover a " +"tabela de partições.\n" "Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1828,7 +1862,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Habilitar snapshots automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o snapper." +msgstr "" +"Habilitar snapshots automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o " +"snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566 @@ -1918,7 +1954,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n" +"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não " +"estiver \n" "montado. Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n" " sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n" "\n" @@ -1928,16 +1965,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " +"/var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /tmp\n" -"ou /var/tmp. Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma senha\n" -"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que você perderá todos\n" +"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como " +"/tmp\n" +"ou /var/tmp. Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema " +"criará uma senha\n" +"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que " +"você perderá todos\n" "os dados nesses sistemas de arquivos quando o sistema for desligado.\n" " \n" @@ -1947,15 +1988,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema de arquivos.\n" -"Escolha sua senha com cuidado. É recomendado usar uma combinação de letras e números.\n" +"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema " +"de arquivos.\n" +"Escolha sua senha com cuidado. É recomendado usar uma combinação de letras e " +"números.\n" "Para garantir que sua senha foi informada corretamente,\n" "informe-a duas vezes.\n" "\n" @@ -1966,7 +2010,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2020,14 +2065,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de sistema e, portanto, não for\n" -"necessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar Ignorar. Neste caso, o\n" +"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de " +"sistema e, portanto, não for\n" +"necessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar Ignorar. Neste " +"caso, o\n" "sistema de arquivos não é acessado durante a atualização.\n" "\n" @@ -2085,7 +2133,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de arquivos\n" +"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de " +"arquivos\n" "que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento adequado do sistema.\n" "\n" "Isso pode causar problemas.\n" @@ -2144,7 +2193,9 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "Este ponto de montagem já está em uso. Selecione um ponto de montagem diferente." +msgstr "" +"Este ponto de montagem já está em uso. Selecione um ponto de montagem " +"diferente." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 @@ -2152,12 +2203,14 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Sistema de arquivos FAT usado para ponto de montagem do sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Sistema de arquivos FAT usado para ponto de montagem do sistema (/, /usr, " +"/opt, /var, /home).\n" "Isso não é possível." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "Caractere inválido no ponto de montagem. Não use \"`'!\"%#\"." #. error popup text @@ -2259,15 +2312,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Não é possível diminuir o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." +msgstr "" +"Não é possível diminuir o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Não é possível estender o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." +msgstr "" +"Não é possível estender o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Não é possível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver montado." +msgstr "" +"Não é possível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto ele estiver " +"montado." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2730,7 +2787,8 @@ "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Se você deseja criptografar todos os dados no\n" -"volume, selecione Criptografar dispositivo. A alteração da criptografia em\n" +"volume, selecione Criptografar dispositivo. A alteração da " +"criptografia em\n" "um volume existente excluirá todos os dados nele contidos.\n" #. helptext @@ -2815,7 +2873,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n" +"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não " +"estiver \n" "montado. Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n" " sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n" "" @@ -2830,8 +2889,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é 'swap'. Você deve deixar a senha de\n" -"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para hibernação\n" +"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é 'swap'. Você deve deixar a " +"senha de\n" +"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para " +"hibernação\n" "(suspender para o disco).\n" "\n" @@ -2846,7 +2907,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "Redimensionamento não é uma operação suportada pelo dispositivo subjacente." +msgstr "" +"Redimensionamento não é uma operação suportada pelo dispositivo subjacente." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 @@ -2856,7 +2918,8 @@ "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de arquivos\n" +"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de " +"arquivos\n" "nessa partição não suporta redimensionamento.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 @@ -2956,8 +3019,10 @@ "resize task a lot." msgstr "" "Você está estendendo um sistema de arquivos montando em %1 gigabytes. \n" -"Isto pode ser bastante devagar e pode levar horas. Você pode possivelmente querer\n" -"considerar desmontar o sistema de arquivos, o que irá aumentar e muito a velocidade\n" +"Isto pode ser bastante devagar e pode levar horas. Você pode possivelmente " +"querer\n" +"considerar desmontar o sistema de arquivos, o que irá aumentar e muito a " +"velocidade\n" "da tarefa de redimensionar." #. label for log view @@ -3002,7 +3067,8 @@ "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta visão exibe todos os dispositivos do mapeador de dispositivos,\n" -"exceto aqueles já incusos em alguma outra visão. Logo, discos de caminhos múltiplos,\n" +"exceto aqueles já incusos em alguma outra visão. Logo, discos de caminhos " +"múltiplos,\n" "RAIDs de BIOS e volumes lógicos LVM não são exibidos aqui.\n" #. helptext @@ -3313,7 +3379,8 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "A partição %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n" -"redimensionada. Para redimensionar %1, tenha certeza de que ela não está sendo usada." +"redimensionada. Para redimensionar %1, tenha certeza de que ela não está " +"sendo usada." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3487,7 +3554,8 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Esta visão exibe todos os discos rígidos, incluindo \n" -"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições.\n" +"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições.<" +"/p>\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3553,7 +3621,8 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta visão exibe todas as partições do disco rígido\n" -"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou caminhos múltiplos,\n" +"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou caminhos " +"múltiplos,\n" "nenhuma partição será exibida aqui.\n" #. helptext @@ -3564,7 +3633,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Esta visualização exibe todos os dispositivos usados pelo\n" -"disco rígido selecionado. A visualização está disponível somente para BIOS com RAID, RAIDS \n" +"disco rígido selecionado. A visualização está disponível somente para BIOS " +"com RAID, RAIDS \n" "de software particionados e discos de caminhos múltiplos.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3599,7 +3669,8 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "O YaST2 pesquisou seus discos rígidos e encontrou\n" -"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de montagem antigos são exibidos na tabela.\n" +"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de " +"montagem antigos são exibidos na tabela.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3765,12 +3836,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Caminho do arquivo de loop: Isto deve ser um caminho absoluto para o arquivo\n" -"contendo os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser configurado.\n" +"Caminho do arquivo de loop: Isto deve ser um caminho absoluto " +"para o arquivo\n" +"contendo os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser " +"configurado.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3794,7 +3868,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tamanho: Este é o tamanho do arquivo de loop.\n" -"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá \n" +"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá " +"\n" "este tamanho.\n" #. helptext @@ -3898,7 +3973,8 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "O arquivo crypt %1 está sendo usado e não\n" -"pode ser editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado." +"pode ser editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo " +"usado." #. heading #. tree node label @@ -3982,13 +4058,16 @@ "and deleted:" msgstr "" "O grupo de volume \"%1\" contém, no mínimo, um volume lógico.\n" -"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem montados)\n" +"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem " +"montados)\n" "e removidos:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Realmente remover o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos relacionados?" +msgstr "" +"Realmente remover o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos " +"relacionados?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -3996,7 +4075,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Os dados informados são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão maior do que %1\n" +"Os dados informados são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão " +"maior do que %1\n" "em potências de 2, por exemplo, \"%2\" ou \"%3\"" #. error popup text @@ -4035,7 +4115,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Selecionar os volumes físicos que o grupo de volume deve conter." +msgstr "" +"Selecionar os volumes físicos que o grupo de volume deve conter." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4068,7 +4149,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Digite o tamanho bem como o número e tamanho \n" @@ -4087,9 +4169,11 @@ msgstr "" "Os conhecidos Thin volumes pode ter um tamanho\n" "de volume arbitrário. O espaço necessário é obtido sob demanda a partir\n" -"do Thin pool associado. Logo, é possível criar um thin volume com tamanho\n" +"do Thin pool associado. Logo, é possível criar um thin volume com " +"tamanho\n" "maior que o thin pool. Obviamente, quando há dados sendo escritos um um\n" -"thin volume, o thin pool associado deve ser capaz de garantir o espaço necessário.\n" +"thin volume, o thin pool associado deve ser capaz de garantir o espaço " +"necessário.\n" "Os thin volumes não podem possuir um stripe count." #. heading for frame @@ -4123,30 +4207,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Você pode declarar o volume lógico como um Volume normal.\n" -"Este é o padrão e é o mesmo que volumes LVM, como era antes da existência do recurso de Thin provisioning.\n" +"Este é o padrão e é o mesmo que volumes LVM, como era antes da existência do " +"recurso de Thin provisioning.\n" "Caso fique em dúvida, esta é, provavelmente, a escolha correta." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Você pode declarar um volume lógico como um Thin pool.\n" -"Isto significa que Thin volumes alocam o espaço necessário sob demanda a partir desse pool." +"Isto significa que Thin volumes alocam o espaço necessário sob demanda " +"a partir desse pool." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" +"." msgstr "" "Você pode declarar o volume lógico como um Thin volume.\n" -"Isto significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda a partir de um Thin pool." +"Isto significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda a partir de " +"um Thin pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4200,12 +4290,15 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de volume.\n" +"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de " +"volume.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e(ou 0x83) ou um dispositivo\n" +"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e(ou 0x83) ou um " +"dispositivo\n" "RAID não usado é necessário. Modifique sua tabela de partições de acordo." #. error popup @@ -4437,8 +4530,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4469,34 +4566,44 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Este nível aumenta o desempenho do disco.\n" -"NÃO há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será possível recuperar os dados.\n" +"NÃO há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será " +"possível recuperar os dados.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " +"all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Este modo tem a melhor redundância. Ele pode ser\n" "usado com dois ou mais discos. Uma cópia exata de todos os dados de todos os\n" -"discos é mantida. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda estiver funcionando, nenhum dado será perdido.\n" -"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho.\n" +"discos é mantida. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda estiver funcionando, " +"nenhum dado será perdido.\n" +"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: Este modo combina gerenciamento de muitos\n" -"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundância. Pode ser usado com três discos ou mais.\n" -"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos\n" +"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundância. Pode ser usado com três discos ou " +"mais.\n" +"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham " +"simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4513,11 +4620,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." +"\n" msgstr "" "Adicionar partições para seu RAID. De acordo com\n" -"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma destas partições (RAID0), o tamanho\n" +"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma destas partições (RAID0), o " +"tamanho\n" "da menor partição (RAID 1) ou (N-1)*menor partição (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4581,11 +4691,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho do Bloco: É a menor massa de dados \"atômica\" \n" -"que pode ser escrita nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 kB. Para RAID 0,\n" +"que pode ser escrita nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 " +"kB. Para RAID 0,\n" "32 kB é um bom começo. Para RAID 1, o tamanho não afeta muito o array.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -4596,10 +4709,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" -"Algoritmo de paridade: O algoritmo de paridade a ser utilizado no RAID5/6.\n" -"Simétrico à Esquerda é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com superfícies rotativas.\n" +"Algoritmo de paridade: O algoritmo de paridade a ser utilizado " +"no RAID5/6.\n" +"Simétrico à Esquerda é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com " +"superfícies rotativas.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4678,7 +4794,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "O raid %1 não pode ser alterado porque está inativo.\n" -"Isto normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é muito pequeno\n" +"Isto normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é muito " +"pequeno\n" "para que o raid seja utilizável.\n" #. error popup @@ -4879,15 +4996,20 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" +"\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Montagem padrão fornece o método de montagem\n" -"para sistemas de arquivo recém-criados. Nome do dispositivo usa o nome de dispositivo\n" -"do kernel, que não é persistente. Identificador do dispositivo e Caminho do dispositivo\n" -"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Estes deveriam ser persistentes,\n" +"para sistemas de arquivo recém-criados. Nome do dispositivo usa o nome " +"de dispositivo\n" +"do kernel, que não é persistente. Identificador do dispositivo e " +"Caminho do dispositivo\n" +"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Estes " +"deveriam ser persistentes,\n" "mas infelizmente isso nem sempre é verdade. Enfim, UUID e\n" "Rótulo do volume usam o UUID e o rótulo do sistema de arquivo.\n" @@ -4904,13 +5026,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alinhamento das partições recém-criadas\n" -"determina como as partições recém-criadas são alinhadas. Cilindro é o alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. ótimo alinha as\n" -"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas pelo kernel linux \n" +"determina como as partições recém-criadas são alinhadas. Cilindro é o " +"alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. ótimo " +"alinha as\n" +"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas " +"pelo kernel linux \n" "ou tenta ser compatível com o Windows Vista e o Windows 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5001,8 +5128,10 @@ "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" -"A realização de uma nova leitura dos dispositivos que não estão em uso cancela \n" -"todas as modificações feitas. Deseja ler novamente os dispositivos que não estão em uso?" +"A realização de uma nova leitura dos dispositivos que não estão em uso " +"cancela \n" +"todas as modificações feitas. Deseja ler novamente os dispositivos que não " +"estão em uso?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5180,26 +5309,34 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Este diálogo é para definir as classes para os dispositivos RAID\n" -"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E mas para muitos casos\n" +"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E mas para muitos " +"casos\n" "menos classes são necessárias (por ex.: apenas A e B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " +"\n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Você pode colocar um dispositivo em uma classe clicando com o botão\n" -"direito no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de contexto. Pressionando a \n" -"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar múltiplos dispositivos e colocá-los em uma classe em\n" -"um passo. Também pode-se usar os botões rotulados \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar os dispositivos \n" +"direito no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de contexto. " +"Pressionando a \n" +"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar múltiplos dispositivos e colocá-los " +"em uma classe em\n" +"um passo. Também pode-se usar os botões rotulados \"%1\" a \"%2\" para " +"colocar os dispositivos \n" "atualmente selecionados nesta classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5228,8 +5365,10 @@ "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "Alternado usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro\n" -"dispositivo da classe B, depois todas as seguintes classes com dispositivos atribuídos.\n" -"Então vem o segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim por diante." +"dispositivo da classe B, depois todas as seguintes classes com dispositivos " +"atribuídos.\n" +"Então vem o segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe " +"B e assim por diante." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5238,29 +5377,39 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe estão ordenados no final da lista de dispositivos.\n" -"Quando você sair da janela, a ordem atual dos dispositivos é usada como ordem dos\n" +"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe estão ordenados no final da lista de " +"dispositivos.\n" +"Quando você sair da janela, a ordem atual dos dispositivos é usada como ordem " +"dos\n" "no RAID a ser criado." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" +") and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Pressionando o botão \"%1\" você pode selecionar um arquivo que\n" -"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (por ex.:. \"sda.* A\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n" -"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão regular é verificada \n" +"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (por ex.:. " +"\"sda.* A\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n" +"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão " +"regular é verificada \n" "contra o nome do kernel (por ex.:. /dev/sda1), \n" -"o nome de caminho udev (por ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e contra o\n" +"o nome de caminho udev (por ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0" +":0-part1) e contra o\n" "ID udev (por ex.: /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"A primeira correspondência determina a classe se um nome de dispositivo corresponda a mais de uma\n" +"A primeira correspondência determina a classe se um nome de dispositivo " +"corresponda a mais de uma\n" "expressão regular." #. headline text @@ -5298,12 +5447,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tamanho do Tmpfs:\n" -"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo-, Mega- ou Gigabyte ou\n" -"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem de memória." +"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo-, " +"Mega- ou Gigabyte ou\n" +"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem " +"de memória." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5323,7 +5475,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridade de Troca:\n" -"Informe a prioridade de troca. Números altos significam maior prioridade.\n" +"Informe a prioridade de troca. Números altos significam maior prioridade." +"\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5334,11 +5487,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Montar somente leitura:\n" -"Não é possível escrever no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a instalação\n" +"Não é possível escrever no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a " +"instalação\n" "o sistema de arquivos sempre estará montado como somente leitura." #. button text @@ -5353,14 +5508,14 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sem tempo de acesso:\n" -"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando arquivo for lido. O padrão é falso.\n" +"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando arquivo for lido. O padrão é " +"falso.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &User" msgid "Mountable by User" -msgstr "Pode ser montado pelo &usuário" +msgstr "Pode ser montado pelo usuário" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 @@ -5369,7 +5524,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pode ser montado pelo usuário:\n" -"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por um usuário comum. O padrão é falso.\n" +"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por um usuário comum. O padrão é " +"falso.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5382,14 +5538,17 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" +"/tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Não montar na inicialização do sistema:\n" "O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente na inicialização.\n" "Uma entrada na /etc/fstab é criada e o sistema de arquivos é montado com\n" "as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"for executado (<mount point> é o diretório onde o sistema de arquivos for montado.\n" +"for executado (<mount point> é o diretório onde o sistema de arquivos " +"for montado.\n" "O padrão é falso.\n" #. button text @@ -5421,16 +5580,22 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" +"/p>\n" msgstr "" "Modo de Dados Journalling:\n" "Especifica o modo journalling para dados de arquivo.\n" -" <tt>journal</tt> -- Todos os dados são submetidos ao diário (journal) antes de serem\n" +" <tt>journal</tt> -- Todos os dados são submetidos ao diário (journal) antes " +"de serem\n" " salvos no sistema de arquivos principal. Impacto máximo no desempenho.\n" -" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de arquivos principal\n" -" antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário (journal). Impacto médio no desempenho.\n" -" <tt>writeback</tt> -- A ordenação dos dados não é preservada. Sem impacto no desempenho.\n" +" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de " +"arquivos principal\n" +" antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário (journal). Impacto médio " +"no desempenho.\n" +" <tt>writeback</tt> -- A ordenação dos dados não é preservada. Sem impacto no " +"desempenho.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5466,18 +5631,24 @@ msgstr "&Valor da opção arbitrária" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Caractere inválido no valor da opção. Não use espaços ou tabulações. Tente novamente." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Caractere inválido no valor da opção. Não use espaços ou tabulações. Tente " +"novamente." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor da Opção Arbitrária:\n" -"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo de " +"/etc/fstab.\n" "Várias opções são separadas por vírgulas.\n" #. label text @@ -5503,7 +5674,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Codepage para nomes FAT pequenos:\n" "Este código de página é usado para converter para nomes pequenos\n" @@ -5518,10 +5690,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Número de FATs:\n" -"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é 2." +"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de " +"arquivos. O padrão é 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5532,10 +5706,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " +"the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho do FAT:\n" -"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16, ou 32-bit). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.\n" +"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16, ou 32-bit). " +"Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o valor mais " +"adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5545,7 +5723,8 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do diretório raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente." +msgstr "" +"O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do diretório raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5565,10 +5744,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " +"directories.\n" msgstr "" "Função hash:\n" -"Isto especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para ordenar os nomes de arquivos em diretórios.\n" +"Isto especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para ordenar os nomes de " +"arquivos em diretórios.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5579,10 +5760,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisão FS:\n" -"Esta opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usada. '3.5' é para compatibilidade com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou iguais a 2.4.\n" +"Esta opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usada. '3.5' é para " +"compatibilidade com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais recente, mas pode " +"ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou iguais a 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5594,10 +5780,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho de bloco:\n" -"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Valores válidos são 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco padrão 4096 será usado.\n" +"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Valores válidos são 512, 1024, " +"2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco " +"padrão 4096 será usado.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5624,10 +5814,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Porcentagem de espaço de inode:\n" -"A opção \"Porcentagem de espaço de inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.\n" +"A opção \"Porcentagem de espaço de inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de " +"espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5638,12 +5830,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Inode alinhado:\n" -"A opção \"Inode alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é ou \n" +"A opção \"Inode alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é " +"ou \n" "não alinhada. Por padrão os inodes são alinhados, o que é\n" "normalmente mais eficiente que acesso a inodes não alinhados.\n" @@ -5666,10 +5860,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " +"size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho do log\n" -"Configure o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se 'auto', o padrão é 40% do tamanho agregado.\n" +"Configure o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se 'auto', o padrão é 40% do " +"tamanho agregado.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5707,10 +5903,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Tamanho do bloco:\n" -"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Valores válidos são 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.\n" +"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Valores válidos são 1024, 2048 e " +"4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será " +"determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5730,9 +5930,14 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes por inode:\n" -"Especifique a razão de bytes por inode. O YaST2 cria um inode para cada <bytes-por-inode> bytes de espaço no disco. Quanto maior a razão de bytes-por-inode, menos inodes serão criados.\n" -"Geralmente, este valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema de arquivos, já que muitos inodes serão criados neste caso. Não é possível expandir o \n" -"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos depois da criação, assim, certifique-se de usar um valor adequado.\n" +"Especifique a razão de bytes por inode. O YaST2 cria um inode para cada " +"<bytes-por-inode> bytes de espaço no disco. Quanto maior a razão de " +"bytes-por-inode, menos inodes serão criados.\n" +"Geralmente, este valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema " +"de arquivos, já que muitos inodes serão criados neste caso. Não é possível " +"expandir o \n" +"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos depois da criação, assim, " +"certifique-se de usar um valor adequado.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5751,8 +5956,16 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Porcentagem de blocos reservados para o root: especifique a porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite superior para o reservado padrão é 5.0 e o limite inferior padrão é 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Porcentagem de blocos reservados para o root: especifique a " +"porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é " +"calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite " +"superior para o reservado padrão é 5.0 e o limite inferior padrão é 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5766,7 +5979,8 @@ "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" "Desabilitar verificações regulares:\n" -"Desabilite verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização.\n" +"Desabilite verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização." +"\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 @@ -5780,7 +5994,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índice de Diretório:\n" -"Permite o uso de árvores B com hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios grandes.\n" +"Permite o uso de árvores B com hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios " +"grandes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5791,7 +6006,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sem journal:\n" @@ -6021,8 +6237,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Não é possível criar partições, pois outras partições do disco estão em uso." +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Não é possível criar partições, pois outras partições do disco estão em uso." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203 msgid "" @@ -6337,12 +6555,14 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." -msgstr "ID do sistema de arquivos exibe o identificador do sistema de arquivos." +msgstr "" +"ID do sistema de arquivos exibe o identificador do sistema de arquivos." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." -msgstr "Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos." +msgstr "" +"Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 @@ -6375,8 +6595,10 @@ "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por indica o modo de montagem do sistema de arquivos:\n" -"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Rótulo) pelo rótulo do sistema de arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n" -"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo caminho do dispositivo.\n" +"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Rótulo) pelo rótulo do sistema de arquivos, " +"(UUID) pelo\n" +"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo " +"caminho do dispositivo.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6387,8 +6609,10 @@ "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Um sinal de interrogação (?) indica que o\n" -"sistema de arquivos não está listado no <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ou ele está montado\n" -"manualmente ou por alguma sistema de montagem automática. Ao alterar as configurações\n" +"sistema de arquivos não está listado no <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ou ele está " +"montado\n" +"manualmente ou por alguma sistema de montagem automática. Ao alterar as " +"configurações\n" "deste volume, o YaST não irá atualizar o <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6404,7 +6628,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Um asterisco (*) após o ponto de montagem \n" @@ -6769,8 +6994,12 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Não foi possível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Não foi possível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de " +"arquivos. Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -6806,7 +7035,9 @@ msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" -msgstr "Para criar uma proposta baseada em LVM, escolha o botão correspondente.A proposta baseada em LVM pode ser criptografada.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para criar uma proposta baseada em LVM, escolha o botão correspondente.A " +"proposta baseada em LVM pode ser criptografada.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 @@ -6827,7 +7058,8 @@ "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" -"A proposta pode criar uma partição home separada. O sistema de arquivos para\n" +"A proposta pode criar uma partição home separada. O sistema de arquivos " +"para\n" "a partição home pode ser selecionado na caixa de seleção correspondente." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

Jump to page: